sv4
As filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28,
2011
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
3690
|
|
74-1339132
|
(State or
other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Francis T. McCarron
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
With a copy to:
Jeffrey D.
Marell, Esq.
Raphael M.
Russo, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the
Americas
New York, New York
10019
(212) 373-3000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company þ
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act
Rule 13e-4(i)
(Cross-Border Issuer Tender
Offer) o
Exchange Act
Rule 14d-1(d)
(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer) o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Price per Share
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)
|
|
|
Fee(2)
|
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
$40,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee in accordance with
Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The registration fee has been
calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act
of 1933.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell
these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 28, 2011
PROSPECTUS
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
Exchange Offer for
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured
Notes due 2015
The Notes
|
|
|
|
|
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 of 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015, whose issuance is registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the
exchange notes, in exchange for a like aggregate
principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015,
which were issued on November 15, 2010 and which we refer
to as the initial notes. The exchange notes will be
issued under the existing indenture, which currently governs the
initial notes, dated as of November 15, 2010.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will mature on November 15, 2015. We
will pay interest on the exchange notes on each May 15 and
November 15, beginning on May 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will be secured by a first priority lien on
substantially all of our assets, including, without limitation,
all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. owned by
us and related assets, all cash and investment securities owned
by us, and all general intangibles owned by us. The exchange
notes will be our senior secured obligations and will rank
senior in right of payment to our future debt and other
obligations that expressly provide for their subordination to
the exchange notes, rank equally in right of payment to all of
our existing and future unsubordinated debt, be effectively
senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value
of the collateral and be effectively subordinated to all
liabilities of our subsidiaries, none of whom will initially
guarantee the exchange notes.
|
Terms of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it.
|
|
|
|
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied, we
will exchange all of our 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due
2015 issued on November 15, 2010, which we refer to as the
initial notes, that are validly tendered and not
withdrawn for exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before
the expiration of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial
notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes
will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes are new securities with no established market for
trading.
|
Before participating in the exchange offer, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled Risk Factors
commencing on page 11.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Broker-dealers who receive exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer must acknowledge that they will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
Broker-dealers who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus
for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2011.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
The following summary highlights basic information about us
and the exchange offer. It may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. For a more comprehensive
understanding of our business and the offering, you should read
this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled
Risk Factors and the historical
and/or pro
forma financial statements and the accompanying notes to those
statements of Harbinger Group Inc., Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. and Spectrum Brands, Inc. Certain statements in this
summary are forward-looking statements. See Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the context
requires otherwise, in this prospectus, HGI,
we, us or our refers to
Harbinger Group Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. Harbinger Capital refers to Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC. Harbinger Parties refers,
collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. SB/RH Merger means
the business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below)
and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating
Spectrum Brands Holdings. Spectrum Brands Holdings
refers only to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries. Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum
Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries.
The term initial notes refers to the
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 that were issued on
November 15, 2010 in a private offering. The term
exchange notes refers to the 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015 offered with this prospectus. The term
notes refers to the initial notes and the exchange
notes, collectively.
In this prospectus, on a pro forma basis, unless
otherwise stated, means the applicable information is presented
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition (as defined below) and the other adjustments
related to Spectrum Brands Holdings referred to in the
introduction to the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements and (ii) the
issuance of the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such
issuance. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition and
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements, elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our
Company
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments (including
U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of
September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol
HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega Protein Corporation
(Omega) in December 2006, we have held substantially
all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for
acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus
on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of
operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the
Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated
as of September 10, 2010 and amended on November 5,
2010 (as amended, the Exchange Agreement), by and
between us and the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock (the Spectrum Brands Acquisition). See
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition for further
information. Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, with a
current market value of approximately $928 million (as of
January 14, 2011), and the Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
On a pro forma basis including the proceeds
1
of the initial notes, the combined value of our cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments, excluding that of
Spectrum Brands and net of current liabilities, was
approximately $468 million at September 30, 2010.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals
with expertise across various industries, including our targeted
sectors.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a global branded consumer products
company with leading market positions in seven major product
categories: consumer batteries, pet supplies, home and garden
control, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care,
portable lighting products and small household. Spectrum Brands
Holdings is a leading worldwide marketer of alkaline, zinc
carbon, hearing aid and rechargeable batteries, battery-powered
lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming
products and hair care appliances, aquariums and aquatic health
supplies, specialty pet supplies, insecticides, repellants and
herbicides. Spectrum Brands Holdings enjoys strong name
recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and
Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and numerous other brands including
Spectracide, Cutter, Tetra, Dingo and 8-in-1.
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings
products and operations were managed in four operating segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings worldwide battery,
shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting
products businesses, (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which
consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings worldwide pet
supplies business, (iii) Home and Garden, which consists of
Spectrum Brands Holdings lawn and garden and insect
control businesses, and (iv) Small Appliances, which
resulted from SB/RH Merger and consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories.
Spectrum Brands Holdings sells its products in approximately 120
countries through a variety of trade channels, including
retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors, global online partners,
internal
e-commerce
and original equipment manufacturers. Spectrum Brands
Holdings products are sold in more than one million retail
locations globally.
Spectrum Brands Holdings strategy is to provide quality
and value to retailers and consumers worldwide. Most of its
products are marketed on the basis of providing the same
performance as its competitors for a lower price or better
performance for the same price. Spectrum Brands Holdings
goal is to provide the highest returns to its customers and
retailers, and to offer superior merchandising and category
management. Its promotional spending focus is on winning at the
point of sale, rather than incurring significant advertising
expenses. Spectrum Brands Holdings operates in several business
categories in which it believes there are high
2
barriers to entry and Spectrum Brands Holdings strives to
achieve a low cost structure with a global shared services
administrative structure, helping it to maintain attractive
margins. This operating model, which Spectrum Brands Holdings
refers to as the Spectrum value model, is what Spectrum Brands
Holdings believes will drive returns for investors and customers.
Russell Hobbs, which was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings in
the SB/RH Merger, is a leading marketer and distributor of a
range of branded small household appliances, including small
kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and personal
care products. Spectrum Brands Holdings believes that the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs will provide Spectrum Brands
Holdings greater scale, a broader portfolio of brands and the
ability to better leverage its distribution and customer network.
With the acquisition of Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands Holdings
expanded its broad portfolio of well-recognized owned and
licensed brand names to include, among others, George
Foreman, Black & Decker, Russell
Hobbs, Farberware, LitterMaid,
Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster.
Russell Hobbs, formerly Salton, Inc. (Salton), was
created through the merger of Salton and Applica Incorporated
(Applica) in December 2007 (the Salton-Applica
Merger). Since the Salton-Applica Merger, the Russell
Hobbs management team has transformed the company by
rationalizing the brand portfolio around its core brands,
eliminating approximately 80 underperforming brands and over
1,000 stock keeping units.
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock trades on the NYSE
under the symbol SPB.
Corporate
Structure
The following represents our current corporate structure.
Note: Zap.Com Corporation, a 98% owned subsidiary of HGI with no
operations, is not reflected above.
Corporate
Information
We are a Delaware corporation and the address of our principal
executive office is 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York,
New York 10022. Our telephone number is
(212) 906-8555.
Our website address is www.harbingergroupinc.com. Information
contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.
3
Summary
of the Exchange Offer
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our exchange notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal
amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial
notes, you must properly tender them, and we must accept your
tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are
validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We will issue our exchange notes in exchange for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011 (the expiration date), unless we decide to
extend it. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
We will complete the exchange offer only if: |
|
|
|
there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
|
|
|
|
there is no change in the current interpretation of
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) which permits resales of the exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any
state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
|
|
|
|
there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
and
|
|
|
|
we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in
our sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange
offer.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Conditions to the Exchange
Offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign
and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit
it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all
other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent (the
exchange agent), at its address indicated under
The Exchange Offer Exchange Agent. In
the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry
delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus.
For more information on tendering your notes, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes. |
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
initial notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on
your behalf. |
4
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the
required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender
your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described
under the section of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes Guaranteed Delivery Procedure. |
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time
before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written
or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent at its address indicated under The Exchange
Offer Exchange Agent before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. |
|
Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes |
|
If all the conditions to the completion of the exchange offer
are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are
properly tendered in the exchange offer on or before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We
will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange
to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We
will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the
expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for
exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus
entitled The Exchange Offer Acceptance of
Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange
Offer |
|
Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a
taxable event to you for United States federal income tax
purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange
agent in the exchange offer. |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will pay all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please
refer to the section of this prospectus entitled The
Exchange Offer Fees and Expenses. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes. We are making the exchange offer solely to
satisfy certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the
Registration Rights Agreement), by and among HGI and
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs &
Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers, entered into
in connection with the offering of the initial notes. |
|
Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange
Offer |
|
If you do not participate in the exchange offer: |
|
|
|
except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will
not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act),
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered
under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell
or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the
registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject
to, the Securities Act, and
|
|
|
|
the trading market for your initial notes will
become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes
participate in the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
You will not be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act unless: |
|
|
|
because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer is not consummated by the 310th
day after the issue date of the initial notes (the Issue
Date);
|
|
|
|
any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests.
|
|
|
|
In these cases, the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offering in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after
completion of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences. |
|
Resales |
|
It may be possible for you to resell the notes issued in the
exchange offer without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to
the conditions described under Obligations of
Broker-Dealers below. |
|
|
|
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer and resell
the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must
make the following representations: |
|
|
|
you are authorized to tender the initial notes and
to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and
unencumbered title to those initial notes, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to
any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes acquired by you are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business,
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes
and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate
in, the distribution of such exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
|
|
|
|
if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaging
in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange
notes, and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be
exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or
other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of
such exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Procedure for Tendering
Initial Notes Proper Execution and Delivery of
Letters of Transmittal, Risk Factors
Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer Some persons
who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus
in connection with resales of the exchange notes and
Plan of Distribution. |
|
Obligations of Broker-Dealers |
|
If you are a broker-dealer who receives exchange notes, you must
acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market making or other trading activities, you may use the
exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes directly from HGI
in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and
trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption,
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of
the exchange notes. |
Summary
of Terms of the Exchange Notes
The following is a summary of the terms of this offering. For a
more complete description of the notes as well as the
definitions of certain capitalized terms used below, see
Description of Notes in this prospectus.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
Exchange Notes |
|
$350 million aggregate principal amount of
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The forms and terms
of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the
initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is
registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends
restricting their transfer and the exchange notes will not be
entitled to registration rights under our Registration Rights
Agreement. The exchange notes will |
7
|
|
|
|
|
evidence the same debt as the initial notes, and both the
initial notes and the exchange notes will be governed by the
same indenture. |
|
Maturity |
|
November 15, 2015. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest will be payable in cash on May 15 and November 15 of
each year, beginning May 15, 2011. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
On or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the
exchange notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in
Description of Notes Optional
Redemption. In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, we
may redeem the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes plus a
make-whole premium. |
|
|
|
Before November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the
exchange notes, with the proceeds of equity sales at a price of
110.625% of principal plus accrued interest, provided that at
least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
after the redemption, as further described in Description
of Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
Change of Control |
|
Upon a change of control (as defined under Description of
Notes), we will be required to make an offer to purchase
the exchange notes. The purchase price will equal 101% of the
principal amount of the exchange notes on the date of purchase
plus accrued interest. We may not have sufficient funds
available at the time of any change of control to make any
required debt repayment (including repurchases of the exchange
notes). See Risk Factors We may be unable to
repurchase the notes upon a change of control. |
|
Guarantors |
|
Any subsidiary that guarantees our debt will guarantee the
exchange notes. You should not expect that any subsidiaries will
guarantee the exchange notes. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations and
will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to our future debt
and other obligations that expressly provide for their
subordination to the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment to all of our
existing and future unsubordinated debt and be effectively
senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value
of the collateral; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of
our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis,
after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
offering of the initial notes, we had no debt other than the
initial notes and the total liabilities of our Spectrum Brands
subsidiary was approximately $2.8 billion, including trade
payables. |
|
Collateral |
|
Our obligations under the exchange notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority lien on all of our assets (except
for |
8
|
|
|
|
|
certain Excluded Property as defined under
Description of Notes), including, without limitation: |
|
|
|
all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings
owned by us and related assets;
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by us;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by us; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, the
collateral).
|
|
|
|
We will be able to incur additional debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the collateral. The amount of
such debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock and Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such debt could be significant. |
|
Original Issue Discount |
|
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as having been
issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. If the exchange notes are so treated, then a United
States Holder (as defined in U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations) will, in addition to the stated interest
on the exchange notes, be required to include such original
issue discount in gross income as it accrues, in advance of the
receipt of cash. See U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture contains covenants, subject to specified
exceptions, limiting our ability and, in certain cases, our
subsidiaries ability to: |
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback
transactions;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of
capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all
of our assets to, another person.
|
|
|
|
We will also be required to maintain compliance with certain
financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral
coverage ratios. |
|
|
|
You should read Description of Notes Certain
Covenants for a description of these covenants. |
|
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes are new securities with no established market
for them. We cannot assure you that a market for these exchange
notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. Please
refer to |
9
|
|
|
|
|
the section of this prospectus entitled Risk
Factors Risks Relating to the Notes An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment. |
|
Form of the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent
global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The
Depository Trust Company (DTC) with Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as custodian. You will not receive
exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events
described in the section of this prospectus entitled
Description of Notes Book Entry; Delivery and
Form Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated
Notes occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the
exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange
notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book
entry form by DTC with respect to its participants. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We
are making the exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations
under the Registration Rights Agreement entered into in
connection with the offering of the initial notes. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks and
uncertainties. See Risk Factors and other
information included in this prospectus for a discussion of
factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest
in any exchange notes. |
10
RISK
FACTORS
Before acquiring the exchange notes, you should carefully
consider the risk factors discussed below. Risks related to our
business and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are discussed
below. Risks related to Spectrum Brands Holdings business
are included in Annex A hereto. Any of these risk factors
could materially and adversely affect our or Spectrum Brands
Holdings business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Risks
Related to the Notes
We are
a holding company and we are dependent upon dividends or
distributions from our operating subsidiaries to fund payments
on the notes, and our ability to receive funds from our
operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the profitability
of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law
and contracts.
We are a holding company that does not itself conduct any
business operations. As a result, we will rely upon dividends
and other payments from our operating subsidiaries, including
Spectrum Brands Holdings and other future acquired businesses,
to generate the funds necessary to meet our obligations under
the notes. We will be entitled to our proportionate share of any
such dividends. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal
entities and they will have no obligation, contingent or
otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any
funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend,
distribution, loan or other payments. Spectrum Brands Holdings
and its existing and future subsidiaries are expected to be
highly leveraged and will be required to dedicate a significant
amount of cash to their own debt service needs.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a holding company with limited
business operations of its own and its main asset is the capital
stock of its subsidiaries, principally Spectrum Brands. Spectrum
Brands $300 million senior secured asset-based
revolving credit facility due 2014 (the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility), its $750 million senior secured term
facility due 2016 (the Spectrum Brands Term Loan),
the indenture governing its 9.50% senior secured notes due
2018 (the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes), the
indenture governing its 12% Notes due 2019 (the
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
and, collectively, the Spectrum loan agreements) and
other agreements substantially limit or prohibit certain
payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands
Holdings. Specifically, (i) each indenture of Spectrum
Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to
shareholders except out of a cumulative basket based on an
amount equal to the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative
consolidated net income of Spectrum Brands plus (b) 100% of
the aggregate cash proceeds from the sale of equity by Spectrum
Brands (or less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any
repayments to Spectrum Brands of certain investments plus
(d) in the case of the indenture governing the Spectrum
Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes, $50 million,
subject to certain other tests and certain exceptions and
(ii) each credit facility of Spectrum Brands generally
prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of
a cumulative basket amount limited to $40 million per year.
We expect that future debt of Spectrum Brands and Spectrum
Brands Holdings will contain similar restrictions and we do not
expect to receive dividends from Spectrum Brands Holdings in the
near future.
The ability of our operating subsidiaries to make payments to us
will also be subject to, among other things, the availability of
profits or funds and requirements of applicable laws, including
surplus, solvency and other limits imposed on the ability of
companies to pay dividends.
The
notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our
subsidiaries and may be diluted by liens granted to secure
future indebtedness.
The notes are our senior secured obligations, secured on a
first-lien basis by a pledge of substantially all of our assets,
including our equity interests in our directly held
subsidiaries, initially consisting of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
and all cash and investment securities owned by us. The notes
are not, and are not expected to be, guaranteed by any of our
current or future subsidiaries. As a result of our holding
company structure, claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will
generally have priority as to the assets of our subsidiaries
over our claims and over claims of the holders of our
indebtedness, including the notes. As of September 30,
2010, on a pro forma basis, the notes are structurally
subordinated to $2.8 billion in total liabilities,
including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.
11
The creditors of our subsidiaries have direct claims on the
subsidiaries and their assets and the claims of holders of the
notes are structurally subordinated to any existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. This means that the
creditors of our subsidiaries have priority in their claims on
the assets of the subsidiaries over our creditors, including the
noteholders. All of our other consolidated liabilities, other
than the notes, are obligations of our subsidiaries and are
effectively senior to the notes.
As a result, upon any distribution to the creditors of any
subsidiary in bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar
proceedings, or following acceleration of our indebtedness or an
event of default under such indebtedness, the lenders of the
indebtedness of our subsidiaries will be entitled to be repaid
in full from the proceeds of the assets securing such
indebtedness, before any payment is made to holders of the notes
from such proceeds. The indenture does not restrict the ability
of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or grant
liens secured by assets of our subsidiaries. Further, we may
incur future indebtedness, some of which may be secured by liens
on the collateral securing the notes, to the extent permitted by
the indenture. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure
you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on
the notes. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with
all holders of our senior secured indebtedness secured by the
collateral, to the extent of the value of the collateral and
potentially with all of our general creditors.
The
ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the equity of
our subsidiaries may be limited.
The majority of the collateral for our obligations under the
notes is a pledge of our equity interests in Spectrum Brands
Holdings, and, in the future, other subsidiaries. If the
collateral agent is required to exercise remedies and foreclose
on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral,
it will have the right to require Spectrum Brands Holdings to
file and have declared effective a shelf registration statement
permitting resales of such stock. However, Spectrum Brands
Holdings may not be able to cause such shelf registration
statement to become effective or stay effective. The collateral
agents ability to sell Spectrum Brands Holdings stock
without a registration statement may be limited pursuant to the
securities laws, because such stock is control stock
that was issued in a private placement, and the terms of the
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), by
and among the Harbinger Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings.
The right and ability of the collateral agent to foreclose upon
the equity of our subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event
of default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced
by or against us or a subsidiary of ours prior to the collateral
agent having foreclosed upon and sold the equity. Under
applicable bankruptcy law, a secured creditor such as the
collateral agent may be prohibited from foreclosing upon its
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of
security repossessed from such debtor without bankruptcy court
approval, which may not be given.
Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code may preclude the secured party
from obtaining relief from the automatic stay in order to
foreclose upon the equity if the debtor provides adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate protection
varies according to circumstances, but it is generally intended
to protect the value of the secured creditors interest in
the collateral from any diminution in the value of the
collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or the
disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during
the pendency of the bankruptcy case and may include, if approved
by the court, cash payments or the granting of additional
security. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured
creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the
value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds
the debt it secures.
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
adequate protection and the broad discretionary
powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how
long payments under the notes could be delayed following
commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the
collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the collateral,
the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy
filing, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would
be compensated for any delay in payment or diminution in the
value of the collateral. The holders of the notes may receive in
exchange for their claims a recovery that could be substantially
less than the amount of their claims (potentially even nothing)
and any such recovery could be in
12
the form of cash, new debt instruments or some other security.
Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that
the value of the collateral is not sufficient to repay all
amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would have an
undersecured claim, which means that they would have
a secured claim to the extent of the value of the collateral and
an unsecured claim for the difference. Applicable federal
bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys fees for
undersecured claims during the debtors bankruptcy case.
If any of our subsidiaries commenced, or had commenced against
it, a bankruptcy proceeding (but we had not commenced a
bankruptcy proceeding), the plan of reorganization of such
subsidiary could result in the cancellation of our equity
interests in such subsidiary and the issuance of the equity in
the subsidiary to the creditors of such subsidiary in
satisfaction of their claims. At any time, a majority of the
assets of Spectrum Brands are pledged as collateral for the
Spectrum loan agreements. In a bankruptcy or liquidation,
noteholders will only receive value from the equity interests
pledged to secure the notes after payment of all debt
obligations of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum Brands Holdings and our
other subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
Foreclosure
on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral
would constitute a change of control under the agreements
governing Spectrum Brands debt.
If the collateral agent were to exercise remedies and foreclose
on a sufficient amount of the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings
pledged as collateral for the notes, the foreclosure could
constitute a change of control under the agreements governing
Spectrum Brands debt. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan
and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an
event of default and, if a change of control were to occur,
Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these
agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity
of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility. In addition, under the indentures governing
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes, upon a change of control Spectrum
Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the
holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the
notes plus accrued interest. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
make the change of control offer, it would be an event of
default under the indentures that could allow holders of such
notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes. In the event the
lenders under the Spectrum loan agreements or holders of
Spectrum Brands notes exercised remedies in connection
with a default, their claims to Spectrum Brands assets
will have priority over any claims of the holders of the notes.
Perfection
of security interests in some of the collateral may not occur
and, as such, holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests to the extent a default should occur prior to
such perfection or if such security interest is perfected during
the period immediately preceding our bankruptcy or insolvency or
the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor.
Under the terms of the indenture, if any collateral is not
automatically subject to a perfected security interest, then,
promptly after the acquisition of such collateral, we will be
required to provide security over such collateral. However,
perfection of such security interests may not occur immediately.
If a default should occur prior to the perfection of such
security interests, holders of the notes may not benefit from
such security interests.
In addition, if perfection of such security interests were to
occur during a period shortly preceding our bankruptcy or
insolvency or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor,
such security interests may be subject to categorization as a
preference and holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests. In addition, applicable law requires that a
security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can
only be properly perfected and its priority retained through
certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in
the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with
respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is
not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these
liens. The trustee or the collateral agent may not monitor, or
we may not inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the
future acquisition of property and rights that constitute
collateral, and necessary action may not be taken to properly
perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral.
Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent has an obligation
to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that
constitute collateral or the perfection
13
of any security interest in favor of the notes against third
parties. Such failure may result in the loss of the security
interest therein or the priority of the security interest in
favor of the notes against third parties.
There
are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes
under which the collateral securing the notes will be released
automatically, without your consent or the consent of the
trustee.
Under various circumstances, collateral securing the notes and
guarantees, if any, will be released automatically, including:
|
|
|
|
|
upon payment in full of the principal, interest and all other
obligations on the notes or a discharge or defeasance thereof;
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a guarantor (if any), upon
the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; and
|
|
|
|
a disposition of such collateral to any person other than to us
or a guarantor in a transaction that is permitted by the
indenture; provided that, except in the case of any
disposition of cash equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto,
no default shall have occurred and be continuing, and we would
be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, and
Description of Notes Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the disposition date was a
fiscal quarter-end).
|
See Description of Notes Security
Release of Liens.
The
value of collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes in
full.
The value of our collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the equity interests of
our subsidiaries that is pledged only has value to the extent
that the assets of such subsidiaries are worth more than the
liabilities of such subsidiaries (and, in a bankruptcy or
liquidation, will only receive value after payment upon all such
liabilities, including all debt of such subsidiaries).
Consequently, liquidating the collateral may not produce
proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the
notes. The fair market value of the collateral is subject to
fluctuations based on factors that include, among others,
prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the collateral in
an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability
of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a
sale of the collateral would be dependent on numerous factors,
including the actual fair market value of the collateral at such
time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature,
the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily
ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure,
liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure
you that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the
collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the
notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any,
realized by holders of the notes from the sale of collateral
securing the notes and the obligations under the notes will rank
equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured
senior debt and other unsubordinated obligations, including
trade payables. To the extent that third parties establish liens
on the collateral such third parties could have rights and
remedies with respect to the assets subject to such liens that,
if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the collateral
or the ability of the collateral agent or the holders of the
notes to realize or foreclose on the collateral. We may also
issue additional notes as described above or otherwise incur
obligations which would be secured by the collateral, the effect
of which would be to increase the amount of debt secured equally
and ratably by the collateral. The ability of the holders to
realize on the collateral may also be subject to certain
bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See
The ability of the collateral agent to
foreclose on the equity of our subsidiaries may be limited
above.
We
will in most cases have control over the
collateral.
So long as no event of default shall have occurred and be
continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, we will
be entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights
pertaining to all equity interests in our subsidiaries pledged
pursuant to the security and pledge agreement and to remain in
possession and retain exclusive control over the collateral
(other than as set forth in the security and pledge agreement)
and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.
14
Our
significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial
health and prevent us from fulfilling our
obligations.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of
September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, our total
outstanding indebtedness (excluding the indebtedness of our
subsidiaries) was $350 million and our subsidiaries had, on
a pro forma basis, approximately $2.8 billion of
indebtedness. Our significant indebtedness could have material
consequences. For example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect
to the notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
|
|
|
|
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes;
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows
to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness,
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund
working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes; and
|
|
|
|
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have
less indebtedness.
|
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our
operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our ability to make payments on the notes will depend upon the
future performance of our operating subsidiaries and the ability
to generate cash flow in the future, which are subject to
general economic, financial, competitive, legislative,
regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We
cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow
from our operating subsidiaries, or that future borrowings will
be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay
the notes or to fund our other liquidity needs. If the cash flow
from our operating subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take
actions, such as delaying or reducing investments or
acquisitions, attempting to restructure or refinance our
indebtedness prior to maturity, selling assets or operations or
seeking additional equity capital to supplement cash flow. Any
or all of these actions may be insufficient to allow us to
service the notes. Further, we may be unable to take any of
these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
We may
and our subsidiaries may incur substantially more indebtedness.
This could exacerbate the risks associated with our
leverage.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the indenture, we and
our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness (including
additional first-lien obligations) in the future. If we incur
any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes,
the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share
ratably with the holders of the notes in any proceeds
distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation,
reorganization, dissolution or other
winding-up
of us. If we incur additional secured indebtedness, the holders
of such indebtedness will share equally and ratably in the
collateral. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of
proceeds paid to holders of the notes. If new indebtedness is
added to our current levels of indebtedness, the related risks
that we now face, including our possible inability to service
our debt, could intensify.
Covenants
in the indenture limit, and other future debt agreements may
limit, our ability to operate our business.
The indenture contains, and any of our other future debt
agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and
financial restrictions on our business. The indenture requires
us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum
liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or
satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods),
we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or
collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all
amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce
their
15
interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our ability to
make additional borrowings. These agreements may also contain
cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any
one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements could also
declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in the
indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our, and in
certain cases, our subsidiaries ability to, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our
assets to, another person.
|
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain
financings or to engage in other business activities, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations. See
Description of Notes. These restrictions also may
interfere with our ability to make payments on the notes.
We may
be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
Under the indenture, each holder of notes may require us to
repurchase all of such holders notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if certain change of control
events occur. However, it is possible that we will not have
sufficient funds when required under the indenture to make the
required repurchase of the notes, especially because such events
will likely be a change of control under our subsidiaries
debt documents as well. If we fail to repurchase notes in that
circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture. If we
are required to repurchase a significant portion of the notes,
we may require third party financing as such funds may otherwise
only be available to us through a distribution by our
subsidiaries to us. We cannot be sure that we would be able to
obtain third party financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or
obtain such funds through distributions from our subsidiaries.
An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment.
The notes are a new issue of securities with no established
trading market, and we do not intend to list them on any
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotations through
any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have
advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but
the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so. The initial
purchasers may discontinue any market making in the notes at any
time, in their sole discretion. We therefore cannot assure you
that:
|
|
|
|
|
a liquid market for the notes will develop;
|
|
|
|
you will be able to sell your notes; or
|
|
|
|
you will receive any specific price upon any sale of the notes.
|
We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the
trading market for the notes, if one does develop. If a public
market for the notes does develop, the notes could trade at
prices that may be higher or lower than their principal amount
or purchase price, depending on many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes and our
financial performance. If no active trading market develops, you
may not be able to resell your notes at their fair market value
or at all.
16
The
exchange notes should be treated as issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as issued with
original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Thus, U.S. Holders (as defined in
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations) will be
required to include such original issue discount in gross income
(as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based
on a compounding of interest, before the receipt of cash
payments attributable to this income and regardless of the
U.S. Holders method of tax accounting. See
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
If a
bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of the
notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they
would have been entitled to receive under the
indenture.
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the
Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by
any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes
may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
the original issue price for the notes; and
|
|
|
|
that portion of the original issue discount, if any, that does
not constitute unmatured interest for purposes of
the Bankruptcy Code.
|
Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the
date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured
interest. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these
circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be
entitled to under the terms of the indenture, even if sufficient
funds are available.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Offer
The
issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market
for the initial notes.
To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and
tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely
affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial
notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange
notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of
exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the
liquidity of the market for any initial notes remaining after
the completion of the exchange offer may be substantially
limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.
Some
persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a
prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange
notes.
Based on interpretations of the Staff of the SEC contained in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter
(April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC
no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and
Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter
(July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale,
resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances
described in this prospectus under Plan of
Distribution, you will remain obligated to comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases,
if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or
without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes
under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the
Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you
against, this liability.
17
Risks
Related to HGI
We may
not be successful in identifying any additional suitable
acquisition or investment opportunities.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends
on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions
or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only
been able to identify a limited number of such opportunities.
There is no assurance that we will be successful in identifying
or consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain
acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by
applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete another
acquisition or business combination, there is no assurance that
it will be successful in enhancing our business or our financial
condition. In addition, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and
other acquisitions could divert a substantial amount of our
management time and may be difficult for us to integrate, which
could adversely affect managements ability to identify and
consummate other investment opportunities. The failure to
identify or successfully integrate future acquisitions and
investment opportunities could have a material adverse affect on
our results of operations and financial condition and our
ability to service our debt.
Because
we face significant competition for acquisition and investment
opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business
plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully
execute our business strategy.
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and
investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other
entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as
private investors (which may be individuals or investment
partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities,
domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses
that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess
greater technical, human and other resources, or more local
industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and
our financial resources will be relatively limited when
contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These
factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in
successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target
businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our
ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain
target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our
available financial resources. This inherent competitive
limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and
investment opportunities.
Future
acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that
could harm our business and adversely affect our financial
condition.
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests
in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and future acquisitions that we consummate
will involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to
the industry in which the acquisition target operates. We may be
unable to adequately address the financial, legal and
operational risks raised by such acquisitions, especially if we
are unfamiliar with the industry in which we invest. The
realization of any unknown risks could prevent or limit us from
realizing the projected benefits of the acquisitions, which
could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In
addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the
ability to service our debt, including the notes, will be
subject to the specific risks applicable to any company in which
we invest.
Changes
in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of
loss.
Because our investments in U.S. Government instruments
continue to generate nominal returns, we are exploring
alternatives (which could include the use of leverage) that
could generate higher returns while we search for acquisition
opportunities. Any such change in our investment portfolio will
likely result in a higher risk of loss to us. The indenture does
not generally limit the investments we are permitted to make.
18
There
can be no assurance that our due diligence investigations will
identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect
on our company.
We intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due
diligence in connection with the evaluation of future
acquisition and investment opportunities. However, there can be
no assurance that our due diligence investigations will identify
every matter that could have a material adverse effect on the
acquisition or investment target. Accordingly, there may be
matters involving the business and operations of investment
targets that we do not identify during our due diligence. To the
extent we consummate any acquisition or investment and any of
these issues arise, the business and operations of the
investment target could be adversely affected, which in turn
could adversely affect our results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity.
We
could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment
targets that are not consummated, which could materially
adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or
invest in another business.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific
acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting,
and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and
other instruments will require substantial management time and
attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and
other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a
specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that
point for the proposed transaction likely would not be
recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached
relating to a specific acquisition or investment target, we may
fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number
of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event
will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which
could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to
consummate other acquisitions and investments.
We may
be unable to obtain additional financing to consummate future
investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and growth
of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to
restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment
or acquisition.
We will likely need to obtain additional financing in order to
consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. We
cannot assure you that any additional financing will be
available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. This risk is
exacerbated by the volatility the global credit markets have
experienced over the past several years. To the extent that
additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to
consummate a particular investment or acquisition, we may be
compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon the
investment or acquisition. In addition, if we consummate an
acquisition or investment, the company we acquire or invest in
may require additional financing to fund continuing operations
and/or
growth. The failure by such company to secure additional
financing if required could have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations of such business, which in turn could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition.
Our
investments in any future joint investment could be adversely
affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our
reliance on a partners financial condition and disputes
between us and our partners.
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through
partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition
target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be
in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority
regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we
do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the
target. These investments may involve risks not present were a
third party not involved, including the possibility that
partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their share of
required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have
economic or other business interests or goals that are
inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in
a position to take actions contrary to our policies or
objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition
targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such
business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners
may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our
costs and expenses and divert a substantial
19
amount of our managements time and effort away from our
business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners
might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to
additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be
liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example,
in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by
a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a
joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be
liable in the event such party defaults on its guaranty
obligation.
There
may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition,
investment, holding and disposition of target companies and
assets.
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting
acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from,
and operating target companies and assets and disposing of
target companies or their assets.
In
addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other
significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in
the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during
times of volatility in security prices, can have a material
impact on the value of our company portfolio.
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make
other significant investments in publicly traded companies. We
will either consolidate our investments and subsidiaries or
report such investments under the equity method of accounting.
Changes in the market prices of the publicly traded securities
of these entities could have a material impact on an
investors perception of the aggregate value of our company
portfolio and on the value of the assets we can pledge to
creditors for debt financing, which in turn could adversely
affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance future
acquisitions.
Our
ability to dispose of equity interests we acquire may be limited
by restrictive stockholder agreements and by the federal
securities laws.
When we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a
company, our investment may be illiquid and we may be subject to
restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For
instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings is subject
to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may
adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in
Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, the shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any
other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under
the Securities Act and our ability to sell such securities could
be limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
resale of those securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which, among other things, requires a specified
holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or
(iii) another applicable exemption under the Securities
Act. The inability to efficiently sell restricted securities
when desired or necessary may have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely
affect our ability to service our debt.
Any
potential acquisition or investment in a foreign company or a
company with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum
Brands Holdings, may subject us to additional
risks.
If we acquire or invest in a foreign business or other companies
with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands
Holdings, we will be subject to risks inherent in business
operations outside of the United States. These risks
include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign
regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax
policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw
materials and finished goods across national borders,
restrictions on the movement of funds across national borders
and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of
these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and liquidity, and can have an adverse
effect on our ability to service our debt. For risks related to
Spectrum Brands Holdings, see Annex A hereto.
20
The
Harbinger Parties hold a majority of our outstanding common
stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of
our other stockholders and holders of the notes. As a result of
this ownership, we are a controlled company within
the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain
corporate governance requirements.
The Harbinger Parties beneficially own shares of our outstanding
common stock that collectively constitute more than 90% of our
total voting power and, subject to the provisions of our
organizational documents, the Harbinger Parties would be able to
effect a short-form merger to acquire 100% of our common stock.
Because of this, the Harbinger Parties exercise a controlling
influence over our business and affairs and have the power to
determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders,
including the election of directors, the removal of directors,
and approval of significant corporate transactions such as
amendments to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all
of our assets. Moreover, a majority of the members of our board
of directors were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or
were previously employed by the Harbinger Parties or their
affiliates. The Harbinger Parties could cause corporate actions
to be taken even if the interests of these entities conflict
with or are not aligned with the interests of our other
stockholders and holders of the notes.
Because of our ownership structure, described above, we qualify
for, and rely upon, the controlled company exception
to the board of directors and committee composition requirements
under the rules of the NYSE (the NYSE rules).
Pursuant to this exception, we are exempt from rules that would
otherwise require that our board of directors be comprised of a
majority of independent directors (as defined under
the NYSE rules), and that any compensation committee and
corporate governance and nominating committee be comprised
solely of independent directors, so long as the
Harbinger Parties continue to own more than 50% of our combined
voting power.
We are
dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with
Harbinger Capital; business activities and other matters that
affect Harbinger Capital could adversely affect our ability to
execute our business strategy.
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of
Philip A. Falcone, Peter A. Jenson and Francis T. McCarron, our
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer,
our Chief Operating Officer and our Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of
Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the
acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be
deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our
common stock owned by the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly,
Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all
matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the
election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of
acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Jenson
is the Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger Capital and of HGI.
Mr. McCarron is currently our only permanent, full-time
executive officer. Mr. McCarron is responsible for
integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands
Holdings and any other businesses we acquire. The loss of
Mr. Falcone, Mr. Jenson or Mr. McCarron or other
key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our
business or operating results.
Under the terms of our management agreement with Harbinger
Capital, Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential
acquisitions. Mr. Falcones and Harbinger
Capitals reputation and access to acquisition candidates
is therefore important to our strategy of identifying
acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone
and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of
their time to our business, they are not required to commit
their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time
between our operations and their other commitments in their
discretion.
Harbinger Capital and its affiliates have historically been
involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to
transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their
investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing
conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender
offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of
Harbinger Capital and its affiliates conducted in the ordinary
course of their business and do not arise from any allegations
of misconduct asserted by investors in the funds against the
21
firm or its personnel. Currently, affiliates of Harbinger
Capital are defendants in one such action filed by Nacco, Inc.,
concerning the acquisition by the Harbinger Parties of Applica,
Inc., in November 2006.
In addition, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates routinely
cooperate with governmental and regulatory examinations,
information-gathering requests (including informal requests,
subpoenas, and orders seeking documents, testimony, and other
information), and investigations and proceedings (both formal
and informal). Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are
currently cooperating with investigations with respect to
particular investments and trading in securities of particular
issuers, including investigations by the Department of Justice
and the SEC that appear to relate primarily to a loan made by
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., to
Philip Falcone in October 2009. Harbinger Capital
and/or its
affiliates or investment funds are not currently parties to any
litigation or formal enforcement proceeding brought by any
governmental or regulatory authority.
If Mr. Falcones and Harbinger Capitals other
business interests or legal matters require them to devote more
substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal
matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our
affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to
execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated
business activities or legal matters could present challenges
which could not only affect the amount of business time that
they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their
ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition
candidates.
Our
officers, directors, stockholders and their respective
affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions
in which we are involved, and may also compete with
us.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our
directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a
direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be
acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we
are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that
expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own
account in business activities of the types conducted by us.
Accordingly, such parties may have an interest in certain
transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in
which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
In the
course of their other business activities, our officers and
directors may become aware of investment and acquisition
opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our
company as well as the other entities with which they are
affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of
interest in determining to which entity a particular business
opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may become aware of business
opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as
well as the other entities with which they are or may be
affiliated. Due to our officers and directors
existing affiliations with other entities, they may have
fiduciary obligations to present potential business
opportunities to those entities in addition to presenting them
to us which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For
instance, Messrs. Falcone and Jenson may be required to
present investment opportunities to the Harbinger Parties.
Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining
to which entity a particular business opportunity should be
presented. To the extent that our officers and directors
identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable
for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary
obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their
capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required
to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such
entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination
opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such
entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such
opportunities.
We
will need to increase the size of our organization, and may
experience difficulties in managing growth.
At the parent company level, we do not have significant
operating assets and have only 8 employees as of January 14,
2011. In connection with the completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, and particularly if we proceed with other
acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional
personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future
growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members
of
22
our management, including the need to identify, recruit,
maintain and integrate additional employees and implement
enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial
performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend,
in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.
Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and
limit our liquidity.
Agreements
and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to
future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital
resources.
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous
transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of
partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing
obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including
obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be
subject to risks resulting from these transactions. For example,
in 2005, we were notified by Weatherford International Inc.
(Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement in
connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported
environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by
one of our non-operating subsidiaries. The claim was made under
an indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a
1995 asset purchase agreement. There can be no assurance that we
will avoid costs and expenses in excess of our reserves in
connection with any continuing obligation. If we were to incur
any such costs and expenses, our results of operations,
financial position and liquidity could be materially adversely
affected.
From
time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be
unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if
adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal
proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine
litigation incidental to our or their current or prior
businesses or not material to our consolidated financial
position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will
prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may
become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be
adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or
our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation
which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured
against, our business, results of operations, cash flows
and/or
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of
directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed
in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of
Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public
stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of
the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit
and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
We may
suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment
company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required
to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status
and our activities may be restricted.
We hold substantially all of our assets in cash, cash
equivalents and investments in U.S. Government Agency and
Treasury securities and in the common stock of Spectrum Brands
Holdings. In addition, we have not held, and do not hold,
ourself out as an investment company. We have been conducting a
good faith search for additional merger or acquisition
candidates, and have repeatedly and publicly disclosed our
intention to acquire additional businesses. We believe that we
are not an investment company under the Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the Investment Company Act). The Investment
Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that
regulate the manner in which investment companies are permitted
to conduct their business activities. If the SEC or a court were
to disagree with us, we could be required to register as an
investment company. This would negatively affect our ability to
consummate an acquisition of an operating company, subject us to
disclosure and accounting guidance geared toward investment,
rather than operating, companies; limit our ability to borrow
money, issue options, issue multiple classes of stock and debt,
and engage in transactions with affiliates; and require us to
undertake significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure
and regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a
registered investment company.
23
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption,
we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other
than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in
securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that
we do not own or acquire investment securities
having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets
(exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on
an unconsolidated basis.
Rule 3a-1
of the Investment Company Act provides an exemption from
registration as an investment company if a company meets both an
asset and an income test and is not otherwise primarily engaged
in an investment company business by, among other things,
holding itself out to the public as such or by taking
controlling interests in companies with a view to realizing
profits through subsequent sales of these interests. A company
satisfies the asset test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has no more than 45% of the value of its total assets
(adjusted to exclude U.S. Government securities and cash)
in the form of securities other than interests in majority-owned
subsidiaries and companies which it primarily and actively
controls. A company satisfies the income test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has derived no more than 45% of its net income for its
last four fiscal quarters combined from securities other than
interests in majority owned subsidiaries and primarily
controlled companies.
We may
be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on
future undistributed personal holding company income if we
generate passive income in excess of operating
expenses.
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), subjects a corporation which is
a personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on undistributed
personal holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
personal holding company income is based on taxable income,
subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for
federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net
operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income
(PHC Income) is comprised primarily of passive
investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal
service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a
PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross
income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its
outstanding common stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by
five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain
organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of
the taxable year.
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we
had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal
year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year.
However, so long as the Harbinger Funds hold more than 50% in
value of our outstanding common stock at any time during any
future tax year, it is possible that we will be considered a PHC
if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income consists
of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no
assurance that we will not be subject to this tax in the future,
which, in turn, may materially adversely impact our financial
position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, which
in turn could adversely affect our ability to make debt service
payments on the notes. In addition, if we are subject to this
tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could
significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect
operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15%
tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at
the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate
will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate
of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31,
2012.
Section 404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and
test our internal controls over financial reporting and to
report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these
controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these
requirements or negative reports concerning our internal
controls could adversely affect our future results of operations
and financial condition.
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls
that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired
businesses and businesses that we may acquire in the future. We
cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure
that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over
our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future.
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or
difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our
operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective
internal controls over financial reporting, or if our
independent registered public accounting firm is unable to
provide us with
24
an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors
could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial
statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to
sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory
authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our SEC
reporting obligations may cause an event of default to occur
under the indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt
we incur in the future.
Our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we
did not maintain effective controls over the application and
monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we
did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the
accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by
third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and
the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related
income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the
application of generally accepted accounting principles relating
to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted
in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements for the quarter ended September 30,
2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency
constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009.
As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that
our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements
which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate
operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material
weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that
similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could
adversely affect our future results of operations or financial
condition.
In addition, if we were to acquire a previously privately owned
company, we may incur significant additional costs in order to
ensure that after such acquisition we continue to comply with
the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other
public company requirements, which in turn would reduce our
earnings and negatively affect our liquidity. A target company
may not be in compliance with the provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal
controls and may not be otherwise set up for public company
reporting. The development of an adequate financial reporting
system and the internal controls of any such entity to achieve
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase
the time and costs necessary to complete any business
combination. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new
or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the
implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes
and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or
cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
Risks
Related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
We
have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs
associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, which will
reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for other
corporate purposes, and our financial results and liquidity may
be adversely affected.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial
costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. These
costs will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us
for acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes.
There is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our
estimates. We may incur additional material charges reflecting
additional costs associated with the our oversight of Spectrum
Brands and the integration of our financial reporting in fiscal
quarters subsequent to the quarter in which the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition was consummated.
The
pro forma financial statements presented are not necessarily
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations.
The pro forma financial statements contained in this prospectus
are presented for illustrative purposes only and may not be
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations. The pro forma financial statements have been derived
from the historical financial statements of our company and
Spectrum Brands Holdings, and many adjustments and assumptions
have been made regarding Spectrum Brands Holdings (giving effect
to the SB/RH Merger) and our company after giving effect to the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The information upon which these
adjustments and assumptions have been made is preliminary,
25
and these kinds of adjustments and assumptions are difficult to
make with complete accuracy. Moreover, the pro forma financial
statements do not reflect all costs that are expected to be
incurred by us in connection with the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a result of the
SB/RH Merger. For example, the impact of any incremental costs
incurred in integrating Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs and
integrating our financial reporting requirements with Spectrum
Brands is not reflected in the pro forma financial statements.
As a result, the actual financial condition and results of
operations of our company following the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition may not be consistent with, or evident from, these
pro forma financial statements.
The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial
information may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may
affect our future financial condition or results of operations.
Any potential decline in our financial condition or results of
operations could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to
make interest or principal payments on the notes.
There
can be no assurance that we have identified every matter that
could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings
or its subsidiaries.
Although we have conducted business, financial and legal due
diligence in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
there can be no assurance that due diligence has identified
every matter that could have a material adverse effect on
Spectrum Brands Holdings or its subsidiaries. Accordingly, there
may be matters involving either Spectrum Brands Holdings or its
subsidiaries and their respective operations that were not
identified during our due diligence. Any of these matters could
materially adversely affect our future financial condition.
26
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made in this prospectus forward-looking statements that
are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are
based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the
management of Spectrum Brands Holdings. Generally,
forward-looking statements include information concerning
possible or assumed future actions, events or results of
operations of our company. Forward-looking statements
specifically include, without limitation, the information
regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and
margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the
economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the
timetable for, completing the integration of Spectrum Brands
Holdings financial reporting with ours, completing future
acquisitions and dispositions, litigation, potential and
contingent liabilities, managements plans, business
portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or
include the words may, will,
believe, expect, anticipate,
intend, plan, estimate,
could, might, or continue or
the negative or other variations thereof or comparable
terminology.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance.
You should understand that the following important factors, in
addition to those discussed in the section captioned Risk
Factors and in Annex A, Risk Factors of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc., could affect the future results of our
company, and could cause those results or other outcomes to
differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements.
HGI
Important factors that could affect our future results, include,
without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to successfully identify additional suitable
acquisition opportunities and future acquisitions potentially
involving various risks;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in fully executing our business strategy due to
significant competition for acquisition and investment
opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business
plan similar to ours;
|
|
|
|
various unknown risks and uncertainties that would result from
future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
the inability to obtain additional financing to consummate
future investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and
growth of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to
restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment
or acquisition;
|
|
|
|
changes in the market prices of publicly traded equity interests
that we may acquire, particularly during times of volatility in
security prices, could impact the aggregate value of our company
portfolio and equity;
|
|
|
|
our ability to dispose of equity interests that we may acquire
may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements and by
securities laws;
|
|
|
|
our principal stockholders hold a majority of our outstanding
common stock and have interests which may conflict with
interests of our stockholders and holders of the notes, and as a
result of this ownership, we are a controlled
company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are
exempt from certain corporate governance requirements;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on certain key personnel;
|
|
|
|
our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective
affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions
in which we are involved, and may also compete with us;
|
|
|
|
changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our
risk of loss and subject us to additional risks;
|
|
|
|
our ability to increase the size of our organization and manage
our growth;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
we may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an
investment company and we may incur significant costs to avoid
investment company status;
|
|
|
|
we may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding
company on future undistributed personal holding company income
if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses;
|
|
|
|
agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may
give rise to future claims that could materially adversely
impact our capital resources;
|
|
|
|
our investments in any future joint investment could be
adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making
authority, our reliance on a partners financial condition
and disputes between us and our partners;
|
|
|
|
resources could be wasted in researching acquisition or
investment targets that are not consummated;
|
|
|
|
there may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition,
holding and disposition of target companies and assets;
|
|
|
|
litigation defense and settlement costs with respect to our
prior businesses may be material;
|
|
|
|
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us
to document and test our internal controls over financial
reporting and to report on our assessment as to the
effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in
satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our
internal controls could adversely affect our future results of
operations;
|
|
|
|
we may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur
substantial debt, which may adversely affect our leverage and
financial condition; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully integrate Spectrum Brands
Holdings financial reporting with our financial reporting.
|
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings actual results or other outcomes
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking
statements may be affected by a variety of important factors,
including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of Spectrum Brands substantial indebtedness on
its business, financial condition and results of operations;
|
|
|
|
the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands debt
instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its
capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
|
|
|
|
any failure to comply with financial covenants and other
provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands debt
instruments;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully integrate the
business acquired in connection with the combination with
Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that
integration at the expected costs;
|
|
|
|
the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new
business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed
restructuring activities;
|
|
|
|
the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or
availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available
from suppliers, including suppliers willingness to advance
credit;
|
|
|
|
interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a
significant retail customer(s);
|
|
|
|
competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or
price reductions by competitors;
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new product features or technological
developments by competitors
and/or the
development of new competitors or competitive brands;
|
|
|
|
the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation,
recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a
depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes
in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where
Spectrum Brands does business;
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum
Brands products;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to develop and successfully
introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and
avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully implement, achieve
and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and
improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
|
|
|
|
the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory
proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental,
public health and consumer protection regulations);
|
|
|
|
public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands
products, including the potential for environmental liabilities,
product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
|
|
|
|
the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum
Brands business;
|
|
|
|
government regulations;
|
|
|
|
the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands
products;
|
|
|
|
the effects of climate change and unusual weather
activity; and
|
|
|
|
the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist
attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
|
We also caution the reader that undue reliance should not be
placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of
the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any duty or
responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this
prospectus or to reflect actual outcomes.
THE
SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings completed the
SB/RH Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of February 9, 2010, as amended, by and among Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger Agreement).
As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum
Brands became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands
Holdings and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands immediately
prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in exchange for their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. Immediately prior to the
SB/RH Merger, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 40.6% of
the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and 100%
of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an
outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of
the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other
than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and
the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. The Spectrum
Brands common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock were listed on the NYSE
under the ticker symbol SPB. Additional information
about Russell Hobbs, a subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, can be
found in HGIs Definitive Information Statement filed by
HGI with the SEC on November 5, 2010.
29
On January 7, 2011, we completed the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. As a result, the
Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock, or approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, to us in
exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common
stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the
respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common
stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock ($27.36)
on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including
July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day
we received the Harbinger Parties proposal for the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding
shares of common stock and the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger
Capital together directly own approximately 12.7% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
became a party to the existing Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010 (the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), by and among the
Harbinger Parties, Spectrum Brands Holdings, and Avenue
International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations
Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.
(the Avenue Parties). Under the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we have certain demand
and piggy back registration rights with respect to
our shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights
Agreement, we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
demand that Spectrum Brands Holdings register all or a portion
of our or their respective shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the
anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be
offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is
to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1
or a similar long-form registration or (ii) at
least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant
to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration.
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement also
provides that if Spectrum Brands Holdings decides to register
shares of its common stock for its own account or the account of
a stockholder other than us, the Harbinger Parties and the
Avenue Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
agreement), we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
require Spectrum Brands Holdings to include all or a portion of
their shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in the
registration and, to the extent the registration is in
connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock included in the
offering.
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings will maintain (i) a special
nominating committee of its board of directors (the
Special Nominating Committee) consisting of three
Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and
corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee) and
(iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the NYSE rules;
|
|
|
|
for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the
Harbinger Parties) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands
Holdings outstanding voting securities, we will vote our
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock to effect the
structure of Spectrum Brands Holdings board of directors
described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement
and to ensure that Spectrum Brands Holdings chief
executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
|
|
|
|
neither Spectrum Brands Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries
will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or
our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands
Holdings equity securities to any person that would result
in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or
more of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting
securities, unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by
the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement,
(ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of
Spectrum Brands Holdings approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is
otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the Special
Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less
of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting securities;
|
|
|
|
before June 16, 2011, we will not (and we will not permit
any of our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, to) make
any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal
for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as
defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement)
of Spectrum Brands Holdings unless such action is specifically
requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum
Brands Holdings with the approval of a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee. In addition, under Spectrum
Brands Holdings certificate of incorporation, no
stockholder that (together with its affiliates) owns 40% or more
of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings
(the 40% Stockholder) shall, or shall permit any of
its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any
person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such
40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions
that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such
transaction satisfies certain requirements;
|
|
|
|
we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our
affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, own, in the
aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities; and
|
|
|
|
we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands
information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10%
of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings voting
securities.
|
The provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder
Agreement (other than with respect to information and
investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and
our affiliates (including the Harbinger Parties) no longer
beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns
90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum
Brands Holdings.
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies
under the indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands
Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for the notes upon
an event of default under the indenture, on January 7,
2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum
Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, subject to
certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants,
terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such
event of default.
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We
are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement. In consideration for issuing
the exchange notes, we will receive initial notes in like
aggregate principal amount.
The gross proceeds from the offering of the initial notes were
approximately $345 million. We used approximately
$11 million of the proceeds to pay fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the initial notes offering.
31
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash
and cash equivalents, short-term investments and consolidated
capitalization as of September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and issuance of our common stock to effect
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and (ii) the issuance of
the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such issuance.
|
You should read this table together with Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements, Use
of Proceeds, The Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and our historical financial statements and related notes and
the financial statements and related notes of each of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI As of
|
|
|
Pro Forma As of
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
86.0
|
|
|
$
|
590.4
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Credit Facilities and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
Spectrum Brands Term Loan(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245.0
|
|
Less: Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,088.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total HGI stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
132.9
|
|
|
$
|
702.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
132.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,791.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility provides for borrowings of up
to $300 million from time to time, subject to a borrowing
base formula. As of September 30, 2010, no loans and
$37 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility and Spectrum Brands had the ability
to borrow up to an additional $225 million, subject to
satisfaction of customary borrowing conditions. The Spectrum
Brands ABL Facility matures in June 2014. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of
borrowings under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan that was borrowed
at a discount of approximately $15 million. This discount
accretes and is included in interest expense as this facility
matures. The Spectrum Brands Term Loan matures in June 2016. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of the
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes that were issued at a
discount of approximately $10 million. This discount
accretes and is included in interest expense as the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Notes mature. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Secured Notes mature in June 2018. |
|
(4) |
|
As of September 30, 2010, $245 million aggregate
principal amount of the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes was outstanding (including notes issued as payment
of interest in kind). Spectrum Brands may elect to pay interest
under the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes in
cash or as a payment in kind through the semi-annual interest
period ended February 2011. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes mature in August 2019. |
32
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, the date of our
latest publicly available financial information, gives effect to
(i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as well as the effect
of (ii) the SB/RH Merger, (iii) the emergence of
Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the
application of fresh-start accounting and (iv) the offering
of the initial notes.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
shown below reflect historical financial information and have
been prepared on the basis that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification Topic
805: Business Combinations (ASC 805) as a
transaction between entities under common control. In accordance
with the guidance in ASC 805, the assets and liabilities
transferred between entities under common control should be
recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts
(or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts
differ). Although we issued shares of our common stock to effect
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, for accounting purposes
Spectrum Brands will be treated as the predecessor and receiving
entity of HGI since Spectrum Brands was an operating business in
prior periods, whereas HGI was not. As Spectrum Brands was
determined to be the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger,
the financial statements of Spectrum Brands will be presented as
our predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
After the issuance of the shares of our common stock to the
Harbinger Parties to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, our
parent (the Harbinger Parties) owns approximately 93% of our
outstanding common stock. Spectrum Brands, as the predecessor
and under common ownership of the Harbinger Parties, will record
HGIs assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties
basis as of the date that common control was first established
(June 16, 2010). The carrying value of HGIs assets
and liabilities approximated the Harbinger Parties basis
at that date.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance
sheet at September 30, 2010 is presented on a basis to
reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the
issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and (iii) the offering of the initial notes, as
if each had occurred on September 30, 2010. The unaudited
pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 is presented on
a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
(ii) the issuance of our common stock to effect the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (iii) the SB/RH Merger and
(iv) the offering of the initial notes, as if each had
occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2009 is presented on a basis to reflect
(i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the issuance
of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
(iii) the SB/RH Merger and (iv) the offering of the
initial notes, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2009,
and (v) the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in
August 2009 and the application of fresh-start accounting, as if
the emergence had occurred on October 1, 2008 (the
beginning of Spectrum Brands fiscal year). Because of
different fiscal year-ends, and in order to present results for
comparable periods, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2009 combines the historical consolidated statement of
operations of HGI for the year then ended with the derived
historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and the historical
consolidated statement of operations of Spectrum Brands for its
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The unaudited pro
forma condensed combined statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 combines the
historical condensed consolidated statement of operations of HGI
for the nine months then ended with the derived historical
results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the six months ended
March 31, 2010, the last quarter end reported by Russell
Hobbs prior to the SB/RH Merger, and the derived historical
results of operations of SB Holdings for the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2010 (which include Russell Hobbs
results of operations for the most recent three-month period
ended September 30, 2010). Spectrum Brands historical
consolidated statement of operations for the three-month period
ended January 3, 2010 has been excluded from the interim
results in order to present results comparable to HGIs
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010. The results of
Russell Hobbs have been excluded for the stub period from
June 16, 2010, the date of the SB/RH Merger, to
July 4, 2010 for pro forma purposes, since comparable
results are included in the derived historical results of
operations of Russell Hobbs for the six-month period ended
March 31, 2010. Pro forma adjustments are made in order to
reflect the
33
potential effect of the transactions on the unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations. As a result of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the financial statements of
Spectrum Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for
periods prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. Those
financial statements will reflect the SB/RH Merger effective
June 16, 2010. We do not present any pro forma annual
periods prior to January 1, 2009 since these would be the
same as Spectrum Brands historical financial statements as
the predecessor to HGI.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
and the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements were based on, and should be read in
conjunction with:
|
|
|
|
|
our historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
our historical audited consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Our historical consolidated financial information has been
adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements to give effect to pro forma events that are
(1) directly attributable to the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum Brands
from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the application of
fresh-start accounting, and the offering of the initial notes,
(2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations,
expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do
not reflect any of HGI or Spectrum Brands Holdings
managements expectations for revenue enhancements, cost
savings from the combined companys operating efficiencies,
synergies or other restructurings, or the costs and related
liabilities that would be incurred to achieve such revenue
enhancements, cost savings from operating efficiencies,
synergies or restructurings, which could result from the SB/RH
Merger.
The pro forma adjustments are based upon available
information and assumptions that the managements of HGI and
Spectrum Brands Holdings believe reasonably reflect the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum
Brands from bankruptcy and the application of fresh-start
accounting, and the offering of the initial notes. The unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided
for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent
what our actual consolidated results of operations or the
consolidated financial position would have been had the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and other identified events occurred on the
date assumed, nor are they necessarily indicative of our future
consolidated results of operations or financial position.
34
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
333,849
|
|
|
$
|
590,430
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
Trade and other accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406,447
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
141,672
|
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333,849
|
|
|
|
1,675,233
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201,307
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,206
|
|
|
|
68,664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
345,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,360,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,452
|
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333,683
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
309,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
668,010
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,055
|
|
|
|
2,068,112
|
|
Pension liability
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,148
|
|
Non-current deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
9,345
|
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,055
|
|
|
|
3,181,625
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,727
|
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
|
(594,440
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,b,c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854,748
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
10,243
|
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
|
100,757
|
|
|
|
(6a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(149,892
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(10,223
|
)
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
13,642
|
|
|
|
(6a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,078
|
)
|
Less treasury stock, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,940
|
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
(477,149
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702,170
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,149
|
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
345,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,360,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Inc.
|
|
|
Hobbs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
1 Month
|
|
|
|
11 Months
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
SB/RH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Fresh
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Start
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,230,536
|
|
|
$
|
779,375
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,009,911
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155,310
|
|
|
|
|
1,245,640
|
|
|
|
1,400,950
|
|
|
|
549,220
|
|
|
|
4,187
|
|
|
|
(5a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,954,357
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
13,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
|
751,819
|
|
|
|
816,219
|
|
|
|
230,155
|
|
|
|
(4,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,042,187
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,136
|
|
|
|
|
363,106
|
|
|
|
402,242
|
|
|
|
117,406
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
(5b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
519,983
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
20,578
|
|
|
|
|
145,235
|
|
|
|
165,813
|
|
|
|
39,531
|
|
|
|
19,743
|
|
|
|
(5b,c
|
)
|
|
|
15,293
|
|
|
|
(6a,e,f,h
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246,670
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
|
|
24,418
|
|
|
|
4,027
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
(5b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,843
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
32,442
|
|
|
|
3,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,255
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
64,292
|
|
|
|
|
595,014
|
|
|
|
659,306
|
|
|
|
164,777
|
|
|
|
20,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
866,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
156,805
|
|
|
|
156,913
|
|
|
|
65,378
|
|
|
|
(24,663
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176,045
|
|
Interest (income) expense
|
|
|
(229
|
)
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
189,902
|
|
|
|
44,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,534
|
)
|
|
|
(6d
|
)
|
|
|
40,206
|
|
|
|
219,002
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(1,280
|
)
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
2,504
|
|
|
|
4,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
reorganization items and income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
|
(35,493
|
)
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
|
|
(24,663
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
|
(48,194
|
)
|
Reorganization items (expense) income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,142,809
|
|
|
|
1,138,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,138,847
|
)
|
|
|
(5d
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
|
1,103,354
|
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
|
|
(1,163,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
|
(48,194
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
8,566
|
|
|
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
|
22,611
|
|
|
|
73,804
|
|
|
|
17,998
|
|
|
|
(2,572
|
)
|
|
|
(5e
|
)
|
|
|
(8,542
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,g
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
1,029,550
|
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,160,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
48,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
(137,448
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Loss from continuing operations attributable to
noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,553
|
)
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to
controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
1,029,550
|
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,160,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
(94,892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share
attributable to controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,910
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,190
|
|
36
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hobbs, Inc.
|
|
|
Elimination of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 Month
|
|
|
Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
SB/RH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Duplicate
|
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Related &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Information(7)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,975,071
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
|
$
|
(35,755
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,345,728
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,232,624
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
(23,839
|
)
|
|
|
(2,164
|
)
|
|
|
(8b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,482,289
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
736,948
|
|
|
|
130,744
|
|
|
|
(11,916
|
)
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857,940
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355,524
|
|
|
|
60,906
|
|
|
|
(5,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,468
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
156,193
|
|
|
|
21,616
|
|
|
|
(4,640
|
)
|
|
|
(168
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,e,f,h
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,877
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,568
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
|
|
(659
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,126
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,675
|
)
|
|
|
(8a
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,192
|
|
|
|
3,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
586,929
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
(11,261
|
)
|
|
|
(34,843
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
646,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
150,019
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
|
|
(655
|
)
|
|
|
37,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,592
|
|
Interest (income) expense
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
227,533
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
|
|
(3,866
|
)
|
|
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
|
(6d
|
)
|
|
|
30,219
|
|
|
|
166,462
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
11,654
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
135,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
|
26,481
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(761
|
)
|
|
|
40,690
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
(6a,g
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
$
|
135,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21,022
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: (Loss) income from continuing operations attributable
to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,435
|
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to
controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
$
|
124,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31,454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share
attributable to controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,910
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,196
|
|
37
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share amounts)
HGIs fiscal year-end was December 31 while Spectrum Brands
Holdings fiscal year-end is September 30 and Russell
Hobbs fiscal year-end was June 30. In order for the
year end pro forma results to be comparable, the Russell Hobbs
12-month
period ended December 31, 2009 was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
|
(D)=(A)+(B)-(C)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
796,628
|
|
|
$
|
459,521
|
|
|
$
|
476,774
|
|
|
$
|
779,375
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
577,138
|
|
|
|
317,868
|
|
|
|
345,786
|
|
|
|
549,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
219,490
|
|
|
|
141,653
|
|
|
|
130,988
|
|
|
|
230,155
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
128,195
|
|
|
|
59,116
|
|
|
|
69,905
|
|
|
|
117,406
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
43,760
|
|
|
|
25,090
|
|
|
|
29,319
|
|
|
|
39,531
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
4,813
|
|
|
|
4,659
|
|
|
|
5,445
|
|
|
|
4,027
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
9,700
|
|
|
|
1,769
|
|
|
|
7,656
|
|
|
|
3,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
186,468
|
|
|
|
90,634
|
|
|
|
112,325
|
|
|
|
164,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
33,022
|
|
|
|
51,019
|
|
|
|
18,663
|
|
|
|
65,378
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
50,221
|
|
|
|
19,894
|
|
|
|
25,458
|
|
|
|
44,657
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
4,622
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
3,833
|
|
|
|
4,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(21,821
|
)
|
|
|
27,901
|
|
|
|
(10,628
|
)
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
14,042
|
|
|
|
8,872
|
|
|
|
4,916
|
|
|
|
17,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(35,863
|
)
|
|
$
|
19,029
|
|
|
$
|
(15,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
HGIS latest reporting period is the third quarter for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, while Russell
Hobbs last reporting period, prior to the SB/RH Merger,
was its third quarter results for the nine-month period ended
March 31, 2010 and Spectrum Brands Holdings latest
reporting period is its fiscal year ended September 30,
2010 (which includes results of operations for Russell Hobbs for
the three month-period ended September 30, 2010). In order
for the unaudited interim pro forma results to be comparable,
results of Russell Hobbs and SB Holdings must reflect only nine
months. Because Russell Hobbs results of operations for
the three months ended September 30, 2010 are included in
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical statement of
operations (post SB/RH Merger), Russell Hobbs historical
financial information for the statement of operations covering
the three-month period ended September 30, 2009 has been
excluded, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)=(A)-(B)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
617,281
|
|
|
$
|
210,869
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
422,652
|
|
|
|
146,984
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
194,629
|
|
|
|
63,885
|
|
|
|
130,744
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
87,539
|
|
|
|
26,633
|
|
|
|
60,906
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
35,715
|
|
|
|
14,099
|
|
|
|
21,616
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
2,296
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
3,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
134,432
|
|
|
|
43,785
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
60,197
|
|
|
|
20,100
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
24,112
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
5,702
|
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
30,383
|
|
|
|
8,265
|
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
11,375
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
19,008
|
|
|
$
|
3,911
|
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To derive Spectrum Brands Holdings results for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands
historical financial information for the statement of operations
covering the three-month period ended January 3, 2010 has
been excluded, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Ended January 3,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C) = (A) - (B)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
|
$
|
1,975,071
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
405,827
|
|
|
|
1,232,624
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
|
|
736,948
|
|
39
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Ended January 3,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C) = (A) - (B)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
111,289
|
|
|
|
355,524
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
43,193
|
|
|
|
156,193
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
6,445
|
|
|
|
24,568
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
4,776
|
|
|
|
12,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
165,703
|
|
|
|
586,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
18,759
|
|
|
|
150,019
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
49,482
|
|
|
|
227,533
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
11,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items
and income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
(31,369
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense, net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
(35,015
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
22,499
|
|
|
|
40,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,514
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
BASIS OF
PRO FORMA PRESENTATION
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared using the historical consolidated financial
statements of HGI, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands and Spectrum
Brands Holdings. To derive the financial statements for Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands historical financial
statements for the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 have been
excluded. The historical financial statements for Russell Hobbs
includes the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 in both the annual
2009 and interim 2010 unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements presented herein; the results of operations
for Russell Hobbs for the three-month period ended
September 30, 2010 are included in Spectrum Brands Holdings
historical statement of operations for the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2010. The predecessor of the historical
financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings is Spectrum
Brands. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted for as a
merger among entities under common control with Spectrum Brands
Holdings/Spectrum Brands as the predecessor and receiving entity
of HGI.
|
|
(3)
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of HGI do not assume any differences in accounting policies
between HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings. HGI will review the
accounting policies of HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings to
ensure conformity of HGIs accounting policies to those of
Spectrum Brands Holdings (as predecessor) and, as a result of
that review, HGI may identify differences between the accounting
policies of these companies that, when conformed, could have a
material impact on the combined financial statements. At this
time, HGI is not aware of any differences that would have a
material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements.
40
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
(4)
|
ACQUISITION
OF RUSSELL HOBBS BY SPECTRUM BRANDS IN SB/RH MERGER
|
Russell Hobbs was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a
result of the SB/RH Merger on June 16, 2010. The
consideration was in the form of newly-issued shares of common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings exchanged for all of the
outstanding shares of common and preferred stock and certain
debt of Russell Hobbs held by the Harbinger Parties. Inasmuch as
Russell Hobbs was a private company and its common stock was not
publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands
common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the
purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was
approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs allocation
20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the SB/RH Merger agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets of Russell Hobbs
by Spectrum Brands Holdings based upon their preliminary fair
values at June 16, 2010 and is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical consolidated statement of financial
position as of September 30, 2010 as set forth below. The
excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net tangible
assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The
preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a
valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject to
change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to certain
legal matters, amounts for income taxes including deferred tax
accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating
loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations, and the
final allocation of goodwill. Spectrum Brands Holdings expects
to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining
the fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition
date during the measurement period. The preliminary purchase
price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
822,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
(1)
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents indebtedness of Russell Hobbs assumed in the SB/RH
Merger. |
41
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
(5)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENT FRESH-START REPORTING
|
Spectrum Brands emerged from bankruptcy on August 28, 2009
(the Effective Date) and, in accordance with
ASC 852, adopted fresh-start reporting since the
reorganization value of the assets of Spectrum Brands
immediately prior to the Effective Date (Predecessor
Company) of the plan of reorganization was less than the
total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and
the holders of the Predecessor Companys voting shares
immediately before the Effective Date received less than
50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity.
Spectrum Brands analyzed the transactions that occurred during
the two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date,
and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as such transactions
represented less than one percent of the total net sales for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, Spectrum
Brands determined that August 30, 2009 would be an
appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with Spectrum
Brands normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, periods
ended prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those
of Spectrum Brands after the Effective Date (Successor
Company).
These pro forma adjustments represent the fresh-start
adjustments as if Spectrum Brands fresh-start reporting
had occurred on October 1, 2008, the beginning of its
fiscal year. The adjustments made are as follows:
a) An adjustment of $48,762 was recorded to adjust
inventory to fair value. As a result of this increase in
inventory, $16,319 was recorded as cost of goods sold within the
Spectrum Brands consolidated statement of operations for the
year ended September 30, 2009. This cost has been excluded
from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations as this amount is considered non-recurring.
b) Spectrum Brands recorded an increase of $34,699 to
adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to
fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use.
Key assumptions used in the valuation of Spectrum Brands
property, plant and equipment were a combination of the cost and
market approach, depending on whether market data was available.
The step up in depreciation expense associated with this
increase in book value was $21,723 for the period from
October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009. This is reflected
in the statement of operations as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eleven Month Period
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Step-up Adjustment
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
20,506
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
335
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
484
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
21,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, which
include trade names, trademarks and technology, were valued
using a relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships
were valued using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain
intangible assets are subject to sensitive business factors of
which only a portion are within control of Spectrum Brands
management. The total fair value of indefinite and definite
lived intangibles was $1,459,500 as of August 30, 2009. The
incremental intangible amortization associated with the increase
in indefinite lived intangible assets was $19,260 for the period
from October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009.
42
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
d) In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy,
Spectrum Brands incurred certain expenses and recorded certain
income, gains and losses as Reorganization items expense
(income), net. Since these items are directly attributable to
Spectrum Brands emergence from bankruptcy and are not
expected to have a continuing impact on the combined
entitys results, they have been eliminated from these pro
forma financial statements. Reorganization items expense
(income), net, for the eleven-month period ended August 30,
2009 and the one-month period ended September 30, 2009 are
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Eleven Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
91,312
|
|
Gain on cancellation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) Spectrum Brands recorded a decrease of $2,572 of net tax
expense for
non-U.S. subsidiaries
for the period from October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009. During all periods presented, Spectrum Brands had a full
valuation allowance for all net U.S. deferred tax assets,
exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles. Due to Spectrum
Brands full valuation allowance position, any tax effect
of the fresh-start pro forma adjustments for the
U.S. parent and U.S. subsidiaries would be offset by
an adjustment to the valuation allowance. As such, Spectrum
Brands has recorded a zero tax effect for the pro forma
adjustments related to the U.S. parent and
U.S. subsidiaries.
|
|
(6)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS OTHER
|
a) To effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI issued
its common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for the
controlling financial interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings.
After this issuance of shares, the Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93% of HGIs outstanding common stock.
Spectrum Brands as the receiving and predecessor entity and
under common control of the Harbinger Parties will record
HGIs assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties
basis as of the date common control was established. The
carrying value of HGIs assets and liabilities approximated
the Harbinger Parties basis at the date that common
control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was established
(June 16, 2010). However, adjustments were made to income
taxes and pension expense to reflect the effect of rolling back
the Harbinger Parties basis in HGI to the January 1,
2009 assumed transaction date for purposes of the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma statements of operations. This
results in a decrease in General and administrative expense for
pension expense in the amount of $881 and $689 for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010, respectively. Similarly, the tax
adjustment is as shown in the unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 included herein.
The financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings/Spectrum
Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods
prior to the date common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings
was established (June 16, 2010) and, as such, these
adjustments eliminate HGIs historical retained earnings
and accumulated other comprehensive loss prior to that date as
well as the subsequent amortization through September 30,
2010 of accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained
earnings (through HGIs historical net loss for the period).
43
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
b) Adjustment reflects the noncontrolling interest in
Spectrum Brands Holdings upon the completion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition. HGI owns approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, subsequent to
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The allocation to
noncontrolling interest from the components of
stockholders equity reflects 45.6% of Spectrum Brands
Holdings stockholders equity at September 30,
2010.
c) Adjustment reflects the 119,910 shares of HGI
common stock issued as a result of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition. The adjustment also reflects the elimination of
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical capital structure.
d) The SB/RH Merger resulted in a substantial change to the
Spectrum Brands Holdings debt structure, as further
discussed in the notes to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
historical financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The change in interest expense is $55,534 and
$98,824 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
The adjustment consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
$750,000 Term loan
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
60,750
|
|
|
$
|
45,055
|
|
$750,000 Senior secured notes
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
71,250
|
|
|
|
52,646
|
|
$231,161 Senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
27,739
|
|
|
|
20,804
|
|
$22,000 ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
990
|
|
Foreign debt, other obligations and capital leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
7,207
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,723
|
|
|
|
9,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179,025
|
|
|
|
136,399
|
|
Less: elimination of historical interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,559
|
|
|
|
235,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(55,534
|
)
|
|
$
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An assumed increase or decrease of 1/8 percent in the
interest rate assumed above with respect to the $750,000 term
loan and the $22,000 ABL revolving credit facility, which have
variable interest rates, would impact total pro forma interest
expense by $965 and $723 for the year ended December 31,
2009 and the
nine-month
period ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
e) Adjustment reflects increased amortization expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
intangible assets of $9,535 and $4,806 for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the
nine-month
period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The
adjustment for the nine-month period ended September 30,
2010 reflects an adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical
six-month period ended March 31, 2010 only (the last
reported period prior to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs
acquisition is already reflected in the last three months of
Spectrum Brands Holdings nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010.
f) Adjustment reflects an increase in equity awards
amortization of $7,622 for the year ended December 31, 2009
and a decrease in equity awards amortization of $3,534 for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively,
to reflect equity awards issued in connection with the SB/RH
Merger which had vesting periods ranging from 1-12 months.
As a result, assuming the transaction was completed on
January 1, 2009, these awards would be fully vested in the
period ended December 31, 2009. For purposes of this pro
forma adjustment, fair value is assumed to be the average of the
high and low price of Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 16, 2010 of $28.24 per share, managements most
reliable determination of fair value.
44
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
g) As a result of Russell Hobbs and Spectrum
Brands existing income tax loss carryforwards in the
United States, for which full valuation allowances have been
provided, no deferred income taxes have been established and no
income tax has been provided in the pro forma adjustments
related to the SB/RH Merger.
h) Adjustment reflects decreased depreciation expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
property, plant and equipment of $983 and $751 for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010, respectively. The adjustment for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 reflects an
adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month period
ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period prior
to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is
already reflected in the last three months of Spectrum Brands
Holdings nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
The adjustments have been recorded to General and administrative
expense. Pro forma impacts to Cost of goods sold for
depreciation associated with the fair value adjustment of
Russell Hobbs equipment is considered immaterial.
|
|
(7)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENT ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATE FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
This pro forma adjustment represents the elimination of the
financial data from June 16, 2010 through July 4, 2010
of Russell Hobbs that is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical financial statements. These are
considered duplicative because a full nine months of financial
results for Russell Hobbs has been reflected in the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma statement of operations for the
interim period consisting of the six-month Russell Hobbs
historical period ended March 31, 2010, prior to the SB/RH
Merger, and the three month period ended September 30,
2010, subsequent to the SB/RH Merger, included in Spectrum
Brands Holdings historical statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
a) Spectrum Brands Holdings financial results for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 include $34,675 of
expenses related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs include
severance and fees for legal, accounting, financial advisory,
due diligence, tax, valuation, printing and other various
services necessary to complete this transaction and were
expensed as incurred. These costs have been excluded from the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations
for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 as these
amounts are considered non-recurring.
b) Spectrum Brands Holdings increased Russell Hobbs
inventory by $2,504, to estimated fair value, upon completion of
the SB/RH Merger. Cost of sales increased by this amount during
the first inventory turn subsequent to the completion of the
SB/RH Merger. $340 was recorded in the three months ended
July 4, 2010 and has been eliminated as part of the
Elimination of duplicate financial information
adjustments discussed in Note (7) above. The remaining
$2,164 was recorded in Spectrum Brands Holdings historical
statement of operations for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 which amount has been eliminated as a
pro forma adjustment related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs
have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed
combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 as these amounts are considered
non-recurring.
|
|
(9)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE INITIAL NOTES OFFERING
|
On November 15, 2010, HGI issued the initial notes in
private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. The issue price of the initial notes was
98.587% of par. The pro forma cash adjustment of $333,849
reflects the $345,055 proceeds from the offering (which is net
of the original issue discount of $4,945), less debt issuance
costs of $11,206.
45
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
The incremental interest expense related to the initial notes
was calculated as follows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
Interest expense on notes at 10.625%
|
|
$
|
37,187
|
|
|
$
|
27,891
|
|
Amortization of original issue discount on Notes
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
1,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
$
|
40,206
|
|
|
$
|
30,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of HGIs existing income tax loss
carryforwards, for which valuation allowances have been
provided, no income tax benefit has been reflected in the pro
forma adjustments related to HGI.
46
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following is selected historical financial information of
HGI. Selected historical financial information of Spectrum
Brands Holdings is included in Annex B hereto.
The following table sets forth our selected historical
consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the
dates presented. The selected financial information as of
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for each
of the five fiscal years then ended has been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements. The selected
financial information as of September 30, 2010 and for the
nine-month period then ended has been derived from our unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements which include, in
the opinion of our management, all adjustments necessary to
present fairly our results of operations and financial position
for the periods and dates presented. All these adjustments are
of a normal recurring nature except for the adjustments to
income tax disclosed in note (1) below.
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, our respective audited and unaudited
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes
thereto, our Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts are in
thousands, except for per share amounts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010(1)
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006(3)
|
|
2005(4)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(4,730
|
)
|
|
|
(5,517
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(3,112
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,390
|
)
|
|
|
(6,064
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
(9,177
|
)
|
Net (loss) income attributable to HGI
|
|
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(4,663
|
)
|
|
|
(9,176
|
)
|
Net (loss) income per share basic and diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
|
(0.32
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.24
|
)
|
|
|
(0.48
|
)
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
142,312
|
|
|
|
155,166
|
|
|
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
165,444
|
|
|
|
163,731
|
|
|
|
304,756
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
149,587
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
162,133
|
|
|
|
159,302
|
|
|
|
231,621
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital(6)
|
|
|
136,434
|
|
|
|
144,117
|
|
|
$
|
141,947
|
|
|
$
|
153,908
|
|
|
$
|
154,275
|
|
|
$
|
150,490
|
|
|
$
|
155,503
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, loss from
continuing operations reflects a benefit from income taxes of
$0.8 million which represents the restoration of deferred
tax assets previously written off in connection with the change
in control of our company in 2009, as discussed further in note
(2) below, and a related reversal of accrued interest and
penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets
relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable
to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions for which we
have previously recorded $0.8 million of reserves and
related accrued interest and penalties. |
47
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The change in control of our company in year ended
December 31, 2009 resulted in a change of ownership of our
company under sections 382 and 383 of the Code. As a
result, we wrote off approximately $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits. Additionally, as a result of cumulative losses in
recent years, we increased our valuation allowance for our
deferred tax assets by $2.8 million. |
|
(3) |
|
During 2006, we sold our approximate 57% ownership interest in
Omega Protein Corporation in two separate transactions for
combined proceeds of $75.5 million. In conjunction with the
sale, we recognized transaction related losses of
$10.3 million ($7.2 million net of tax adjustments).
Such amounts are included under loss from discontinued
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
During 2005, we sold our approximate 77% ownership interest in
Safety Components International, Inc. for proceeds of
$51.2 million. Accordingly, we recognized a loss on sale of
$12.2 million ($9.9 million net of tax effects). Such
amounts are included under loss from discontinued operations for
the year ended December 31, 2005. |
|
(5) |
|
Loss from discontinued operations includes transaction related
losses as discussed in notes (3) and (4) and the
operating results for Omega Protein Corporation for the periods
ending December 31, 2006 and Safety Components
International, Inc. for the period ending December 31, 2005. |
|
(6) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
48
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is HGIs managements discussion and
analysis of financial condition and results of operations.
Managements discussion and analysis of financial
conditions and results of operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings
is included in Annex C hereto.
The following is a discussion of our financial condition and
results of operations. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Actual results could differ materially from those discussed
herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
above in Risk Factors, as well as those discussed in
this section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
(the Reincorporation Merger) We had approximately
$139.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments (including U.S. Government Agency and Treasury
securities) as of September 30, 2010. Our common stock
trades on the NYSE under the symbol HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have
held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009 (the
2009 Change of Control).
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands
Holdings. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition for
further information. Following the completion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock,
with a current market value of approximately $928 million
(as of January 14, 2011). The Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals,
49
including more than 20 investment professionals with expertise
across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
Recent
Developments
Initial
Notes Offering
On November 15, 2010, we completed the initial notes
offering, consisting of $350 million aggregate principal
amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The
proceeds of the initial notes offering were placed into escrow
pending the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. On
January 7, 2011, following the consummation of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and the satisfaction of the other escrow
release conditions, the proceeds of the initial notes offering
were released from escrow.
Spectrum
Brands Acquisition
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition was consummated on
January 7, 2011. For more information regarding the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, see The Spectrum Brands
Acquisition elsewhere in this prospectus.
Results
of Operations
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to the Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2009
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of
operations and compares the amount of the change between the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30,
2009 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Favorable/
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
(Unfavorable)
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
|
|
(895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
(936
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(2,332
|
)
|
|
|
(12,037
|
)
|
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
8,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,920
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,919
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We reported a net loss of $13.6 million or $(0.70) per
diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2010,
compared to a net loss of $9.7 million or $(0.50) per
diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. The net loss for the nine months ended September 30,
2009 reflected the write off of $8.2 million of deferred
tax assets in connection with our change in controlling
shareholders. The increase in our pre-tax loss principally
resulted from an increase in professional fees associated with
advisors retained
50
to assist us in evaluating business acquisition opportunities
and preparing related public company filings and, to a lesser
extent, from additional employee and other costs related to
relocating our corporate headquarters.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no
revenues. We do not expect to recognize revenues until we
acquire one or more operating businesses in the future.
Cost of revenues. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no
cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional
fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees),
salaries and benefits, office rent, pension expense and
insurance costs. General and administrative expenses increased
$11.1 million to $14.9 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2010 from $3.8 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was
primarily a result of an increase in professional fees
associated with advisors retained to assist us in evaluating
business acquisition opportunities and preparing related public
company filings and, to a lesser extent, increases in employee
and other costs related to relocating our corporate headquarters
to New York City. For the nine months ended September 30,
2010, we incurred $9.3 million, in professional fees
related to potential acquisitions, including $4.3 million
related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, compared to
insignificant amounts in the prior year comparable periods.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$41,000 to $156,000 for the nine months ended September 30,
2010 from $197,000 for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. Our interest income will continue to be negligible while
our cash equivalents and investments are invested principally in
U.S. Government instruments and the interest rates on those
instruments remain insignificant.
Other, net. Other income decreased $895,000 to
$351,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from
$1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. Our other income is primarily related to settlements on
legal claims relating to solvent schemes with insurers in
various markets. The fluctuation in other income will vary as we
reach settlements with these insurers.
Income taxes. The effective tax benefit rate
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was 5%. The
benefit from income taxes for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 principally represents the restoration
in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000 of deferred tax assets
previously written off in connection with the 2009 Change of
Control and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest
and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax
assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are
realizable to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions
for which we had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and
$35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result,
the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have
no net effect on our future provision for (or benefit from)
income taxes.
In the third quarter of 2009, we wrote off $8.2 million of
deferred tax assets. This resulted from our ownership change
that, pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, limits
our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and
alternative minimum tax credits.
Due to our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined
that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation allowance was
still required for all of our deferred tax assets other than our
refundable alternative minimum tax credits and the balance of
deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly, we do not
expect to record any future benefit from income taxes until it
is more likely than not that some or all of our remaining net
operating loss carryforwards will be realizable.
51
Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of
operations and compares the amount of the change between 2009
and 2008 (the 2009 Change) and between 2008 and 2007
(the 2008 Change).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(3,053
|
)
|
|
|
151
|
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
7,681
|
|
|
|
(2,784
|
)
|
|
|
(4,668
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
(457
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
8,251
|
|
|
|
(1,617
|
)
|
|
|
(5,125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
4,863
|
|
|
|
(4,670
|
)
|
|
|
(4,974
|
)
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
(8,664
|
)
|
|
|
2,411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
(13,334
|
)
|
|
|
(2,563
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,551
|
|
|
$
|
(13,332
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,563
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
Compared to 2008
We reported a net loss of $13.3 million or $(0.69) per
diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared
to a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share in 2008. The
increase in net loss resulted from the write off of
$7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits resulting from the
2009 Change of Control which constituted a change of ownership
under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Additionally, as a
result of cumulative losses in recent years, we increased our
valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets by
$2.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2009. The
increase in net loss also resulted from increases in
professional fees and pension expenses and a decrease in
interest income, all partially offset by the recognition of
other income in 2009 related to former businesses of HGI.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no revenues.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses increased $3.1 million from
$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This increase was primarily a result of increases in
professional fees of $1.9 million, predominately arising
from the 2009 Change of Control, the transition to a
reconstituted board of directors, the Reincorporation Merger,
and increased efforts in evaluating possible business
acquisitions, and an increase of $0.9 million in
actuarially determined pension expenses.
52
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$2.8 million from $3.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 to $0.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, resulting from sustained lower interest
rates on our cash equivalents and investments which are invested
principally in U.S. Government instruments.
Other, net. Other, net was $1.3 million
and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. During 2009, we received a refund of
excess collateral of $0.8 million from a
rent-a-captive
insurance arrangement which we entered into in 1993. As we had
previously written off the balance of our excess collateral, the
full amount of this refund was recorded as other income. We do
not believe we have any material obligations under this
arrangement and do not expect to receive any additional material
reimbursements related to this program. Also during 2009, we
received $0.3 million from settlement agreements entered
into during 2009 in which we agreed to accept a payment in
exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain
non-operating subsidiaries.
Income taxes. Despite a pretax loss of
$4.8 million, we recorded a provision for income taxes of
$8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million for the
prior year. The change from a benefit to a provision resulted
primarily from the write-off of $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which
constituted a change in ownership under Sections 382 and
383 of the Code. Additionally, as a result of our cumulative
losses, we have determined that, as of December 31, 2009, a
valuation allowance of approximately $2.8 million was
required for deferred tax assets whose realization did not meet
the more likely than not criteria.
2008
Compared to 2007
We reported a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share for
the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to net income of
$2.6 million or $0.13 per diluted share in 2007. The change
from net income to net loss resulted primarily from decreased
interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no revenues.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million from
$3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to
$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a
result of decreases in professional fees and costs.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$4.7 million from $7.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 to $3.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable
to sustained lower interest rates on cash equivalents and
investments during 2008 compared to 2007. In July 2008, due to
market conditions and in an effort to preserve principal, we
liquidated our U.S. Government Agency securities and
purchased U.S. Treasury securities with the proceeds.
Other, net. Other, net decreased
$0.5 million from $0.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 to $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This decrease resulted from higher
levels of insurance and other recoveries recognized during 2007
compared to 2008.
Income taxes. We recorded a benefit for income
taxes of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 compared to a provision for income taxes of
$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
change from a provision to a benefit for income taxes was
attributable to the pretax loss in the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to pretax income in 2007.
Additionally, the loss in 2008 resulted in no additional
provision for a 15% tax on undistributed personal holding
company income for the year ended December 31, 2008 as was
required for 2007.
53
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Prior to the issuance of the notes, our liquidity needs have
been primarily for professional fees (including advisory
services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits,
office rent, pension expense and insurance costs. We may also
utilize a significant portion of our cash, cash equivalents and
investments to fund all or a portion of the cost of any future
acquisitions.
The following table summarizes information about our contractual
obligations (in thousands) as of September 30, 2010, as
adjusted for the pro forma effect of the initial notes issued on
November 15, 2010 (but not the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition), and the effect such obligations are expected to
have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder of
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 and
|
|
|
2014 and
|
|
|
After
|
|
Contractual Obligations(1)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Pension liabilities(2)
|
|
$
|
3,527
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
3,045
|
|
Retirement agreement(3)
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total as of September 30, 2010
|
|
|
4,426
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt issued November 15, 2010(4)
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
185,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,188
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
540,364
|
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
$
|
37,607
|
|
|
$
|
74,998
|
|
|
$
|
424,607
|
|
|
$
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We also have $0.4 million of potential obligations related
to uncertain tax positions for which the timing and amount of
payment cannot be reasonably estimated due to the nature of the
uncertainties. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated
financial statements as of September 30, 2010, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
For more information concerning pension liabilities, see
Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts in this category relate to a retirement agreement
entered into in 1981 with a former executive officer of ours. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents the initial notes, which were issued after
September 30, 2010. |
Our current source of liquidity is our cash, cash equivalents
and investments, including the net proceeds of the notes
issuance. Because we have historically limited our investments
principally to U.S. Government instruments, we do not
expect to earn significant interest income in the near term. In
the future, we may expand our investment approach to include
investments that will generate greater returns. We are exploring
alternative investment opportunities for our cash while we
search for acquisition opportunities.
We expect these cash, cash equivalents and investments to
continue to be a source of liquidity except to the extent that
they may be used to fund the acquisition of operating businesses
or assets. As of September 30, 2010, our cash, cash
equivalents and investments were $139.9 million compared to
$151.9 million as of December 31, 2009.
Based on current levels of operations, we do not have any
significant capital expenditure commitments and management
believes that our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and
investments on hand will be adequate to fund our operational and
capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. As
described in Recent Developments
Initial Notes Offering, the proceeds of the initial notes
offering significantly enhanced our liquidity. Depending on the
size and terms of future acquisitions of operating businesses or
assets, we may also seek to raise additional capital through the
issuance of equity and to incur additional debt. There is no
assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the
time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to us.
54
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
Throughout our history, we have entered into indemnifications in
the ordinary course of business with our customers, suppliers,
service providers, business partners and in certain instances,
when we sold businesses. Additionally, we have indemnified our
directors and officers who are, or were, serving at our request
in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of
such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive
history of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims
related to these indemnifications have not been material to our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Further, we have no reason to believe that future costs to
settle claims related to our former operations will have
material impact on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Summary
of Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flow
information for the last three fiscal years and the nine months
ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash (used in) provided by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,416
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
$
|
2,182
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(30,242
|
)
|
|
|
(12,094
|
)
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(41,965
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,510
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,443
|
|
|
$
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used in) operating activities.
Cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to cash used
in operating activities of $1.4 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009. The increase in usage of cash is
primarily related to higher general and administrative
expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
Cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
operating activities of $0.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The change from cash provided by
operating activities to cash used in operating activities
resulted principally from lower interest income and higher
administrative expenses during 2009 compared to 2008.
Cash provided by operating activities was $0.4 million and
$2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. This decrease resulted principally from
lower interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
Net
cash provided by (used in) investing activities.
Variations in our net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities are typically the result of the change in mix of
cash, cash equivalents and investments during the period. All
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents and all
investments with original maturities of greater than three
months are classified as either short- or long-term investments.
Cash used in investing activities was $30.2 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to
$12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. The increase in cash used in investing activities resulted
principally from additional purchases of short-term investments
during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to
the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Cash used in investing activities was $12.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
investing activities of $3.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This change from
55
cash provided by investing activities to cash used in investing
activities resulted from additional purchases of investments
during 2009 compared to 2008.
Cash provided by investing activities was $3.1 million and
$0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. This increase resulted from additional
purchases and sales of short-term investments during 2008
compared to 2007.
Net
cash provided by (used in) financing activities.
Cash provided by financing activities was $4,000 for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 representing proceeds from
stock options exercised. We had no cash flows from financing
activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 or 2007.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no recent
accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that we
believe may have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition,
liquidity and results of operations are based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. The preparation of these financial
statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect amounts reported therein. The following lists our
current accounting policies involving significant management
judgment and provides a brief description of these policies:
Litigation and environmental reserves. The
establishment of litigation and environmental reserves requires
judgments concerning the ultimate outcome of pending claims
against us and our subsidiaries. In applying judgment,
management utilizes opinions and estimates obtained from outside
legal counsel to apply the appropriate accounting for
contingencies. Accordingly, estimated amounts relating to
certain claims have met the criteria for the recognition of a
liability. Other claims for which a liability has not been
recognized are reviewed on an ongoing basis in accordance with
accounting guidance. A liability is recognized for all
associated legal costs as incurred. Liabilities for litigation
settlements, environmental settlements, legal fees and changes
in these estimated amounts may have a material impact on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
If the actual cost of settling these matters, whether resulting
from adverse judgments or otherwise, differs from the reserves
totaling $0.3 million we have accrued as of
September 30, 2010, that difference will be reflected in
our results of operations when the matter is resolved or when
our estimate of the cost changes.
Deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is
recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment
date. Additionally, taxing jurisdictions could retroactively
disagree with our tax treatment of certain items, and some
historical transactions have income tax effects going forward.
Accounting guidance require these future effects to be evaluated
using current laws, rules and regulations, each of which can
change at any time and in an unpredictable manner.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined that, as of
December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance
56
was required for all of our deferred tax assets other than the
refundable alternative minimum tax credits. Consequently, our
valuation allowance, which related only to state net operating
loss carryforward tax benefits in previous years, increased from
$7,000 as of December 31, 2008 to $2.7 million as of
December 31, 2009.
We also apply the accounting guidance for uncertain tax
positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax
position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes. Our reserve for uncertain tax
positions totaled $0.4 million as of September 30,
2010 and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Defined benefit plan assumptions. We have two
defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a
retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in each plan.
We record income or expense related to these plans using
actuarially determined amounts that are calculated using the
accounting guidance for pensions. Key assumptions used in the
actuarial valuations include the discount rate and the
anticipated rate of return on plan assets. These rates are based
on market interest rates, and therefore fluctuations in market
interest rates could impact the amount of pension income or
expense recorded for these plans. Despite our belief that our
estimates are reasonable for these key actuarial assumptions,
future actual results may differ from our estimates, and these
differences could be material to our future financial statements.
The discount rate enables a company to state expected future
cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. We have
little latitude in selecting this rate as it is based on a
review of projected cash flows and on high-quality fixed income
investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate
increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases
pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return reflects
the average rate of earnings expected on funds invested or to be
invested in the pension plans to provide for the benefits
included in the pension liability. We establish the expected
long-term rate of return at the beginning of each year based
upon information available to us at that time, including the
plans investment mix and the forecasted rates of return on
these types of securities.
Differences in actual experience or changes in the assumptions
may materially affect our financial position or results of
operations. Actual results that differ from the actuarial
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods
and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the
recorded obligation in future periods. For example, due to
significant adverse market conditions during 2008, our pension
expense significantly increased during 2009 and 2010. A
significant component of the increase was caused by the
amortization of actuarial losses which reflects the increase in
the accumulated differences in actual plan results compared to
assumptions utilized in previous years.
We continually update and assess the facts and circumstances
regarding these critical accounting matters and other
significant accounting matters affecting estimates in our
financial statements.
57
BUSINESS
Our
Company
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments (including
U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of
September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the NYSE
under the symbol HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have
held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock, with a current market value
of approximately $928 million (as of January 14,
2011), and the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our
outstanding shares of common stock. On a pro forma basis
including the proceeds of the initial notes, the combined value
of HGIs cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,
net of current liabilities, was approximately $468 million
at September 30, 2010. For information about Spectrum
Brands Holdings, see Annex D, Description of the Business
of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
We are a holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity
stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals
with expertise across various industries, including our targeted
sectors.
Competition
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we
may encounter intense competition from other entities having
similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private
equity groups and special purpose acquisition corporations. Many
of these entities are well established and have extensive
experience
58
identifying and effecting business combinations directly or
through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater
technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial
resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with many
of these competitors. Any of these factors may place us at a
competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business
combination.
The Harbinger Parties and their affiliates include other
vehicles that actively are seeking investment opportunities, and
any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking investment
opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and
officers who are affiliated with Harbinger may consider, among
other things, asset type and investment time horizon in
evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of the potential
conflicts that these persons and our other directors may have
with respect to corporate opportunities, our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of
directors from time to time to assert or renounce our interests
and expectancies in one or more specific industries. In
accordance with this provision, our board of directors renounced
our interests and expectancies in the wireless communications
industry. However, a renunciation of interests and expectancies
in specific industries does not preclude us from seeking
business acquisitions in those industries. We have had
discussions regarding potential investments in various
industries, including wireless communications.
Employees
At January 14, 2011, we employed 8 persons. In the normal
course of business, we use contract personnel to supplement our
employee base to meet our business needs. We believe that our
employee relations are generally satisfactory. We expect we will
need to hire additional employees as a result of our ownership
of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings and the
increasing complexity of our business.
Legal and
Environmental Matters Regarding Our Business
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against us in the Supreme
Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking
damages under a general agreement of indemnity entered into by
us in the late 1970s. Based upon the information obtained to
date, Utica Mutual is seeking damages due to payments it claims
to have made under (i) a workers compensation bond and
(ii) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain
former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be
covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise
amount of Utica Mutuals claim is unclear, it appears it is
claiming approximately $0.5 million, including
approximately $0.2 million relating to the workers
compensation bond and approximately $0.3 million relating
to reclamation bonds.
In 2005, we were notified by Weatherford of a claim for
reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection
with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of ours. The claim was made under an
indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a 1995
asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental
contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior
to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised us that it
anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be
required, although Weatherford has not provided any information
regarding the cost of any such future clean up. We have
challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. We
believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claim,
including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale
of the property, and we intend to vigorously defend
against it.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of
directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed
in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of
Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public
stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of
the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit
and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in
other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior
businesses. These include pending cases in Mississippi and
Louisiana state court and in a federal multi-district litigation
alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling
rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by our
offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates.
59
We have aggregate reserves for our legal and environmental
matters of approximately $0.3 million at both
September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, which
reserves relate primarily to the Utica Mutual and Weatherford
claims described above. Although the outcome of these matters
cannot be predicted with certainty, some of these matters may be
disposed of unfavorably to us and we continue to incur ongoing
defense costs in connection with some of these matters. However,
based on currently available information, including legal
defenses available to us, and given the aforementioned reserves
and related insurance coverage, we do not believe that the
outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a
material effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Properties
Our principal executive office is located at 450 Park Avenue,
27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, where we lease
approximately 2,350 square feet of office space.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
A description of the business of Spectrum Brands Holdings is
included in Annex D hereto.
60
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of our
directors and officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
|
Lap Wai Chan
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Director
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director
|
Philip A. Falcone, age 47, has served as a director,
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and
is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
of Zap.Com. Mr. Falcone formed the predecessor of Harbinger
Capital in 2001, and oversees its investment and business
functions. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience
in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations.
Prior to joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital,
Mr. Falcone served as Head of High Yield Trading for
Barclays Capital. None of the companies Mr. Falcone worked
with before joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital is an
affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Falcone as a director
because of his extensive investment experience and his
controlling relationship with our controlling stockholders. We
elected Mr. Falcone as our Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer because of his experience, and
current position, as Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital.
Peter A. Jenson, age 45, has served as a director of
HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger
Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and was elected Secretary of HGI
and Zap.Com in July 2009. Mr. Jenson is responsible for all
operational activities of the Harbinger Parties and their
management companies, including trade operations, portfolio
accounting, valuation, treasury and portfolio financing, legal
and compliance, information technology, administration and human
resources. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009,
Mr. Jenson held similar senior executive positions where he
was responsible for finance and administration activities at
Citadel Investment Group, a global financial institution, and
Constellation Commodity Group, an energy company.
Mr. Jenson was also a Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
where he was responsible for attestation and consulting
activities across a broad spectrum of financial services
clients, including commercial and international banks, trading
organizations and investment companies. None of the companies
Mr. Jenson worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is
an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Jenson is a Chartered Accountant
and a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia, as well as a
Fellow of The Securities Institute in Australia. We elected
Mr. Jenson as a director because of his expertise in
operational activities, his knowledge of accounting and finance
and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby
providing the Board of Directors with important interaction
with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
Francis T. McCarron, age 53, has been the Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HGI since December
2009. Mr. McCarron also serves as the Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Zap.Com, a position he
has held since December 2009. From 2001 to 2007,
Mr. McCarron was the Chief Financial Officer of Triarc
Companies, Inc. (Triarc), which was renamed
Wendys/Arbys Group, Inc. in 2008. During 2008,
Mr. McCarron was a consultant for Triarc. During the time
of Mr. McCarrons employment, Triarc was a holding
company that, through its principal subsidiary, Arbys
Restaurant Group, Inc., was the franchisor of the Arbys
restaurant system. Triarc (now Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc.) is
not an affiliate of HGI.
Richard H. Hagerup, age 58, has been the Interim
Chief Accounting Officer of HGI since December 2010.
Mr. Hagerup also serves as Interim Chief Accounting Officer
of Zap.Com, a position he has held since
61
December 2010. Prior to being appointed as Interim Chief
Accounting Officer of HGI, Mr. Hagerup served as HGIs
contract controller, a position he held from January 2010. From
April 1980 to April 2008, Mr. Hagerup held various
accounting and financial reporting positions with Triarc and its
affiliates, last serving as Controller of Triarc. During the
time of Mr. Hagerups employment, Triarc was a holding
company listed on the NYSE that held controlling financial
interests in various other companies including Arbys
Restaurant Group, Inc. (the franchisor of the Arbys
restaurant system). Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc. is not an
affiliate of HGI.
Lap Wai Chan, age 44, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. He is a consultant to MatlinPatterson
Global Advisors (MatlinPatterson), a private equity
firm focused on distressed control investments across a range of
industries. From July 2002 to September 2009, Mr. Chan was
a Managing Partner at MatlinPatterson. Prior to that,
Mr. Chan was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse First
Boston H.K. Ltd. (Credit Suisse). From March 2003 to
December 2007, Mr. Chan served on the board of directors of
Polymer Group, Inc. MatlinPatterson, Credit Suisse and Polymer
Group, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Chan
as a director because of his extensive investment experience,
particularly in Asia and Latin America, which strengthens the
Board of Directors collective qualifications, skills and
experience.
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr., age 39, has served as a
director of HGI since July 2009. Mr. Clark is also a
director of Zap.Com. Until January 2011, Mr. Clark was a
Managing Director and Director of Investments of Harbinger
Capital, a private equity fund and an affiliate of HGI, and is
responsible for investments in metals, mining, industrials and
retail companies, among other sectors. Mr. Clark served in
that position since January 2006 and prior to that was a vice
president from October 2002. Mr. Clark is in the process of
launching BalanTrove Partners, a hedge fund. Prior to joining
Harbinger Capital, from April 2001, Mr. Clark was a
Distressed Debt and Special Situations Research Analyst at
Satellite Asset Management, L.P. (Satellite), where
he covered financially stressed and distressed industrial,
cyclical and energy companies. He has actively participated in
several financial restructurings in official and unofficial
capacities as representative of holders of both secured and
unsecured creditors. BalanTrove Partners and Satellite are not
affiliates of HGI. Mr. Clark has completed Levels I
and II of the Chartered Financial Analyst designation
program. We elected Mr. Clark as a director because of his
extensive investment experience in a broad range of industries.
Keith M. Hladek, age 35, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. Mr. Hladek is also a director of
Zap.Com. He is Chief Financial Officer of Harbinger Capital, an
affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is responsible for all
accounting and operations of the Harbinger Funds and management
companies, including portfolio accounting, valuation,
settlement, custody, and administration of investments. Prior to
joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Hladek was
Controller at Silver Point Capital, L.P., a distressed debt and
credit-focused private investment firm, where he was responsible
for accounting, operations and valuation for various funds and
related financing vehicles. None of the companies
Mr. Hladek worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is
an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is a Certified Public
Accountant in New York. We elected Mr. Hladek as a director
because of his extensive accounting and operations experience
and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby
providing the Board of Directors with important interaction
with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
Thomas Hudgins, age 70, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. He is a retired partner of
Ernst & Young LLP (E&Y). From 1993 to
1998, he served as E&Ys Managing Partner of its New
York Office with over 1,200 audit and tax professionals and
staff personnel. During his tenure at E&Y, Mr. Hudgins
was the coordinating partner for a number of multinational
companies, including American Express Company, American Standard
Inc., Textron Inc., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.,
and Morgan Stanley, as well as various mid-market and leveraged
buy-out companies. As coordinating partner, he had the lead
responsibility for the world-wide delivery of audit, tax and
management consulting services to these clients.
Mr. Hudgins also served on E&Ys international
executive committee for its global financial services practice.
Mr. Hudgins serves as a member of the board of directors
and chairman of the audit committee and member of the
compensation committee of RHI Entertainment Inc. He previously
served on the board of directors and as a member of various
committees of Foamex International Inc. and Aurora Foods, Inc.
E&Y, RHI Entertainment Inc., Foamex International Inc. and
Aurora Foods, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected
Mr. Hudgins
62
because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in
accounting, finance and capital structures, which strengthens
the Board of Directors collective qualifications, skills
and experience.
Robert V. Leffler, Jr., age 65, has served as a
director of HGI since May 1995. For more than the past six
years, Mr. Leffler has owned and operated the Leffler
Agency, an advertising and marketing/public relations firm based
in Baltimore, Maryland and Tampa, Florida, which specializes in
sports, rental real estate and broadcast television. The Leffler
Agency is not an affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Leffler
because we believe he provides a unique historical perspective
to our long operating history in light of his service on our
Board of Directors since 1995.
CERTAIN
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS
Controlled
Company
The board of directors has determined that HGI is a
controlled company for the purposes of
Section 303A of the NYSE rules, as the Harbinger Parties
control more than 50% of HGIs voting power. A controlled
company may elect not to comply with certain NYSE rules,
including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board
of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the
requirement that a nominating/corporate governance committee be
in place that is composed entirely of independent directors with
a written charter addressing the committees purpose and
responsibilities, and (3) the requirement that a
compensation committee be in place that is composed entirely of
independent directors with a written charter addressing the
committees purpose and responsibilities. We currently
avail ourselves of the controlled company
exceptions. The board of directors has determined that it is
appropriate not to have a nominating/corporate governance or
compensation committee because of our relatively limited number
of directors, our limited number of senior executives and our
status as a controlled company under applicable NYSE
rules.
Director
Independence
The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chan,
Hudgins and Leffler are independent directors under the NYSE
rules. Under the NYSE rules, no director qualifies as
independent unless the board of directors affirmatively
determines that the director has no material relationship with
HGI. Based upon information requested from and provided by each
director concerning their background, employment and
affiliations, including commercial, industrial, banking,
consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial
relationships, the board of directors has determined that each
of the independent directors named above has no material
relationship with HGI, nor has any such person entered into any
material transactions or arrangements with HGI or its
subsidiaries, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or
officer of an organization that has a relationship with HGI, and
is therefore independent under the NYSE rules.
As provided for under the NYSE rules, the board of directors has
adopted categorical standards or guidelines to assist the board
of directors in making its independence determinations with
respect to each director. Under the NYSE rules, immaterial
relationships that fall within the guidelines are not required
to be disclosed in this prospectus.
63
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table discloses compensation for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 received
by (i) Philip A. Falcone, our Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Francis T.
McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, who was appointed in December 2009, (iii) Richard
H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting Officer, who was
appointed in December 2010 and (iv) Leonard DiSalvo, our
Vice President Finance until May 31, 2010.
These individuals are also referred to in this prospectus as our
named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Philip A. Falcone,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Board, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
1,009,800
|
|
Executive Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
15,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329,361
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344,431
|
|
President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Interim Chief
Accounting Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
111,557
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,939
|
(9)
|
|
|
304,496
|
|
Former Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,495
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
348,295
|
|
President Finance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The HGI Pension Plan (the Pension Plan) was frozen
in 2005; accordingly, the amount of future pension benefits an
employee will receive is fixed. Disclosed changes in pension
value are caused by actuarial related changes in the present
value of the named executive officers accumulated benefit.
Actuarial assumptions such as age and the selected discount rate
will cause an annual change in the actuarial pension value of an
employees benefit but does not result in any change in the
actual amount of future benefits an employee will receive. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Falcone is an employee of an affiliate of the Harbinger
Parties and he does not receive any compensation for his
services as our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. McCarrons bonus is discretionary and has not yet
been determined. Pursuant to Mr. McCarrons employment
agreement, he is guaranteed a minimum bonus amount of $500,000
for 2010. We expect that Mr. McCarrons bonus will be
determined by the date our year-end financial statements are
completed in February 2011; we will disclose this amount in a
Form 8-K
filing under Item 5.02(f). |
|
(4) |
|
Amounts represent HGIs matching contribution under
HGIs 401(k) plan. |
|
(5) |
|
In 2009, stock options were granted with a grant date fair value
of $2.63 with the following assumptions used in the
determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model: expected option term of six years, volatility of
32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no assumed dividend
yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or 2010. |
|
(6) |
|
Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. Hagerup for
consulting services he performed before he became our Interim
Chief Accounting Officer in December 2010. |
|
(7) |
|
Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. DiSalvo for
consulting services he performed after his employment terminated
on May 31, 2010. |
64
|
|
|
(8) |
|
For 2010, Mr. DiSalvo earned a bonus of $34,453, which was
computed at a rate of 125% of his 2009 bonus. Pursuant to his
severance agreement, in lieu of receiving this bonus,
Mr. DiSalvo received a lump-sum severance payment of
$184,453 (included as All Other Compensation in this
table). |
|
(9) |
|
Amount consists of $184,453 in severance payments and $8,486 for
HGIs matching contribution under HGIs 401(k) plan. |
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Rights That
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
125,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
12/23/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo
|
|
|
100,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.775
|
|
|
|
11/30/2011
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.813
|
|
|
|
12/8/2013
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The exercise price of all equity awards is equal to the fair
market value (closing trading price of our common stock) on the
date of grant. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts vest in one-third increments annually from date of
grant. Accordingly, (1) on December 24, 2010, options
for 41,667 shares of common stock became exercisable;
(2) on December 24, 2011, options for an additional
41,667 shares of common stock will become exercisable and
(3) on December 24, 2012, options for an additional
41,666 shares of common stock will become exercisable. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts are fully vested as of the date of this prospectus. |
|
(4) |
|
Pursuant to Mr. DiSalvos retention and consulting
agreement, his termination of employment on May 31, 2010
was, solely with respect to his options, deemed to be effective
August 31, 2010. |
Determination
of Compensation
We do not have a compensation committee because of the limited
number of our senior executives and our status as a
controlled company under applicable NYSE rules.
Instead, the entire Board of Directors is responsible for
determining compensation for our directors and executive
officers. The Board of Directors may delegate the authority to
recommend the amount or form of executive or director
compensation to individual directors or executive officers, but
the authority to approve the compensation rests with the entire
Board of Directors. During our last completed fiscal year, the
Board of Directors did not retain compensation consultants to
determine or recommend the amount or form of executive or
director compensation, but it may do so in the future if it
deems it appropriate.
Elements
of Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits
Pension Plan. Benefits under our Pension Plan
are based on employees years of service and compensation
level. All of the costs of this plan are borne by us. The
plans participants are 100% vested in the accrued benefit
after five years of service.
In 2005, our Board of Directors authorized a freeze of the
Pension Plan in accordance with ERISA rules and regulations so
that new employees, after January 15, 2006, are not
eligible to participate in the Pension
65
Plan and further benefits no longer accrue for existing
participants. Of our named executive officers, only Leonard
DiSalvo was eligible to participate in this plan and he no
longer accrues additional benefits.
401(k) Plan. We maintain a 401(k) plan in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. We make discretionary matching contributions of up
to 4% of eligible compensation. Mr. Falcone does not
participate in our 401(k) plan and Mr. Hagerup is not
eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Mr. McCarron
was not eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan in 2009. Our
match for Mr. McCarron was $9,800 in 2010 and our match for
Mr. DiSalvo was $9,800 in 2009 and $8,486 in 2010.
Senior Executive Health Plan. During the
second quarter of 2006, the Board of Directors established the
HGI Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health Care Benefit
Plan to provide health and medical benefits for certain of our
former senior executive officers. These health insurance
benefits are consistent with HGIs existing benefits
available to employees. Participation of individuals in this
plan is determined by the Board of Directors. There are no
current participants in this plan, although the Board of
Directors may permit our current executive officers to
participate following their retirement.
Deferred Compensation Arrangements. We do not
currently have any deferred compensation arrangements or plans.
Other. We continue to provide benefits to the
surviving spouse of former HGI Chairman, B. John Mackin, under
the terms of a Consulting and Retirement Agreement dated
August 27, 1981. Mr. Mackin retired as an employee of
HGI in 1985. The agreement provides for health and dental
benefits and annual retirement income of $112,500 to
Mr. Mackins widow for the remainder of her life. This
amount represents half of the $225,000 per annum that was paid
to Mr. Mackin prior to his death in 2003.
Employment
Agreements with Named Executive Officers; Payments upon
Termination and Change in Control
Philip A. Falcone, our Chief Executive Officer, Francis T.
McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, and Richard H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting
Officer, are employees at will. Mr. Falcone was not or is
not a party to an employment agreement with HGI. We have
employment agreements with Mr. McCarron, and
Mr. Hagerup. We have a consulting agreement with Leonard
DiSalvo, our former Vice President Finance. We also
have indemnification agreements with Messrs. Falcone,
McCarron and DiSalvo, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify
them to the fullest extent of the law. We expect to enter into a
similar indemnification agreement with Mr. Hagerup.
Other than the termination payments payable to
Messrs. McCarron, Hagerup and DiSalvo as described below,
we are not obligated to make any payments or provide any
benefits to our named executive officers upon the termination of
employment, a change of control of HGI, or a change in the named
executive officers responsibilities following a change of
control.
Employment
Agreement with Francis T. McCarron
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. McCarron,
dated as of December 24, 2009, Mr. McCarrons
annual base salary is $500,000 and, beginning January 1,
2010, he is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at
300% of his base salary upon the attainment of certain
reasonable performance objectives to be set by, and in the sole
discretion of, our Board or the Compensation Committee of the
Board, in consultation with Mr. McCarron. For 2010,
Mr. McCarron was guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of
$500,000. His annual bonus for 2010 has not been set.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. McCarron was
granted an initial non-qualified option to purchase
125,000 shares of our common stock (the Initial
Option) pursuant to our Amended and Restated 1996
Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Initial Option will vest in three
substantially equal annual installments, subject to
Mr. McCarrons continued employment on each annual
vesting date, and has an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. For years
beginning on or after January 1, 2011, Mr. McCarron
will be eligible to receive an additional annual option or
similar equity grant
66
having a fair value targeted at between 25% and 50% of
Mr. McCarrons total annual compensation for the
immediately preceding year, subject to the sole discretion of
our Board of Directors (including the discretion to grant awards
higher than the targeted amount).
If Mr. McCarrons employment is terminated for any
reason, he is entitled to his salary through his final date of
active employment plus any accrued but unused vacation pay. He
is also entitled to any benefits mandated under the Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) or
required under the terms of HGIs plans described above.
If Mr. McCarrons employment was terminated by us
without cause, or by him for Good Reason, as defined below, at
any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, he was entitled
to the continuation of his base salary until December 31,
2010 and his Initial Option to purchase 125,000 shares of
our common stock would have become fully vested. In addition, he
would have been entitled to his annual bonus for 2010, in an
amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or the bonus earned for
the year based upon the actual attainment of the performance
goals, as pro-rated for the number of days Mr. McCarron was
employed in 2010. If the termination of employment occurs at any
time after December 31, 2010, Mr. McCarron will be
entitled to the continuation of his base salary for three months
following such termination and full vesting of his Initial
Option. He will also be entitled to his 2010 annual bonus to the
extent not previously paid as of the date his employment
terminates.
Good Reason means the occurrence of any of
the following events without either Mr. McCarrons
express prior written consent or full cure by us within
30 days: (i) any material diminution in
Mr. McCarrons title, responsibilities or authorities,
(ii) the assignment to him of duties that are materially
inconsistent with his duties as the principal financial officer
of HGI; (iii) any change in the reporting structure so that
he reports to any person or entity other than Chief Executive
Officer
and/or the
Board; (iv) the relocation of Mr. McCarrons
principal office, or principal place of employment, to a
location that is outside the borough of Manhattan,
New York; (v) a breach by HGI of any material terms of
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement; or (vi) any
failure of HGI to obtain the assumption (in writing or by
operation of law) of our obligations under his employment
agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of our
business or assets upon consummation of any merger,
consolidation, sale, liquidation, dissolution or similar
transaction.
Employment
Agreement with Richard H. Hagerup
As of December 1, 2010, we entered into a Temporary
Employment Agreement with Mr. Hagerup pursuant to which we
employ Mr. Hagerup as our Interim Chief Accounting Officer.
Mr. Hagerups bi-weekly pay is $9,230.77.
Mr. Hagerups employment is temporary and at
will and may be terminated by Mr. Hagerup or HGI at
any time for any reason or no reason whatsoever and without
notice. As a temporary employee, Mr. Hagerup is not
eligible to participate in any of HGIs benefit plans. If
HGI terminates Mr. Hagerups employment other than for
Cause, as defined in his employment agreement, upon
less than 30 days notice, HGI will continue to pay
Mr. Hagerups salary through the
30-day
period.
Retention
and Consulting Agreement with Leonard DiSalvo
On January 22, 2010, we entered into a Retention and
Consulting Agreement with Mr. DiSalvo pursuant to which
Mr. DiSalvo continued to be employed by HGI through
May 31, 2010, and was then entitled to the following
retention payments: (i) a lump sum payment equal to
$150,000; (ii) a pro-rated bonus for 2010 equal to $34,453;
and (iii) three months of outplacement services.
Since June 1, 2010, Mr. DiSalvo has been providing
certain consulting services to HGI. For each full month of
service, Mr. DiSalvo is compensated $21,233.33, a rate
equal to 1/12th of his annual base salary at the rate in
effect on the date his employment terminated. In addition,
Mr. DiSalvo had the right to (but did not) elect health
care continuation coverage under COBRA and we would have paid
his COBRA premiums during the consulting period at the same rate
we pay health insurance premiums for our active employees. The
consulting services continue for 12 months, except that
Mr. DiSalvo may terminate the consulting period at any time
upon 30 days prior written notice to us and we may
terminate the consulting period at any time for
67
cause. Mr. DiSalvos entitlement to the payments was
also subject to his execution of a release in a form reasonably
acceptable to us, which he executed in May 2010.
Mr. DiSalvos stock options continue to be subject to
the terms of our 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan, except that for
purposes of these options, Mr. DiSalvos employment
was deemed to terminate on August 31, 2010.
Director
Compensation
The following table shows for the fiscal year 2010 certain
information with respect to the compensation of the current
directors of HGI, excluding Philip A. Falcone, whose
compensation is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table
above. There are no individuals who were directors at any time
during 2010 but are not currently directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Deferred
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
in Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Earnings
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
279,718
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,718
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
186,108
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
186,108
|
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler
|
|
|
171,679
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,679
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2010, directors who were not employees of HGI or of the
Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) were paid an annual retainer
of $35,000 (on a quarterly basis), plus $1,000 per meeting for
each standing committee of the Board of Directors on which a
director served or $2,000 per meeting for each standing
committee of the Board of Directors of which a director was
Chairman. Those directors who also are employees of HGI or of
the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) do not receive any
compensation for their services as directors. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2010, the Board of Directors formed a special committee to
consider certain proposed acquisitions (the Special
Committee). Mr. Chan acted as Chairman of the Special
Committee and for this service, was paid a fee of $25,000 per
calendar month during which the Special Committee was in
existence, and a fee of $1,500 per meeting. |
|
(3) |
|
For service on the Special Committee, Messrs. Hudgins and
Leffler were paid a fee of $10,000 per calendar month during
which the Special Committee was in existence, and a fee of
$1,500 per meeting. |
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and addressing
conflicts of interests of directors and executive officers, as
well as reviewing and discussing with management and the
independent registered public accounting firm, and approving as
the case may be, any transactions or courses of dealing with
related parties that are required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404 of
Regulation S-K,
which is the SECs disclosure rules for certain related
party transactions.
Management
Agreement
Effective March 1, 2010, we entered into a Management and
Advisory Services Agreement (the Management
Agreement) with Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which
Harbinger Capital has agreed to provide us with advisory and
consulting services, particularly with regard to identifying and
evaluating investment opportunities. Harbinger Capital is an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, which collectively hold
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
Harbinger Capital is also the employer of Messrs. Falcone,
Jenson and Hladek, who are our directors and, in the case of
Messrs. Falcone and Jenson, our officers. We have agreed to
reimburse Harbinger Capital for (i) its
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based
68
on budgeted compensation and overhead) of services provided by
its legal and accounting personnel (but excluding such services
as are incidental and ordinary course activities) and
(ii) upon our completion of any transaction, Harbinger
Capitals
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based on budgeted
compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and
accounting personnel (but not its investment banking personnel)
relating to such transaction, to the extent not previously
reimbursed by us. Requests by Harbinger Capital for
reimbursement are subject to review by our Audit Committee,
after review by our management. The Management Agreement has a
three-year term, with automatic one-year extensions unless
terminated by either party with 90 days notice. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we did not accrue
any costs related to the Management Agreement.
Spectrum
Brands Acquisition; Related Transactions
For a description of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and related
transactions and the interests our directors and significant
stockholders have in this transaction, see The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition elsewhere in this prospectus.
Registration
Rights Agreement
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI and the
Harbinger Parties entered into a registration rights agreement,
dated as of September 10, 2010, (the Registration
Rights Agreement) pursuant to which, after the
consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger
Parties will, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, have certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to
(i) any and all shares of HGIs common stock owned
after the date of the Registration Rights Agreement by the
Harbinger Parties and their permitted transferees (irrespective
of when acquired) and any shares of HGIs common stock
issuable or issued upon exercise, conversion or exchange of
HGIs other securities owned by the Harbinger Parties, and
(ii) any of HGI securities issued in respect of the shares
of HGIs common stock issued or issuable to any of the
Harbinger Parties with respect to the securities described in
clause (i).
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, after the consummation
of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition any of the Harbinger Parties
may demand that HGI register all or a portion of such Harbinger
Partys shares of HGIs common stock for sale under
the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate
offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at
least $30 million if registration is to be effected
pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1
or any similar long-form registration or
(ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be
effected pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration. Under the
agreement, HGI is not obligated to effect more than three such
long-form registrations in the aggregate for all of
the Harbinger Parties.
The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that if HGI
decides to register any shares of its common stock for its own
account or the account of a stockholder other than the Harbinger
Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
agreement), the Harbinger Parties may require HGI to include all
or a portion of their shares of HGIs common stock in the
registration and, to the extent the registration is in
connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such
shares included in the offering.
Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions of Spectrum Brands
Holdings
A description of certain relationships and related party
transactions of Spectrum Brands Holdings is attached as
Annex E hereto.
69
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The table below shows the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by:
|
|
|
|
|
each named executive officer,
|
|
|
|
each director,
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock (the 5%
stockholders), and
|
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. Determinations as to the identity of 5% stockholders
and the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned,
including shares which may be acquired by them within
60 days, is based upon filings with the SEC as indicated in
the footnotes to the table below. Except as otherwise indicated,
we believe, based on the information furnished or otherwise
available to us, that each person or entity named in the table
has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares
of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject
to applicable community property laws.
In computing the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, shares of our common stock that are subject to
options held by that person that are currently exercisable or
exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011, are
deemed outstanding. These shares of our common stock are not,
however, deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted
below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table
is
c/o Harbinger
Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York,
New York 10022.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Name and Address
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.(1)
|
|
|
95,932,068
|
|
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.(2)
|
|
|
21,493,161
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
%
|
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.(3)
|
|
|
12,434,660
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
Our Directors and Executive Officers Serving at
January 20, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo(4)
|
|
|
260,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Philip A. Falcone(5)
|
|
|
129,859,889
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
Keith M. Hladek(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter A. Jenson(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.(7)
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All current directors and executive officers as a group
(10 persons)
|
|
|
129,867,889
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. |
|
(1) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the Master Fund) is
the beneficial owner of 95,932,068 shares of our common
stock, which may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by
Harbinger Capital, the investment manager of Master Fund;
Harbinger Holdings, LLC (Harbinger Holdings), the
managing member of Harbinger Capital, and Philip A. Falcone, the
managing member of Harbinger Holdings and the |
70
|
|
|
|
|
portfolio manager of the Master Fund. The address of the Master
Fund is
c/o International
Fund Services (Ireland) Limited, 78 Sir John
Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland. |
|
(2) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (the Special
Situations Fund) is the beneficial owner of
21,493,161 shares of our common stock, which may be deemed
to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital Partners Special
Situations GP, LLC (HCPSS), the general partner of
the Special Situations Fund, Harbinger Holdings, the managing
member of HCPSS, and Mr. Falcone, the managing member of
Harbinger Holdings and the portfolio manager of the Special
Situations Fund. The address of the Special Situations Fund is
450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York, 10022. |
|
(3) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on September 15, 2010, Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (the Global Fund) is the beneficial
holder of 12,434,660 shares of our common stock, which may
be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital
Partners II LP (HCP II), the investment manager
of the Global Fund; Harbinger Capital Partners II GP LLC
(HCP II GP), the general partner of HCP II, and
Mr. Falcone, the managing member of HCP II GP and the
portfolio manager of the Global Fund. The address of the Global
Fund is
c/o Maples
Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House,
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1104. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents 260,000 shares of our common stock issuable
under options exercisable within 60 days of
January 20, 2011. |
|
(5) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Mr. Falcone, the
managing member of Harbinger Holdings and HCP II GP and
portfolio manager of each of the Master Fund, the Special
Situations Fund and the Global Fund, may be deemed to indirectly
beneficially own 129,859,889 shares of our common stock,
constituting approximately 93.3% of our outstanding common
stock, and has shared voting and dispositive power over all such
shares. Mr. Falcone disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares reported in the Schedule 13D, except with respect to
his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Falcones address
is
c/o Harbinger
Holdings, LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York,
New York, 10022. |
|
(6) |
|
The address of each beneficial owner is
c/o Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New
York 10022. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents 8,000 shares of our common stock issuable under
options exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011. |
71
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
The exchange notes that we propose to issue in the exchange
offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes
except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will
have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. You should
read the description of the exchange notes in the section in
this prospectus entitled Description of Notes.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make
offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer and, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in
the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or
more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The
terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ
significantly from the terms of the exchange offer.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The
expiration date of the exchange offer will be at least 20
business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in
accordance with
Rule 14e-1(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act).
We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any
initial notes, extend or terminate the exchange offer and not
accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if
any of the conditions described below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange
agent of any delay, extension or termination of the exchange
offer by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or by
written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial
notes by a press release or other public announcement
communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date
unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.
We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of the
exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we
will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably
calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the
change including providing public announcement or giving oral or
written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms
of the exchange offer could include a change in the timing of
the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other
similar changes in the terms of the exchange offer. If we make
any material change to the exchange offer, we will disclose this
change by means of a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement which includes this prospectus and will
distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each
registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend
the exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days
as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance
of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire
during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent
by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice
of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment
of the exchange offer.
Procedures
for Tendering Initial Notes
Proper
Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must use
one of the three alternative procedures described below:
(1) Regular delivery procedure: Complete,
sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the
letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of
transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal.
Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the
facsimile together with the certificates representing the
initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to
the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the expiration date.
72
(2) Book-entry delivery procedure: Send a
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial
notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with the procedures
for book-entry transfer described under
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure below, on
or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date.
(3) Guaranteed delivery procedure: If
time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the
procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the
expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described under
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure below.
The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of
transmittal and all other required documents is at your election
and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use
an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail,
we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured,
with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow
sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not
send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must
deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address
provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial
notes on your behalf.
Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in the
exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial
notes are registered on our books or any other person who has
obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and
instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your
behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own
behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these
notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership
may take considerable time.
You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a
notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:
(1) a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.,
(2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or
(3) an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act, unless the initial notes are
tendered:
(1) by a registered holder or by a participant in DTC whose
name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who
has not completed the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are
being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited
into this participants account at DTC, or
(2) for the account of a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act.
If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:
(1) the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: the
signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face
of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any
change whatsoever.
(2) a participant in DTC: the signature must correspond
with the name as it appears on the security position listing as
the holder of the initial notes.
(3) a person other than the registered holder of any
initial notes: these initial notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this
person to tender the initial notes on
73
behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to us as
determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of
the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.
(4) trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in
a fiduciary or representative capacity: these persons should so
indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be
submitted with the letter of transmittal.
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must
make the following representations:
(1) you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer
the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes
issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and
that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free
and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances
and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted
by us,
(2) any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the
exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of
business, whether or not you are the holder,
(3) you or any other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
has an arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the
meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and
does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such
exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,
(4) you or such other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
is not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an
affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable,
(5) if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you
are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of exchange notes, and
(6) if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange
notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes, you
represent that the initial notes to be exchanged for the
exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making
or other trading activities and acknowledge that you will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to
resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered
initial notes by HGI and the issuance of exchange notes in
exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by HGI of
its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement relating
to the initial notes.
To effectively tender notes through DTC, the financial
institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically
transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer
Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send
an agents message to the exchange agent for its
acceptance. An agents message is a message transmitted by
DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an
express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the
notes that this participant has received and agrees to be bound
by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may
enforce this agreement against this participant.
Book-Entry
Delivery Procedure
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTCs
systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by
causing DTC to transfer these initial notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with DTCs
procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through
DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will
electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic
Tender Offer Program. The DTC will then edit and verify the
acceptance and send an agents message to the exchange
agent for its acceptance. An agents message is a message
transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has
received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC
tendering the notes that this participation
74
has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter
of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against
this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to
establish an account for the initial notes at DTC for purposes
of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of
this prospectus.
A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into
the exchange agents account at DTC will only be effective
if an agents message or the letter of transmittal or a
facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents is
transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address
indicated below under Exchange Agent on
or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below are complied with. Delivery of
documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange
agent.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedure
If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to
tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately
available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other
required documents to reach the exchange agent before the
expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an
agents message delivered, you may still tender in the
exchange offer if:
(1) you tender through a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act,
(2) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent
receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of
transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a
notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form
provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the
initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the
tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing
that within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date
the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper
form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an
agents message, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the letter of transmittal will be
deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange
agent, and
(3) the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in
proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the
case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of
transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE
trading days after the expiration date.
Acceptance
of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement
between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided
in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.
We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date
when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your
initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of these notes into the exchange agents account
at DTC with an agents message, or a notice of guaranteed
delivery from an eligible institution is received by the
exchange agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be
determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will
be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial
notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if
accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsels opinion,
be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any
conditions of the exchange offer or irregularities or defects in
tender as to particular notes with the exception of conditions
to the exchange offer relating to the obligations of broker
dealers, which we will not waive. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the
exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of
transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in
75
connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within
such time as we shall determine. None of us, the exchange agent
or any other person will be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial
notes. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will
incur any liability for any failure to give notification of
these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have
been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without
cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not
been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or
waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes
properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly
thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled Conditions to the Exchange
Offer below. For purposes of the exchange offer, initial
notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered
for exchange when, as and if we give oral or written notice of
acceptance to the exchange agent.
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial
notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an
eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent
of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any
other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent
of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial
notes into the exchange agents account at DTC with an
agents message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us
and the exchange agent.
If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason
provided by the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if
initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than
the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged
initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering
holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry
transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an
account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration
or termination of the exchange offer.
By tendering into the exchange offer, you will irrevocably
appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with
full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent
of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be
considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This
appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that,
we accept your notes in the exchange offer. All prior proxies on
these notes will then be revoked and you will not be entitled to
give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give
subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be
empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders
as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or
otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we
are able to exercise full voting rights on the notes, including
voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to
consent to any action taken by the note holders.
Withdrawal
of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date at the address provided below under
Exchange Agent and before acceptance of
your tendered notes for exchange by us.
Any notice of withdrawal must:
(1) specify the name of the person having tendered the
initial notes to be withdrawn,
(2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if
applicable, the registration number or numbers and total
principal amount of these notes,
(3) be signed by the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original
signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were
tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the
trustee
76
for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes
into the name of the person having made the original tender and
withdrawing the tender,
(4) specify the name in which any of these initial notes
are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the
person having tendered the initial notes to be
withdrawn, and
(5) if applicable because the initial notes have been
tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and
number of the participants account at DTC to be credited,
if different than that of the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of
withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on
all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for exchange in the exchange offer.
The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all
initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not
exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection
of tender or expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in the
exchange offer by following one of the procedures described
under Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes above at any time on or before the expiration date.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
We will complete the exchange offer only if:
(1) there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed
with the exchange offer,
(2) there is no change in the current interpretation of the
staff of the SEC which permits resales of the exchange notes,
(3) there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any state
securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
(4) there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange
offer, and
(5) we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in our
sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange offer.
These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one
of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise
to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part,
at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our
reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to
applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to
the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the
expiration of the exchange offer. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right
which we may assert at any time and from time to time.
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer because
any of these conditions is not satisfied, we may:
(1) refuse to accept and return to their holders any
initial notes that have been tendered,
(2) extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered
before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders
of these notes to withdraw their tenders, or
77
(3) waive any condition that has not been satisfied and
accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn
or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any
respect as provided under the section in this prospectus
entitled Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments; Termination.
Accounting
Treatment
We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as
the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any
gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs
related to the issuance of the initial notes over the term of
the initial notes and exchange notes and expense the costs of
the exchange offer as incurred.
Exchange
Agent
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all
questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for
tendering and all requests for additional copies of this
prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as
follows:
By mail:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
By hand/overnight delivery:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Confirm by telephone:
(800) 344-5128
Fees and
Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in the exchange
offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and
trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However,
we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for
its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its
reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with the exchange offer. We will also pay
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries
their reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of
transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of
the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for
exchange to their customers.
78
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of initial notes in accordance with the exchange offer.
However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
persons, if:
(1) certificates representing exchange notes or initial
notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for
exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or
issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
holder of the notes tendered,
(2) tendered initial notes are registered in the name of
any person other than the person signing the letter of
transmittal, or
(3) a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the
exchange of the initial notes in the exchange offer.
If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any
of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the
letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of
these transfer taxes.
Your
Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse
Consequences
The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act
or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell
them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless
they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your
initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with the exchange
offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in
the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to
resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are
registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them,
offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption
from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act.
In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not
be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the
Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register
your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
(1) because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC Staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
(2) the exchange offer is not consummated by the
310th day after the Issue Date;
(3) any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
(4) any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests,
in which case the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offer in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
sentence. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after
completion of the exchange offer.
Delivery
of Prospectus
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
79
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
In this Description of Notes, HGI refers only to
Harbinger Group Inc., and any successor obligor on the notes,
and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions
of certain terms used in this description under
Certain Definitions.
HGI issued the initial notes and will issue the exchange notes
under the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, between
HGI and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
indenture). The terms of the notes include those
stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The term
notes means all notes issued under the indenture,
including the initial notes, the exchange notes and any
additional notes.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the
information that is important to you. You should read the
indenture in its entirety. Copies of the indenture are available
as described under Where You Can Find More
Information.
Basic
Terms of Notes
The notes are
|
|
|
|
|
senior secured obligations of HGI, that are secured by a first
priority Lien (subject to certain exceptions and Permitted
Liens) on the Collateral referred to below;
|
|
|
|
ranked equally in right of payment with all existing and future
unsubordinated Debt of HGI and effectively senior to all
unsecured Debt of HGI to the extent of the value of the
Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
ranked senior in right of payment to all of HGIs and the
Guarantors future Debt that expressly provides for its
subordination to the notes and the Note Guarantees.
|
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
HGI issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
notes in the initial notes offering. The notes will mature on
November 15, 2015. Interest on the notes will accrue at the
rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus. HGI
will pay interest on the notes semi-annually in arrears on May
15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15,
2011, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1
and November 1. Interest on the notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
HGI will pay interest on overdue principal of the notes at a
rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the rate per annum set
forth on the cover of this prospectus and will pay interest on
overdue installments of interest at such higher rate, in each
case to the extent lawful. Additional interest is payable with
respect to the notes in certain circumstances if HGI does not
consummate the exchange offer (or shelf registration, if
applicable) as further described under
Registration Rights; Additional Interest.
Additional
Notes
Subject to the covenants described below, HGI may issue
additional notes under the indenture in an unlimited principal
amount having the same terms in all respects as the notes, or in
all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on
or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance
of such notes. The notes and any additional notes would be
treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture
and will vote together as one class on all matters with respect
to the notes. Additional notes cannot be issued under the same
CUSIP number unless the additional notes and original notes are
fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
80
Escrow
Arrangements
Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, HGI deposited into an
account (the Account) the proceeds of the
initial notes offering, plus an incremental amount (either in
cash or in the form of a letter of credit) sufficient to pay the
issue price of the notes, together with Accrued Yield (as
defined herein) and interest accrued on the notes from the Issue
Date to, but excluding, April 7, 2011 (the day that is five
business days after March 31, 2011), pledged to the
trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, and
invested in Cash Equivalents in which the trustee, for the
benefit of the holders of the notes had a valid and perfected
first-priority security interest. On January 7, 2011,
following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and the satisfaction of the other escrow release conditions, the
proceeds of the initial notes offering and the other assets in
the Account were released from escrow.
Guaranties
If any Subsidiary of HGI guarantees any Debt of HGI, such
Subsidiary must provide a full and unconditional guaranty of the
notes (a Note Guaranty).
Each Note Guaranty will be limited to the maximum amount that
would not render the Guarantors obligations subject to
avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of
the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of
state law. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantors
obligation under its Note Guaranty could be significantly less
than amounts payable with respect to the notes, or a Guarantor
may have effectively no obligation under its Note Guaranty.
The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon:
(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of
consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or
disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (other than to HGI or a Subsidiary of HGI) permitted
by the indenture,
(2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of HGI, or
(3) defeasance or discharge of the notes, as provided in
Defeasance and Discharge.
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no Guarantors.
Ranking
The indebtedness evidenced by the notes will rank equal in right
of payment with all future senior Debt of HGI, and will have the
benefit of a first-priority security interest in the Collateral
as described under Collateral.
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, HGI would
have had no Debt other than the notes. Subject to the limits
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens, HGI may incur
additional Debt, some of which may be secured.
HGI is organized and intended to be operated as a holding
company that will own Equity Interests of various operating
companies, including, initially, Spectrum Equity Interests. It
is not expected that future operating Subsidiaries will
guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of non-guarantor
Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and creditors holding
debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of
preferred stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries generally
will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of
those Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of HGI,
including holders of the notes, and holders of minority
interests in such Subsidiaries will have ratable claims with
claims of creditors of HGI. The notes therefore will be
effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade
creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries
of HGI. As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, the
total liabilities of HGIs Subsidiaries would have been
approximately $2.8 billion, including trade payables. The
indenture does not limit the incurrence of Debt (or other
liabilities) and Disqualified Stock of Subsidiaries that are not
guarantors. See Certain Covenants
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock.
81
HGIs ability to pay interest on the notes is dependent
upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its
Subsidiaries. The availability of distributions from its
Subsidiaries will be subject to the satisfaction of various
covenants and conditions contained in the applicable
Subsidiarys existing and future financing and
organizational documents, as well as applicable law, rule and
regulation. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
the Notes We are a holding company and are dependent
upon dividends or distributions from our operating subsidiaries
to fund payments on the notes, and our ability to receive funds
from our operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the
profitability of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions
imposed by law and contracts.
Security
General
HGIs obligations under the notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority Lien on all assets of HGI (other
than Excluded Property, and subject to certain Permitted
Collateral Liens), including without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
all Equity Interests of Spectrum owned by HGI and related
assets, including all general intangibles under contracts
(including without limitation, the registration rights
agreement) that HGI has with Spectrum;
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by HGI;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by HGI; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, the
Collateral).
|
HGI will be able to Incur additional Debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the Collateral. The amount of
such Debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such Debt could be significant.
After-Acquired
Property
If any property (other than Excluded Property) is acquired by
HGI or a Guarantor that is not automatically subject to a
perfected security interest under the Security Documents, any
Excluded Property ceases to fit within the definition thereof,
or a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, then HGI or such Guarantor
will, promptly after such propertys acquisition, such
property ceasing to be Excluded Property or such Subsidiary
becoming a Guarantor, provide security over such property (or,
in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets (except any
Excluded Property)) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral
Agent) and deliver certain certificates to the
Collateral Agent and opinions in respect thereof as specified in
the indenture and the Security Documents.
Security
Agreement
The security interests described above have been effected
pursuant to a Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of
January 7, 2011, by and among HGI and the Collateral Agent
(the Security and Pledge Agreement). So long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
and subject to certain terms and conditions, HGI is entitled to
exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to
all Equity Interests pledged pursuant to the Security and Pledge
Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive
control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the
Security and Pledge Agreement) and to collect, invest and
dispose of any income or dividends thereon. The Security and
Pledge Agreement, however, generally requires HGI to deliver to
the Collateral Agent, and for the Collateral Agent to maintain
in its control and possession, certificates evidencing pledges
of Equity Interests or, in the case of Equity Interests that are
uncertificated or held through a securities intermediary,
control through registration of such interests in the name of
the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Security and Pledge
Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent may, and upon the
instructions of the
82
Authorized Representatives (as set forth below under
Collateral Trust Agreement) shall,
foreclose upon and sell the applicable Collateral and distribute
the net proceeds of any such sale to the trustee and the holders
of the notes and other Pari Passu Obligations, subject to
applicable laws and applicable governmental requirements. Upon
such event and until the relevant Event of Default is cured or
waived, all of the rights of HGI or the applicable Guarantor to
exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to the
Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested
in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law,
shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other
consensual rights.
The Security and Pledge Agreement, the Collateral
Trust Agreement (as defined below) and the indenture
provide that HGI and each Guarantor shall, at its sole expense,
do all acts which may be reasonably necessary to confirm that
the Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of the holders of
the notes and the trustee, duly created, enforceable and
perfected first-priority Liens in the Collateral, subject to
Permitted Collateral Liens. As necessary, or upon reasonable
request of the Collateral Agent, HGI and each Guarantor shall,
at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such
documents and instruments (including the filing of financing
statements or amendments or continuations thereto) and take such
other actions which may be necessary to assure, perfect,
transfer and confirm the rights conveyed by the Security and
Pledge Agreement and any other Security Documents, to the extent
permitted by applicable law.
The Security and Pledge Agreement also provides that, on the
earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default,
(ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a well-known
seasoned issuer as defined under the Securities Act rules
and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid
Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, HGI will be
required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its
commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible,
cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration
that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent
in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests
constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any
exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration
statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time
(i) the notes are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum
Equity Interests pledged as Collateral have been disposed of by
the Collateral Agent.
Collateral
Trust Agreement
General
On January 7, 2011, HGI (together with any Guarantors, the
Trustors) and the Collateral Agent entered
into the Collateral Trust Agreement (the
Collateral Trust Agreement). The
Collateral Trust Agreement sets forth the terms on which
the Collateral Agent (directly or through co-trustees or agents)
will accept, hold, administer, enforce and distribute the
proceeds of all Liens on the Collateral held by it in trust for
the benefit of holders of the notes, and all other Pari-Passu
Obligations (as defined below). The agent or other
representative of the holders of any series of future Debt
(together with the trustee, the Authorized
Representatives) intended to constitute Obligations
secured equally and ratably by Liens on the Collateral
(collectively, Pari-Passu Obligations) will
be required to execute a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement in order to confirm the agreement of the
applicable secured parties to be bound by the terms thereof.
Equal and
Ratable Sharing of Collateral
Pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Authorized
Representative (on behalf of itself and each holder of
Obligations that it represents) acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Security Documents, the security interest
granted to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents
shall for all purposes and at all times secure the Obligations
in respect of the notes, the Note Guarantees, and any other
Pari-Passu Obligations on an equal and ratable basis, to the
extent such Liens have not been released in accordance with the
terms of the indenture.
Enforcement
of Liens; Voting
The Collateral Trust Agreement provides that if an event of
default shall have occurred and be continuing under the
indenture or any Pari-Passu Obligation, and if the Collateral
Agent shall have received a written direction from Authorized
Representatives that collectively represent at least a majority
in principal amount of
83
the Pari-Passu Obligations (each such representative acting at
the direction of holders of the obligations so represented by
it), unless inconsistent with applicable law, the Collateral
Agent shall pursuant to such direction, institute and maintain
such suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect
and enforce the rights vested in it by the Collateral
Trust Agreement and each Security Document, including the
exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Collateral
Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver, or for the taking
of any remedial action authorized by the Collateral
Trust Agreement.
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of
the Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default under the indenture:
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of Collateral securing Permitted Liens, is subject
to applicable law and the terms of agreements governing those
Permitted Liens;
|
|
|
|
with respect to any Collateral, is subject to applicable law and
is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy
law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against HGI
or any of the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having
repossessed and disposed of the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of Equity Interests, is subject to applicable
securities laws, which may require that any such sale be
effected through a private placement (which could require such
disposition to be made at a discount to prices that could be
obtained in the public markets) or through an SEC registration.
|
Order
of Application of Proceeds of Collateral
Any proceeds of any Collateral foreclosed upon or otherwise
realized upon pursuant to the Security Documents will be applied
in the following order:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to the Collateral Agent to pay any costs and expenses due
to the Collateral Agent in connection with the foreclosure or
realization of such Collateral,
|
|
|
|
second, to the trustee and each other Authorized Representative
(if any), equally and ratably (in the same proportion that such
unpaid Pari-Passu Obligations of the trustee or such other
Authorized Representative, as applicable, bears to all unpaid
Pari-Passu Obligations (on the relevant distribution date) for
application to the payment in full of all outstanding Pari-Passu
Obligations that are then due and payable to the secured parties
(which shall then be applied or held by the trustee and each
such other Authorized Representative in such order as may be
provided in the applicable indenture or other instrument
governing such Debt); and
|
|
|
|
finally, in the case of any surplus, to HGI or the Guarantor
that pledged such Collateral, or its successors or assigns.
|
Subject to the terms of applicable agreements, the application
of proceeds provisions set forth immediately above are intended
for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Pari-Passu
Obligations, the trustee, each other present and future
Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent.
Release
of Liens
The Liens on the Collateral securing the notes and the Note
Guarantees will be released:
(1) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all
other Obligations on the notes or satisfaction and discharge of
the indenture or defeasance (including covenant defeasance of
the notes);
(2) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the
Liens securing such Note Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
(3) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any
Person other than HGI or any Guarantor (but excluding any
transaction subject to the covenant described under
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets)
that is permitted by the indenture (with respect to the Lien on
such Collateral); provided that, except in the case of
any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such
84
disposition and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, and HGI would be in compliance
with the covenants set forth under Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, and
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such
covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage);
(4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the holders of
the requisite percentage of notes in accordance with the
provisions described under the caption
Amendments and Waivers, including the
release of all or substantially all of the Collateral if
approved by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes; or
(5) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
Each of the releases described in clauses 1, 2, 3 and 5
shall be effected by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of
appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required,
without the consent of holders or any action on the part of the
trustee.
Upon compliance by HGI or any Guarantor, as the case may be,
with the conditions precedent required by the indenture, the
trustee or the Collateral Agent shall promptly cause to be
released and re-conveyed to HGI or the Guarantor, as the case
may be, the released Collateral.
To the extent applicable, HGI will comply with
Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act relating to
reports, but will not be subject to Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property
and to the substitution therefor of any property to be pledged
as collateral for the notes except to the extent required by
law. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d)
of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer of HGI
except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer,
appraiser or other expert. The most recent appraisals required
pursuant to the definition of Fair Market Value
shall be deemed sufficient for such purposes to the maximum
extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, HGI and the Guarantors will not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based
on advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that
section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released
Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an
indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to
contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from
Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of an
issuers business without requiring the issuer to provide
certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act. In addition, under interpretations
provided by the SEC, to the extent that a release of a Lien is
made without the need for consent by the noteholders or the
trustee, the provisions of Section 314(d) may be
inapplicable to the release. The indenture contains such
provisions.
No
Impairment of the Security Interests
Neither HGI nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take
any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action
or omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of
materially impairing the perfection or priority of the security
interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the
trustee and the noteholders.
The indenture provides that any release of Collateral in
accordance with the provisions of the indenture and the Security
Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the
indenture, and that any engineer, appraiser or other expert may
rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting
release so long as all other provisions of the indenture with
respect to such release have been complied with.
Certain
Limitations on the Collateral
The value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the Equity Interests that
are pledged represent an equity interest in the pledged
Subsidiaries, and only have value to the extent that the assets
of such Subsidiaries are worth in excess of the liabilities of
such Subsidiaries (and,
85
in a bankruptcy or liquidation, will only receive value after
payment upon all such liabilities, including all Debt of such
Subsidiaries). Consequently, liquidating the Collateral may not
produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due
on the notes. See Risk Factors Risks Related
to the Notes The value of the collateral may not be
sufficient to repay the notes in full. In addition,
enforcement of the Liens on the Collateral may be limited by
applicable governmental requirements. The fair market value of
the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that
include, among others, prevailing interest rates, the ability to
sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic
conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The
amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would be
dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market
value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the
manner of the sale. By its nature, some of the Collateral may be
illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In
the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar
proceeding, we cannot assure you that the proceeds from any sale
or liquidation of the Collateral will be sufficient to pay
HGIs Obligations under the notes. Any claim for the
difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of
the notes from the sale of Collateral securing the notes and the
Obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of
payment with all of HGIs other unsecured senior debt and
other unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. To
the extent that third parties establish Liens on the Collateral
such third parties could have rights and remedies with respect
to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could
adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of
the Collateral Agent or the holders of the notes to realize or
foreclose on the Collateral. HGI may also issue additional notes
as described above or otherwise Incur Obligations which would be
secured by the Collateral, the effect of which would be to
increase the amount of Debt secured equally and ratably by the
Collateral. The ability of the holders to realize on the
Collateral may also be subject to certain bankruptcy law
limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See
Certain bankruptcy limitations.
Certain
Bankruptcy Limitations
In addition to the limitations described above, the right of the
Collateral Agent to obtain possession, exercise control over or
dispose of the Collateral during the existence of an Event of
Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if HGI were to have become a debtor under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code prior to the Collateral Agent having
exercised control over or disposed of the Collateral. Under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited by
the automatic stay from exercising control over or disposing of
collateral taken from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, without
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to
retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the
bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents
or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in
default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that
the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The term adequate protection is
not defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, but it includes
making periodic cash payments, providing an additional or
replacement Lien or granting other relief, in each case to the
extent that the collateral decreases in value during the
pendency of the bankruptcy case as a result of, among other
things, the imposition of the automatic stay, the use, sale or
lease of such collateral or any grant of a priming
lien in connection with
debtor-in-possession
financing. The type of adequate protection provided to a secured
creditor may vary according to circumstances. In view of the
lack of a precise definition of the term adequate
protection and the broad discretionary powers of a
bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict whether or when
the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the
Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be
compensated for any delay in payment or decrease in value of the
Collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the
value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior or
pari passu Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on
the notes, the holders of the notes would hold secured claims to
the extent of the value of the Collateral and would hold
unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditors claim
includes interest and any reasonable fees, costs or charges
provided for under the agreement under which such claim arose if
the claims are oversecured. In addition, if HGI were to become
the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among
other things, may void certain prepetition transfers made by the
entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including,
without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or
fraudulent conveyances.
86
Optional
Redemption
Except as set forth in this section, the notes are not
redeemable at the option of HGI.
At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes at its option, in whole or in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any
note on any redemption date, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; or
(ii) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such note at May 15, 2013
(such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing
below), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on
such note through May 15, 2013 excluding accrued but unpaid
interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption
date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the principal amount of the note.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption
date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled
and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least
two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly
available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption
date to May 15, 2013, is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be
used.
At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption
price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Price
|
|
|
May 15, 2013
|
|
|
105.313
|
%
|
November 15, 2013
|
|
|
102.656
|
%
|
November 15, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
At any time and from time to time prior to November 15,
2013, HGI may redeem notes with the net cash proceeds received
by HGI from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to
110.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal
amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under
the indenture (including additional notes), provided that
(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than
90 days after the closing of the related Equity
Offering, and
(2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of
the notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
immediately thereafter.
Selection
and Notice
If fewer than all of the notes are being redeemed, the trustee
will select the notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any
other method the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate in accordance with DTC procedure, in denominations
of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of
$1,000. Upon surrender of any note redeemed in part, the holder
will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the surrendered note. Once notice of
redemption is sent to the holders, notes called
87
for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on
the redemption date, and, commencing on the redemption date,
notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest.
No
Sinking Fund
There will be no sinking fund payments for the notes.
Certain
Covenants
The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the
following:
Maintenance
of Liquidity
From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual interest
payment on the notes is made, HGI and the Guarantors shall
maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no
Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an
amount equal to HGIs obligations to pay interest on the
notes and all other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next
twelve months. Thereafter, HGI and the Guarantors shall maintain
an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other
than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to
HGIs obligations to pay interest on the notes and all
other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next six months. In
the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, HGI
may assume that the reference interest rate in effect on the
applicable date of determination will be in effect for the
remainder of such period.
Maintenance
of Collateral Coverage
(a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal year and
(ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than
2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the time that the
outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations
(including the principal amount of the notes) equals or exceeds
$400.0 million and for so long as such amount equals or
exceeds $400.0 million, HGI shall not permit the Collateral
Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1 as of such dates.
(b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less
than 1.25 to 1.0.
(c) From and after the date, if any, that HGI or any
Guarantor makes any Investment in LightSquared pursuant to
clause (e)(A)(ii) under Limitation on
Restricted Payments and so long as such Investment is
still outstanding, HGI and the Guarantors shall not permit the
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any
time.
Limitation
on Debt and Disqualified Stock
(a) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, HGI and, to the extent
provided below, any Guarantor may Incur the following
(Permitted Debt):
(1) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu
Obligations for which the Authorized Representative of such Debt
holders has executed a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement as described under the caption
Security Collateral Trust
Agreement; provided that, on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the
aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding incurred under
this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under clause (4)
(and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt
incurred pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu
Obligation), does not exceed $400.0 million and
(ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to
1.0 or, to the extent that the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then
required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including as a result
of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth
under clause (a) of Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage, 2.5 to 1.0;
88
(2) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor owed to HGI or any
Guarantor so long as such Debt continues to be owed to HGI or
any Guarantor;
(3) Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor; provided
that (a) such Debt has a Stated Maturity after the
Stated Maturity of the notes and (b) on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0,
calculated as if all Debt of HGI and the Guarantors outstanding
at such time was included in clause (ii) of the definition
of Collateral Coverage Ratio;
(4) Debt of HGI pursuant to the notes (other than
additional notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note
Guaranty of the notes (including additional notes);
(5) Debt (Permitted Refinancing Debt)
constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or
substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or
refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the foregoing,
for purposes of this clause, refinance) then
outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount
of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses;
provided that
(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt,
the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly
made subordinate in right of payment to the notes at least to
the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the
notes,
(B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the
Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining
Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
(C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7),
(9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) may not be refinanced
pursuant to this clause;
(6) Hedging Agreements of HGI or any Guarantor entered into
in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing
risks associated with the business of HGI or its Subsidiaries
and not for speculation;
(7) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor with respect to
(A) letters of credit and bankers acceptances issued
in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other
Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety
or appeal bonds, workers compensation claims, health,
disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or
their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or
self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the
maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of,
environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental
authorities, or other Debt with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers compensation claims and
(B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out
or similar obligations incurred in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
(8) Debt of HGI outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for
purposes of clause (5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted
Debt);
(9) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees
of Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause
of this covenant;
(10) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the
Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;
(11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient
funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such Debt is extinguished within five
business days of Incurrence;
(12) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of the
financing of insurance premiums;
89
(13) Contribution Debt; and
(14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or
after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date
of purchase, or completion of construction or improvement of
property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction or improvement;
provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred
pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1 million
less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to
this clause.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant,
for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange
rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum
amount that HGI or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant.
For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of
Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt
denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such
Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred
to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and
such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as
the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed
the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The
principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt,
if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange
rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt
is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
(d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant,
HGI, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and
will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of such clauses and HGI will be entitled to divide
and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of
Debt described in this covenant, and may, at any time after such
Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time),
change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion
thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at
any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred
under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph
(b), the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in
any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Limitation on
Restricted Payments.
(e) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that
is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of HGI or the
Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of
payment to the notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on
substantially identical terms. This does not apply to
distinctions between categories of Debt that exist by reason of
any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all
of such Debt.
Limitation
on Restricted Payments
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any
Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other
actions described in the following clauses being collectively
Restricted Payments):
|
|
|
|
|
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its
Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in
HGIs Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other
than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or indirect parent of HGI
held by Persons other than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any
Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor except a payment of
interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
|
|
|
|
make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of HGI;
|
90
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed
Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
(2) HGI could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph
(b)(1) under Limitation on Debt and
Disqualified Stock, and
(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted
Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to
paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net
Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100%
of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during
the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning with the
first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and ending
on the last day of HGIs most recently completed fiscal
quarter for which internal financial statements are available,
plus
(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash
proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or
other property received by HGI (other than from a Subsidiary)
after the Issue Date
(i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity
Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified
Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into
Qualified Equity Interests of HGI, or
(ii) as a contribution to its common equity (but excluding
any equity contribution consisting of Equity Interests of
Spectrum or related assets contributed in connection with the
satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions).
The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in
cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant
non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced
by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration,
such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
(2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on
a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to HGI, to all
holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary a
majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries, by HGI;
(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt
with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing
Debt;
(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or
indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a
contribution to the common equity capital of HGI;
(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of HGI in
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, (i) an offering
(occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value) of Qualified Equity
Interests of HGI or (ii) a contribution to the common
equity capital of the Issuer;
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI held by
officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors
or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their
estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or
termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under
which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the
aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month
period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount
of $5.0 million;
91
(7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase
price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount
thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a
provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof
in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more
favorable to the holders thereof than
Limitation on Asset Sales, provided
that, in each case, prior to the repurchase HGI has made an
Offer to Purchase and repurchased all notes issued under the
indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection
with the offer to purchase;
(8) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
(9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to
occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the
Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise
price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and
(b) Restricted Payments by HGI to allow the payment of cash
in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of
Equity Interests of HGI in an aggregate amount under this
clause (b) not to exceed $1.0 million;
(10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor and payment of any
redemption price or liquidation value of any Disqualified Equity
Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to
the extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted
to be Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture;
(11) in the case of any Subsidiary of HGI that, in the
ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private
collective investment vehicles (including private collective
investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted
Holders), Investments by such Subsidiary in private collective
investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted Holders;
(12) Payments by HGI used to fund costs, expenses and fees
related to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed
in the prospectus or (ii) future acquisitions if such
costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as
determined in good faith by HGI); and
(13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests
of up to 8.0% per annum of the greater of the gross proceeds
received by HGI from any offering or sale of such Qualified
Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of
such Equity Interests (provided that the aggregate amount
of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity Interests shall not
exceed the proceeds therefrom received by HGI after the Issue
Date);
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7),
(10) and (13), no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a result thereof.
(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests
will be included under clause (3) of paragraph
(a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in
clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (b). Restricted
Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9),
(11) and (12) will not be included in making the
calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1)
through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant
to paragraph (a) f this covenant, HGI will be entitled to
classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the
time of such re-classification) such Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant
and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made
pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the paragraph
(a) of this covenant.
(e) HGI and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly
make any Investment in
(A) LightSquared; provided that HGI and any
Guarantor may acquire Equity Interests in LightSquared (which
Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as Collateral)
(i) solely in exchange for
92
Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or solely as a contribution to
the common equity of HGI; or (ii) if, after giving effect
to the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be
at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
(B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute
Excluded Property of a type described in clause (iii) of
the definition thereof; provided that HGI may make
Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this
clause (B) not to exceed $15.0 million.
In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer
apply (and Investments made in such Person shall no longer count
against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity
Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property
and are pledged as Collateral.
Limitation
on Liens
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will, create, incur, assume or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien
of any kind (other than Permitted Liens or, in the case of the
Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any of
their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
Limitation
on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset
unless HGI or the Guarantor would be entitled to
(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, and
(2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such
Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the notes
pursuant to Limitation on Liens,
in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed
Incurred pursuant to those provisions.
Limitation
on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), HGI will not, and,
to the extent within HGIs control, will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on
the ability of any Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any
Equity Interests of the Subsidiary owned by HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(2)pay any Debt or other obligation owed to HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(3)make loans or advances to HGI or any other Subsidiary; or
(4)transfer any of its property or assets to HGI or any other
Subsidiary.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to
any encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) existing on the Issue Date in the indenture or any
other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any
extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the
foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any
material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or
restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule,
regulation or order;
(3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property
or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by
HGI or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions
(i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property
or assets of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such
Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely affect the
ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on
the notes and any extensions, renewals, replacements, or
refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the
encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing are, taken as a
93
whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the
noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being
extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or
agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that
restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or
transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or
license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to
transfer, option or similar right (including any asset sale or
stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of,
HGI or any Subsidiary;
(5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property
and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by
Limitation on Asset Sales;
(6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any
Subsidiary if the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and
customary for a financing of that type;
(7) required pursuant to the indenture;
(8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in
partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational
governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict
the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
(9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or
net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business; and
(11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading,
netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or
other agreement to which HGI or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party entered into in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance
solely of the property or assets of HGI or such Subsidiary that
are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any
other asset or property of HGI or such Subsidiary or the assets
or property of any other Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
(i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving
dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other
Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability
to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the
subordination of loans or advances made to HGI or any Subsidiary
to other Debt Incurred by HGI or any such Subsidiary shall not
be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
Repurchase
of Notes upon a Change of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have
the right to require HGI to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that holders
notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set
forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, HGI will
offer a payment (such payment, a Change of Control
Payment) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, HGI will mail a notice to each
holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
notes on the date specified in such notice (the Change
of Control Payment Date), which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures
required by the indenture and described in such notice. HGI will
comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as
a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Change of Control provisions of the
94
indenture, HGI will comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the
indenture by virtue of such compliance.
On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, HGI will, to
the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions
thereof properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the
notes so accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions
thereof being purchased by HGI.
The paying agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each
holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a
new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new
note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher
integral multiple of $1,000.
A Change of Control will generally constitute a change of
control under Spectrums existing debt instruments, and any
future credit agreements or other agreements to which HGI or any
of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide that certain
change of control events with respect to HGI would constitute a
default under these agreements. HGIs ability to pay cash
to the holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control
may be limited by HGIs then existing financial resources.
Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require
HGI to purchase the notes could cause a default under other
debt, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the
financial effect of the purchase on HGI. There can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary
to make the required purchase of the notes. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Notes We
may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
HGI will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon
a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by HGI and
purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption
has been given with respect to all the notes pursuant to the
indenture as described above under the caption
Optional Redemption, unless and until
there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at
the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
The provisions under the indenture relative to HGIs
obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or
modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the notes.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting
the phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require HGI
to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets
of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person
or group may be uncertain.
Limitation
on Asset Sales
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will make any Asset Sale unless
the following conditions are met:
(1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors.
95
(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents received at closing or Replacement Assets
(provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of
any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such
Replacement Assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the
Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other
obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of HGI or a Guarantor
pursuant to a customary novation agreement,
(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser
that are promptly, but in any event within 120 days of the
closing, converted by HGI to Cash Equivalents, to the extent of
the Cash Equivalents actually so received and
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by HGI
or any Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash
Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value) (provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct
Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such assets are
pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents)
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.
(3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash
Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used
to (a) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an
operating business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another
Person that thereupon becomes a Subsidiary engaged in an
operating business or to make other Investments in Persons other
than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business
(collectively, Replacement Assets) or
(b) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the
proceeds of which are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an
operating business, to make capital expenditures or otherwise
acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an operating
business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as
Collateral) or to make other Investments in Persons other than
Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business.
Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect
to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, Cash
Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash Proceeds of such
Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this
clause (3) that are designated as uses in accordance with
this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently so
designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed
to be Net Cash Proceeds applied in accordance with this clause
(3).
(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied
pursuant to clause (3) within 420 days of the Asset
Sale constitute Excess Proceeds. Excess
Proceeds of less than $2.0 million will be carried forward
and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20.0 million, all or
any portion of such Excess Proceeds may be used or invested in
the manner described in clause (3) above and such invested
amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When
accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, HGI
must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase notes
having a principal amount equal to
(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to
the outstanding principal amount of the notes and (y) the
denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured by
Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than HGI, a
Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be
repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset
Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for
the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued
interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is
for less than all of the outstanding notes and notes in an
aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, HGI will
96
purchase notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other method
that the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of
$1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Upon completion of
the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero,
and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the
Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the indenture.
Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or
arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any
Affiliate of HGI or any Subsidiary (a Related Party
Transaction), involving payments or consideration in
excess of $1.0 million except upon fair and reasonable
terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to HGI or the
Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable
arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an
Affiliate of HGI.
(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related
Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of
$5.0 million must first be approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors who are disinterested in the subject matter
of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to
the trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party
Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an
aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, HGI must in
addition obtain and deliver to the trustee a favorable written
opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking,
appraisal, or accounting firm as to the fairness of the
transaction to HGI and its Subsidiaries from a financial point
of view.
(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
(1) any transaction between HGI and any of its Subsidiaries
or between Subsidiaries of HGI;
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees
and compensation to, and reasonable and customary
indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of,
directors of HGI who are not employees of HGI;
(3) any Restricted Payments if permitted by
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(4) transactions or payments, including the award of
securities, pursuant to any employee, officer or director
compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in
the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Board of
Directors;
(5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in
effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from
time to time so long as the terms of the amended, modified or
new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to HGI
and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date of the
indenture;
(6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing
registration rights to the direct or indirect stockholders of
HGI and the performance of such agreements;
(7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI to any Person or any
transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid
by HGI or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI or any contribution to the
capital of HGI;
(8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or
arrangement or any other transactions undertaken in good faith
for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency of HGI and
its Subsidiaries;
(9) (A) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or
transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and
otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture,
(B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or
industry norm or (C) any management services or support
agreement entered into on terms consistent with past
97
practice and approved by a majority of HGIs Board of
Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors)
in good faith;
(10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the
provisions of, the Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets covenant, or any merger, consolidation or
reorganization of HGI with an Affiliate, solely for the purposes
of reincorporating HGI in a new jurisdiction;
(11) (a) transactions between HGI or any of its
Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because
one or more of its directors is also a director of HGI;
provided that such director abstains from voting as a
director of HGI on any matter involving such other Person or
(b) transactions entered into with any of HGIs or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities
and/or
employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable
terms (as determined in good faith by HGI);
(12) Investments permitted pursuant to clause (11) of
Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments on commercially reasonable terms (as determined
in good faith by HGI);
(13) payments by HGI or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for
any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement
services or in respect of other investment banking activities,
including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which
payments are on arms-length terms and are approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
(14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder
provides HGI
and/or its
Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be
purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and
accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate
governance, insurance coverage and other services, which
transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested
directors) in good faith;
(15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to
HGI or any Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
(16) the entering into of customary investment management
contracts between a Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of HGI
that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments
in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by
Permitted Holders), which investment management contacts are
entered into on commercially reasonable terms and approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
Financial
Reports
(a) Whether or not HGI is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
HGI must provide the trustee and noteholders with, or
electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods
specified in those sections
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required
to be filed with the Commission on
Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if
HGI were required to file such reports, including a
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and, with respect to
annual information only, a report thereon by HGIs
certified independent accountants, and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the Commission on
Form 8-K
if HGI were required to file such reports.
In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, HGI
will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of
all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public
availability within the time periods specified in the
Commissions rules and regulations. In addition, HGI will
make the information and reports available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request.
98
For so long as any of the notes remain outstanding and
constitute restricted securities under
Rule 144, HGI will furnish to the holders of the notes and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act.
Reports
to Trustee
HGI will deliver to the trustee:
(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
a certificate stating that HGI has fulfilled its obligations
under the indenture or, if there has been a Default, specifying
the Default and its nature and status; and
(2) as soon as reasonably possible and in any event within
30 days after HGI becomes aware or should reasonably become
aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers
Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the
action which HGI proposes to take with respect thereto.
No
Investment Company Registration
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will register, or be required to
register, as an investment company as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets
HGI
(a) HGI will not
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially
an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into HGI,
|
unless:
(1) either (x) HGI is the continuing Person or
(y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a
corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the
obligations of HGI under the indenture and the notes and the
Registration Rights Agreement;
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a
pro forma basis, HGI or the resulting surviving or transferee
Person would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(calculated as if the date of the transaction was a date on
which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage); and
(4) HGI delivers to the trustee an officers
certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the
consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture
(if any) comply with the indenture;
provided, that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply
(i) to the consolidation or merger of HGI with or into a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary with or into HGI or (ii) if, in the
good faith determination of the Board of Directors of HGI, whose
determination is evidenced by a Resolution of HGIs Board
of Directors, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change
the jurisdiction of incorporation of HGI.
(b) HGI shall not lease all or substantially all of its
assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions,
to one or more other Persons.
99
(c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer
of assets by HGI to any Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of
assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by
a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to (x) another
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) HGI or any
Guarantor.
(d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in
accordance with these provisions, if HGI is not the continuing
Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, HGI under the indenture and the notes with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as HGI in
the indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a
sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its
assets, HGI will be released from its obligations under the
indenture and the notes.
Guarantors
No Guarantor may:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all
its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in
one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any
Person, or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
|
unless:
(A) the other Person is HGI or any Subsidiary that is
Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the
transaction; or
(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the
continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or
transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture
all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note
Guaranty; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition
(including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor
or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to HGI or a
Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture.
Default
and Remedies
Events
of Default
An Event of Default occurs if
(1) HGI defaults in the payment of the principal of any
note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to
an Offer to Purchase);
(2) HGI defaults in the payment of interest (including any
Additional Interest) on any note when the same becomes due and
payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) HGI fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter
accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required pursuant
to Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or Certain Covenants
Limitation on Asset Sales, or HGI or any Guarantor fails
to comply with Consolidation, Merger or Sale
of Assets;
(4) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches the
covenants set forth under Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, or
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Collateral Coverage and such default or breach is not
cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default
under clause (a) of Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, or clauses (b) or (c) of
Certain
100
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(it being understood that the date of default in the case of
covenants tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day
of such fiscal period);
(5) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches any
other covenant or agreement of HGI in the indenture or under the
notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60
consecutive days after written notice to HGI by the trustee or
to HGI and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in
aggregate principal amount of the notes;
(6) the failure by HGI or any Significant Subsidiary to pay
any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity
or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders thereof
because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such
Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million;
(7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment
of money are rendered against HGI or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a
period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final
judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such
final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged
against all such Persons to exceed $25.0 million (in excess
of amounts which HGIs insurance carriers have agreed to
pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of
enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not
in effect;
(8) certain bankruptcy defaults occur with respect to HGI
or any Significant Subsidiary;
(9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to
be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms
of the indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guaranty; or
(10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on
any portion of the Collateral (with a fair market value in
excess of $25.0 million) intended to be covered thereby (to
the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or
possession is required by the indenture or the Security
Documents), (b) any of the Security Documents shall for
whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and
effect (except for expiration in accordance with its terms or
amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in
accordance with the terms of the indenture) or (c) the
enforceability of the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall be contested by HGI or any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary.
Consequences
of an Event of Default
If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with
respect to HGI, occurs and is continuing under the indenture,
the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the notes then outstanding, by written
notice to HGI (and to the trustee if the notice is given by the
holders), may, and the trustee at the written request of such
holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on
the notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration
of acceleration, such principal and interest will become
immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with
respect to HGI, the principal of and accrued interest on the
notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee
or any holder.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes by written notice to HGI and to the trustee may waive all
past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if
(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the
nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the notes that have become due solely by the declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived, and
(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Except as otherwise provided in Consequences
of an Event of Default or Amendments and
Waivers Amendments with Consent of
Holders, the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the
101
outstanding notes may, by written notice to the trustee, waive
an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the
Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver
will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the notes
because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under
Events of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the declaration of acceleration of the notes shall be
automatically annulled if the event of default or payment
default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
clause (6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the
holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of
Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days
after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and
if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the notes would
not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except
nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the notes that
became due solely because of the acceleration of the notes, have
been cured or waived.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the trustee. However, the
trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or the indenture, that may involve the trustee in personal
liability, or that the trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of notes not joining
in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action
it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from holders of notes.
A holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to the indenture or the notes, or for
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy under the indenture or the notes, unless:
(1) the holder has previously given to the trustee written
notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of outstanding notes have made written request to the trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its
own name as trustee under the indenture;
(3) holders have offered to the trustee indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any costs,
liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
request;
(4) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute
any such proceeding; and
(5) during such
60-day
period, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction
that is inconsistent with such written request.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a holder
of a note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its
note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such dates,
may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that
holder.
If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to
the trustee, the trustee will send notice of the Default to each
holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default
has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a
default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
note, the trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the
trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is
in the interest of the holders.
No
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators,
Members and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or
stockholder of HGI or any Guarantor, as such, will have any
liability for any obligations of HGI or such Guarantor under the
notes, any Note Guaranty or the indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each
holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for
102
issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view
of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
Amendments
and Waivers
Amendments
Without Consent of Holders
HGI and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the
notes (and HGI, the trustee or the Collateral Agent may amend or
supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the
consent of any noteholder
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the
indenture or the notes;
(2) to comply with Consolidation, Merger
or Sale of Assets;
(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of the indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an
appointment by a successor trustee;
(5) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or
in place of certificated notes, provided that the
uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the
uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B)
of the Code;
(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the notes, to secure
the notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or
discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the notes when
such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the
indenture;
(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of additional
notes;
(8) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any holder;
(9) to conform any provision to this Description of
Notes, as certified by an officers
certificate; or
(10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations
and secure such obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
Amendments
With Consent of Holders.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in
Default and Remedies Consequences
of a Default or paragraph (b), HGI and the trustee may
amend the indenture and the notes with the written consent of
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding notes may waive future compliance by HGI with any
provision of the indenture or the notes. In addition, the
trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to amend
any Security Document with the written consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a),
without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or
waiver may not
(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated
Maturity of any installment of principal of any note,
(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any
interest payment on any note,
(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any
note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in
respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any note
may be redeemed,
(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have
been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or
extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,
103
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated
in the note,
(6) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive any
principal payment or interest payment on such holders
notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal
amount of the notes required for amendments or waivers,
(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture
affecting the ranking of the notes or any Note Guaranty in a
manner adverse to the holders of the notes, or
(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would
adversely affect the noteholders.
In addition, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all
or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of
holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes.
It is not necessary for noteholders to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is
sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.
The indenture provides that, in determining whether the holders
of the required principal amount of notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, notes owned by HGI, any Guarantor
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
HGI or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether
the trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only notes which a responsible officer of the
trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Subject to the foregoing, only notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination. As a result,
notes held by the Harbinger Parties will not be able to vote in
respect of any direction, waiver or consent so long as the
Harbinger Parties control HGI.
Defeasance
and Discharge
HGI may discharge its obligations under the notes and the
indenture by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee
money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
within one year, subject to meeting certain other conditions.
HGI may also elect to
(1) discharge most of its obligations in respect of the
notes and the indenture, not including obligations related to
the defeasance trust or to the replacement of notes or its
obligations to the trustee (legal
defeasance), or
(2) discharge its obligations under most of the covenants
and under clause (3) of Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets HGI (and the events
listed in clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) under
Default and Remedies Events of
Default will no longer constitute Events of Default)
(covenant defeasance) by irrevocably
depositing in trust with the trustee money or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient, in the opinion of
an independent firm of certified public accountants, to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
and by meeting certain other conditions, including delivery to
the trustee of either a ruling received from the Internal
Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the
case. In the case of legal defeasance, such an opinion could not
be given absent a change of law after the date of the indenture.
In the case of either discharge or defeasance, the Note
Guaranties, if any, will terminate.
104
Concerning
the Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the trustee under the
indenture.
Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in the indenture and no others, and no implied covenants
or obligations will be read into the indenture against the
trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the trustee shall exercise those rights and powers
vested in it by the indenture, and use the same degree of care
and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise
or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
persons own affairs. No provision of the indenture
requires the trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of
its duties thereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or
powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense.
The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the
rights of the trustee, should it become a creditor of any
obligor on the notes, to obtain payment of claims in certain
cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of
any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions with HGI and its
Affiliates; provided that if it acquires any conflicting
interest it must either eliminate the conflict within
90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.
Book-Entry,
Delivery and Form
Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange
notes in the form of one or more registered exchange notes in
global form without coupons (the global
notes). We will deposit each global note on the date
of the closing of the exchange offer with, or on behalf of, DTC
in New York, New York, and register the exchange notes in the
name of DTC or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the
custody of the trustee.
Depository
Procedures
The following description of the operations and procedures of
The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the
Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Clearstream
Banking, S.A. (Clearstream) are provided
solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and
procedures are solely within the control of the respective
settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take
no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge
you to contact the system or their participants directly to
discuss these matters.
DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations
(collectively, the Participants) and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those
securities between the Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including
the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTCs system is also available to other entities such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly (collectively, the Indirect
Participants). Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only
through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The
ownership interests and transfers of ownership interests in each
security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded only on the
records of the Participants and Indirect Participants and not on
the records of DTC.
DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established
by it:
(1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of the Participants designated by the initial
purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the global
notes; and
(2) ownership of these interests in the global notes will
be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with
respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the
Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interest in the global notes).
105
Investors in the global notes who are Participants may hold
their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the
global notes who are not Participants may hold their interests
therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear
and Clearstream) which are Participants. Investors in the global
notes may also hold their interests therein through Euroclear or
Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or
indirectly through organizations that are participants.
Investors may also hold interests in the global notes through
Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and
Clearstream. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in
the global notes on behalf of their participants through
customers securities accounts in their respective names on
the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as
operator of Clearstream. All interests in a global note,
including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be
subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those
interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be
subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The
laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own.
Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
global note to such Persons will be limited to that extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in
turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of
a Person having beneficial interests in a global note to pledge
such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests,
may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing
such interests.
Except as described below, owners of interests in the global
notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not
receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will
not be considered the registered owners or holders
thereof under the indenture for any purpose.
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, on, a global note
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to
DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the
indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, HGI and the trustee
will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the
global notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the
purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes.
Consequently, none of HGI, the trustee or any of their
respective agents has or will have any responsibility or
liability for:
(1) any aspect of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial
ownership interest in the global notes or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global
notes; or
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of
any payment in respect of securities such as the notes,
including principal and interest, is to credit the accounts of
the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date
unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive
payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is
credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial
ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant
security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial
owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices, which will be the responsibility of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the
responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the
trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the
beneficial owners of the notes, and we and the trustee may
conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on,
instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
Transfers between the Participants will be effected in
accordance with DTCs procedures, and will be settled in
same-day
funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and
Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective
rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one
hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other
hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTCs
rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be,
by their respective depositaries; however, such cross-market
106
transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear
or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within
the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system.
Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its respective depositary to take action to
effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving
interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and
Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly
to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in
the global notes and only in respect of such portion of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such
Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC
reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended
notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its
Participants.
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the
foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the
global notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and
Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to
continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such
procedures at any time. None of HGI, the trustee and any of
their respective agents will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective
participants or indirect participants of their respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
Exchange
of Global Notes for Certificated Notes
A global note is exchangeable for certificated notes if:
(1) DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor
depositary is not appointed by HGI within 90 days of the
notice; or
(2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
the trustee has received a request from the depositary.
In addition, beneficial interests in a global note may be
exchanged for certificated notes upon prior written notice given
to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the
indenture. In all cases, certificated notes delivered in
exchange for any global note or beneficial interests in global
notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and
will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in
Notice to Investors, unless that legend is not
required by applicable law.
Exchange
of Certificated Notes for Global Notes
Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests
in any global note unless the transferor first delivers to the
trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the
appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes. See
Notice to Investors.
Same
Day Settlement and Payment
HGI will make payments in respect of the notes represented by
the global notes, including principal, premium, if any, interest
and Special Interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee.
HGI will make all payments of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, with respect to
certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the
certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by
mailing a check to each such holders registered address.
The notes represented by the global notes are expected to be
eligible to trade in DTCs
Same-Day
Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market
trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by
DTC to be settled in immediately available funds, subject
107
in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its
Participants. We expect that secondary trading in any
certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available
funds.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a
Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a
global note from a Participant will be credited, and any such
crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement
processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC.
DTC has advised HGI that cash received in Euroclear or
Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a global note
by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a
Participant will be received with value on the settlement date
of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for
Euroclear or Clearstream following DTCs settlement date.
Governing
Law
The indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the notes
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws
principles.
Certain
Definitions
Accrued Yield means an amount in respect of
each $1,000 principal amount of notes that, together with the
accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will
provide the holder thereof with the yield to maturity on such
note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable
for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date.
Yield to maturity means the annual yield to maturity
of the notes, calculated based on market convention and as
reflected in the pricing term sheet for this offering.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person,
any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such
Person. For purposes of this definition, control
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and
under common control with) with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
Asset Sale means any sale, lease, transfer or
other disposition of any assets by HGI or any Guarantor,
including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction and including any sale by HGI or any Guarantor of
the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each of the above
referred to as a disposition), provided
that the following are not included in the definition of
Asset Sale:
(1) a disposition to HGI or a Guarantor, including the sale
or issuance by HGI or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of
any Subsidiary to HGI or any Guarantor;
(2) the disposition by HGI or any Guarantor in the ordinary
course of business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash
management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out or obsolete
assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases
or licenses, or (iv) inventory and other assets acquired
and held for resale in the ordinary course of business (it being
understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of
HGI or any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business,
unit, division or line of business shall not constitute
inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the
ordinary course of business);
(3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in
the ordinary course of business;
(4) a transaction covered by
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets HGI;
(5) a Restricted Payment permitted under
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant
to Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock;
(7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related
transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than
$5.0 million;
108
(8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary
pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person
from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such
Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of
such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of
the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to
a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract,
tort or other claims of any kind;
(10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any
property or other asset of HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted
Liens; and
(12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than
shares of Spectrum common stock, constituting less than 5% of
the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at
fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents.
Attributable Debt means, in respect of a Sale
and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the
present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the
Sale and Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with
GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments
during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback
Transaction.
Average Life means, with respect to any Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient obtained by
dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number
of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified
Equity Interests and (y) the amount of such principal, or
redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such
principal, or redemption or similar payments.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Rule 13d-3
and
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the
beneficial ownership of any particular person (as
that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities,
whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
Beneficially Owns and Beneficially
Owned shall have a corresponding meaning.
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors
of the corporation or, except with respect to the definition of
Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having
the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(2) with respect to a limited liability company, any
managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of
managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof
having the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors
of the general partner of the partnership; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or
committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Capital Lease means, with respect to any
Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with
GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such
Person.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation,
partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however
designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Persons
equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits
and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of
such Person.
109
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio means, on any
date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market
Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are
secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security
Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Liens)
consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount
of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such
date.
Cash Equivalents means
(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies
received in the ordinary course of business;
(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates
representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government
Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date
of acquisition;
(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from
the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers acceptances
with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of
acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case
with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the
laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital,
surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million
whose short-term debt is rated
A-2
or higher by S&P or
P-2
or higher by Moodys;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying securities of the type described in
clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper rated at least
P-1 by
Moodys or
A-1 by
S&P and maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition; and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which
consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1)
through (5) above.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of HGI and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of HGI;
(3) any person or group (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or
indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting
Stock of HGI other than a Permitted Holder; provided that
such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as
one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the
voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI than such person or
group;
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of HGI are not Continuing Directors;
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect
holding company of HGI shall not itself be considered a Person
for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a
person or group for purposes of
clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no
person or group (other than the
Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially
Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power
of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the
Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it
becoming the holding company of HGI is Beneficially Owned by the
Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting
Stock of HGI immediately prior to it becoming such holding
company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase
agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
Change of Control Offer has the meaning
assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.
110
Collateral Agent means Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent,
or any collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Collateral
Trust Agreement.
Collateral Coverage Ratio means, at the date
of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of
the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by
a first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the
Security Agreements that is subject to no prior Lien) to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Collateral Trust Agreement means the
collateral trust agreement dated as of the Issue Date among HGI,
the Collateral Agent and the trustee, as amended from time to
time.
Consolidated Net Income means, for any
period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of HGI and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis
in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following
(without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated
Net Income:
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a
Guarantor, except that net income shall be included to the
extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in
cash to HGI or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such
period;
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
date of such acquisition;
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or
associated with the extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles;
(5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock
option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit
plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or
similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock
or other rights;
(6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually
reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination
that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in
fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that
such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in
writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a
deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so
reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to
liability or casualty events or business interruption;
(7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of
Equity Interests, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or
issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of
Debt (including amortization or write offs of debt issuance or
deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in
each case, whether or not successful, including any such
expenses or charges attributable to the issuance and sale of the
notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement; and
(8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent
that HGI or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification
therefor under binding agreements; provided that any
liabilities for which HGI or such Subsidiary is not actually
indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period
in which it is determined that HGI or such Subsidiary will not
be indemnified.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of HGI who:
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue
Date or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of
Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such
Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
111
Contribution Debt means Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity
after the Stated Maturity of the notes in an aggregate principal
amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half
(in the case of Debt referred to in clause (1) below) and
(ii) twice (in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests), the aggregate amount of cash received from
the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or a
capital contribution to the common equity of HGI; provided
that:
(1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the
Collateral (provided that no such Contribution Debt may
be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after
giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application
of the proceeds therefrom, (x) the aggregate principal
amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1),
together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the notes)
does not exceed $500.0 million and (y) HGI would be in
compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date
on which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage));
(2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted
Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) under Limitation on Restricted
Payments (it being understood that if any such Debt or
Disqualified Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated
as Incurred under any provision other than paragraph (b)(13) of
the Limitation on Debt covenant, the related
issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) in the Limitation on Restricted
Payments covenant); and
(3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within
180 days after the making of such cash contributions and
(b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an
officers certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity
Interests of HGI or a capital contribution to the common equity
of HGI may only be applied to incur secured Debt pursuant to
clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of
such paragraph. For example, if HGI issues Qualified Equity
Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, HGI may either
incur $50 of secured Debt (subject to the conditions set forth
in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150
of unsecured Debt.
Debt means, with respect to any Person,
without duplication,
(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of
credit, bankers acceptances or other similar instruments,
excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or
bankers acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of property or services which would have
been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade
payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital
Leases (other than the interest component thereof);
(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to
the extent so Guaranteed;
(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by
such Person;
(8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging
Agreements; and
112
(9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1) deferred
or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental
entity.
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum
liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
the obligation;
(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of
such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair
market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and
(y) the amount of such Debt;
(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue
discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining
unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;
(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount
payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to
default by such Person; and
(E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
Default means any event that is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means any
non-cash consideration received by HGI or a Guarantor in
connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated
Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officers certificate
executed by an officer of HGI or such Guarantor at the time of
such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash
Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once
it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be
considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
Disqualified Equity Interests means Equity
Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event
are:
(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of
the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes for
consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
(2) convertible at the option of the holder into
Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity
Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or
exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes shall be
deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such
Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for
the benefit of employees of HGI or its Subsidiaries or by any
such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not
constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may
be required to be repurchased by HGI in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of
such employees termination, death or disability and
(iii) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified
Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders
thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an
asset sale or change of control
occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes if those
provisions:
(A) are no more favorable to the holders than
Limitation on Asset Sales and
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control, and
(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption
pursuant thereto will not be required prior to HGIs
repurchase of the notes as required by the indenture.
Disqualified Stock means Capital Stock
constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
formed under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof.
113
Equity Interests means all Capital Stock and
all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to
purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into
equity.
Equity Offering means a primary offering,
whether by way of private placement or registered offering,
after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of HGI other than an
issuance registered on
Form S-4
or S-8 or
any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee
benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers,
directors or employees.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Property means
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest
in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the
relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to
the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the
Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity
Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of
security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint
venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders
agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture
or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of HGI or any Guarantor in any contract or
license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with
respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such
contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable
law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
(v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists
exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal,
state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are
required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid
over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit
of employees of HGI or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine
from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon
exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien (it being
understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to
make any such determination);
(vii) any
intent-to-use
U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely
during the period in which, the grant of a security interest
therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such
intent-to-use
trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such
time as HGI determines that such Equity Interests should be
pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be
irrevocable) to be made by an officers certificate
delivered by HGI to the Collateral Agent; and
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed
$1 million deposited for the purpose of securing, leases of
office space, furniture or equipment;
provided however that Excluded Property shall
not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the
applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the
UCC (including
Sections 9-406
through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit,
impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional
continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of HGI or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to
become due under any such contract or license (including any
accounts).
Fair
Market Value means:
(i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed
on a national securities exchange or (b) is actively traded
in the
over-the-counter-market
and represents equity in a Person with a market capitalization
of at
114
least $500 million on each trading day in the preceding
60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a)
(i) the sum of the volume weighted
average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20
consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date, divided
by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the number of units
pledged as Collateral;
(ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or
actively traded (other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market
value thereof (defined as the price that would be negotiated in
an arms-length transaction for cash between a willing
buyer and willing seller, neither of which is acting under
compulsion), as determined by a written opinion of a nationally
recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm that is not an Affiliate of HGI; provided
that (i) such written opinion may be based on a desktop
appraisal conducted by such banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end
of the fiscal year for HGI and (ii) the fair market value
thereof determined by such written opinion may be determined as
of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the
applicable fiscal period on which a covenant is required to be
tested (the end of such period being referred to as the
Test Date); and
(iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value
thereof.
The volume weighted average price means the
per share of common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit
size in the case of any security other than common stock)
volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading
Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page for the
<equity> AQR page corresponding to
the ticker for such common stock or unit (or its
equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect
of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the
scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on
such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is
unavailable, the market value of one share of such common stock
(or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any
security other than common stock) on such trading day
determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm
retained for this purpose by the trustee). The volume
weighted average price will be determined without regard
to
after-hours
trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading
session trading hours.
In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above
tested on a date of determination other than in connection with
a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a
covenant, HGI will be permitted to rely on the value as
determined by the written opinion given for the most recently
completed Test Date.
For the avoidance of doubt:
(i) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date even if an asset constituting Collateral
had no value, it shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of
such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed
to have no value for such purpose); and
(ii) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date if an asset constituting Collateral has
a minimum specified value, an appraisal establishing that such
Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall
be sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to
have such minimum specified value for such purpose).
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that
is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America as in effect as of
the Issue Date.
Guarantee means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to
take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided
115
that the term Guarantee does not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term Guarantee used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
Guarantor means each Subsidiary that executes
a supplemental indenture providing for the guaranty of the
payment of the notes, or any successor obligor under its Note
Guaranty pursuant to Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is
released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the indenture.
Hedging Agreement means (i) any interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other
agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or
(ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap
agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates.
Incur and Incurrence
means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur,
create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock.
If any Person becomes a Guarantor on any date after the date of
the indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person
outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by
such Person on such date for purposes of
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of
Equity Interests for purposes of Limitation on
Asset Sales. The accrual of interest, accretion of
original issue discount or payment of interest in kind or the
accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any
Equity Interests, will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
Investment means
(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension
of credit to another Person,
(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of
any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form,
(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds,
notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued
by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as
consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of
services, or
(4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.
Issue Date means the date on which the notes
are originally issued under the indenture.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital
Lease).
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio means the
ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but
only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority
Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that
is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares of
common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. and its successors.
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any
Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash
(including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations to the extent corresponding to, principal, but not
interest, when received in the form of cash, and
(ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration
received when converted to cash), net of
(1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and
other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including
fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and
investment bankers;
(2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale
taking into account the consolidated results of operations of
HGI and its Subsidiaries;
(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority
interests in Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or
(except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt outstanding at
the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the
property or assets sold;
116
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension
and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction
of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against
the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and
(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting
Debt) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within
30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
Note Guaranty means the guaranty of the notes
by a Guarantor pursuant to the indenture.
Obligations means, with respect to any Debt,
all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or
arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect)
for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration,
upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant
to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and
other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt,
including all interest accrued or accruing after the
commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or
similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including,
without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default)
specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the
claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or
proceeding.
Permitted Collateral Liens means:
(1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in
respect of the notes (excluding any additional notes);
(2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu
with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in
respect of the notes and that secure Obligations in respect of
Debt (including any additional notes) Incurred pursuant to
clause (1) or (13) of the definition of Permitted
Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt
(or successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in
part, of any Obligations secured by any Lien referred to in
clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and
(4) Liens on the Collateral of the types described in
clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the
definition of Permitted Liens.
Permitted Holders means
(1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
(2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1),
other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a
company actively engaged in providing goods and services to
unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a
portfolio company; or
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock
of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in
which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in
clauses (1) or (2).
Permitted Liens means
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise
permitted;
(2) Permitted Collateral Liens;
(3) pledges or deposits under workers compensation
laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or
good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts
or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety
bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not
securing Debt;
(4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers,
vendors, warehousemens and mechanics liens, in
each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings;
(5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental
assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
117
(6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not
securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting
from the value of the properties or their use in the operation
of the business of HGI and the Guarantors;
(7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person
becomes a Guarantor, provided such Liens were not created
in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property
of HGI or any other Guarantor;
(8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person
at the time HGI or any Guarantor acquires such property or
Person, including any acquisition by means of a merger or
consolidation with or into HGI or a Guarantor of such Person,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation
thereof and do not extend to any other property of HGI or any
Guarantor;
(9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of HGI or a
Guarantor to HGI or a Guarantor;
(10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such
Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is,
and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on
the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
(11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens
referred to in clauses (1), (7), or (8) in connection with
the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided
that such Lien does not extend to any other property and,
except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted
Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not
increased; and
(12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing
obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding
$5.0 million;
(13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or
sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual
property, in the ordinary course of business;
(14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and
equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$1 million; and
(15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to
clause (14) of Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Equity Interests.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a
partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a
trust or any other entity, including a government or political
subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the
payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or
otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
Qualified Equity Interests means all Equity
Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
Qualified Stock means all Capital Stock of a
Person other than Disqualified Stock.
Registration Rights Agreement means the
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by
and among HGI and the initial purchasers.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and
its successors.
Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, with
respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters
into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person
to the lessor.
Security Documents means (i) the
Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral
Trust Agreement and (iii) the security documents
granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to
secure the Obligations under the notes and the Note Guarantees,
as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.
118
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary,
or group of Subsidiaries, that would , taken together, be a
significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02
(w)(1) or (2) of
Regulation S-X
promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in
effect on the Issue Date.
Stated Maturity means (i) with respect
to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the
final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable
or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of
principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the
fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set
forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including
any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior
to the regularly scheduled date for payment.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of HGI or
any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated in right of payment
to the notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a
written agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person,
any corporation, association or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly
or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole
general partner or the managing partner or the only general
partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise
specified, Subsidiary means a Subsidiary of HGI.
Total Assets means the total assets of HGI
and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the
most recent balance sheet of HGI.
U.S. Government Obligations means
obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by the United States of America or by any agent or
instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and
credit of the United States of America is pledged in support
thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any
Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the
power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other
voting members of the governing body of such Person.
Wholly Owned means, with respect to any
Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of
which (other than any directors qualifying shares) is
owned by HGI and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a
combination thereof).
U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein
(including Exhibit 8.1 hereto), this discussion is the
opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP, our U.S. federal income tax counsel. The following is
a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax
considerations relevant to the exchange of initial notes for
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership
and disposition of exchange notes acquired by United States
Holders and
non-United
States Holders (each as defined below and collectively referred
to as Holders) pursuant to the exchange offer. This
discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all
potential tax effects. The discussion is based on the Code,
U.S. Treasury regulations issued thereunder (Treasury
Regulations), rulings and pronouncements of the Internal
Revenue Service (the IRS) and judicial decisions in
effect or in existence as of the date of this prospectus, all of
which are subject to change at any time or to different
interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in
a manner that could adversely affect a Holder and the continued
validity of this summary. This discussion does not address all
of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be
relevant to a Holder in light of such Holders particular
circumstances (for example, United States Holders subject to the
alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to Holders
subject to special rules, such as certain financial
institutions, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other
pass-through entities, insurance companies, regulated investment
companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities
or currencies, traders in securities, Holders whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations
and persons holding the initial notes or exchange notes
(collectively referred to as notes) as part of a
straddle, hedge, or conversion
transaction within the meaning of Section 1258 of the Code
or other integrated transaction within the meaning of Treasury
119
Regulations
Section 1.1275-6.
Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign
tax laws, or U.S. federal gift and estate tax law is not
discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as
capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code.
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS
with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no
assurance that the IRS will not take a different position
concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of initial notes
for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and ownership
or disposition of the exchange notes acquired by Holders
pursuant to the exchange offer or that any such position would
not be sustained.
If an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal
income tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) will depend
on the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities
of the entity. Such partner (or other owner) should consult its
tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the entity purchasing,
owning and disposing of the notes.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors
with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed
below to their particular situations as well as the application
of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift
and estate tax laws.
United
States Holders
This section applies to United States Holders. A
United States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident alien of the United States as determined
for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia,
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source, or
|
|
|
|
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or
more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election
in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Exchange
Offer
Exchanging an initial note for an exchange note will not be
treated as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Consequently, United States Holders will not recognize
gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note. The holding
period for an exchange note will include the holding period for
the initial note and the initial basis in an exchange note will
be the same as the adjusted basis in the initial note.
Payments
upon Optional Redemption, Change of Control or Other
Circumstances
In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in
excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes, or
to pay the full principal amount of some or all of the exchange
notes before their stated maturity date. These features of the
exchange notes may implicate the provisions of the Treasury
Regulations governing contingent payment debt
instruments. A debt instrument is not subject to these
provisions, however, if, at the date of its issuance, there is
only a remote chance that contingencies affecting
the instruments yield to maturity will occur. We believe
that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make payments
in amounts or at times that affect the exchange notes
yield to maturity is remote, and we do not intend to treat the
exchange notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our
determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on
a United States Holder unless such United States Holder
discloses its contrary position in the manner required by
applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not,
however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge
this determination, a United States Holder might be required to
accrue income on its exchange notes in excess of stated interest
and original issue discount otherwise includible and to treat as
ordinary income rather than as capital gain any income realized
120
on the taxable disposition of an exchange note before the
resolution of the contingencies. The remainder of this summary
assumes that the exchange notes will not be subject to the
Treasury Regulations governing contingent payment debt
instruments.
Interest
Absent an election to the contrary (see
Original Issue Discount Election
to treat all interest as original issue discount, below),
qualified stated interest (QSI) on the exchange
notes will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary
income at the time it is received or accrued, in accordance with
such United States Holders method of tax accounting. We
expect the regular interest payments made on the exchange notes
to be treated as QSI. An interest payment on a debt instrument
is QSI if it is one of a series of stated interest payments on a
debt instrument that are unconditionally payable at least
annually at a single fixed rate, applied to the outstanding
principal amount of the debt instrument.
Original
Issue Discount
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(OID), the exchange notes should be treated as
having been issued with OID. The following is a summary of the
OID rules and their application to the exchange notes.
A United States Holder will be required to include OID in gross
income (as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as it accrues (regardless of its method of accounting
for U.S. federal income tax purposes), which may be in
advance of receipt of the cash attributable to that income. OID
accrues under the constant-yield method, based on a compounded
yield to maturity, as described below. Accordingly, a United
States Holder will be required to include in income increasingly
greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods, unless the
accrual periods vary in length (as described below).
The amount of OID a United States Holder must include in income
each taxable year will equal the sum of the daily
portions of the OID with respect to an exchange note for
all days on which such holder owns the exchange note during the
taxable year. A United States Holder determines the daily
portions of OID by allocating to each day in an accrual
period the pro rata portion of the OID that is allocable
to that accrual period. The term accrual period
means an interval of time with respect to which the accrual of
OID is measured and which may vary in length over the term of an
exchange note provided that each accrual period is no longer
than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or
interest occurs on either the first or last day of an accrual
period.
The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period will be the
excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
the product of the adjusted issue price of the
exchange note at the beginning of the accrual period and its
yield to maturity, over
|
|
|
|
the aggregate amount of any QSI allocable to the accrual period.
|
All of the stated interest on the exchange notes should
constitute QSI. The adjusted issue price of an exchange note at
the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price,
and, on any day thereafter, it is the sum of the issue price and
the amount of OID previously included in gross income, reduced
by the amount of any payment (other than a payment of QSI)
previously made on the exchange note. If an interval between
payments of QSI on an exchange note contains more than one
accrual period, then, when a United States Holder determines the
amount of OID allocable to an accrual period, such holder must
allocate the amount of QSI payable at the end of the interval,
including any QSI that is payable on the first day of the
accrual period immediately following the interval, pro rata to
each accrual period in the interval based on their relative
lengths. In addition, a United States Holder must increase the
adjusted issue price at the beginning of each accrual period in
the interval by the amount of any QSI that has accrued prior to
the first day of the accrual period but that is not payable
until the end of the interval. If all accrual periods are of
equal length except for a shorter initial
and/or final
accrual period, a United States Holder can compute the amount of
OID allocable to the initial period using any reasonable method;
however, the OID allocable to the final accrual period will
121
always be the difference between the amount payable at maturity
(other than a payment of QSI) and the adjusted issue price at
the beginning of the final accrual period.
Election to treat all interest as original issue
discount. A United States Holder may elect to
include in gross income all interest that accrues on its
exchange note using the constant-yield method described above,
with the modifications described below.
If a United States Holder makes this election for its exchange
note, then, when such holder applies the constant-yield method:
|
|
|
|
|
the issue price of the exchange note will equal such
holders initial basis in the exchange note,
|
|
|
|
the issue date of the exchange note will be the date such holder
acquired the initial note, and
|
|
|
|
no payments on the exchange note will be treated as payments of
QSI.
|
This election will apply only to the exchange note for which
such election is made by a United States Holder; however, if the
exchange note has bond premium (described below under
Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond
Premium Bond Premium), a United States Holder
will be deemed to have made an election to apply amortizable
bond premium against interest for all debt instruments with
amortizable bond premium (other than debt instruments the
interest on which is excludible from gross income) that such
holder holds at the beginning of the taxable year to which the
election applies or any taxable year thereafter. Additionally,
if a United States Holders makes this election for a market
discount note, such holder will be treated as having made the
election discussed below under Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount to include market discount in income
currently over the life of all debt instruments that you hold at
the time of the election or acquire thereafter. A United States
Holder may not revoke an election to apply the constant-yield
method to all interest on an exchange note without the consent
of the IRS.
Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than its revised issue price, the amount of
the difference should be treated as market discount for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any market discount
applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange
note received in exchange therefor. The amount of any market
discount will be treated as de minimis and disregarded if it is
less than one-quarter of one percent of the revised issue price
of the initial note, multiplied by the number of complete years
to maturity. For this purpose, the revised issue
price of an initial note equals the issue price of the
initial note, increased by the amount of any OID previously
accrued on the initial note (without regard to the amortization
of any acquisition premium). Although the Code does not
expressly so provide, the revised issue price of the initial
note is decreased by the amount of any payments previously made
on the initial note (other than payments of qualified stated
interest). The rules described below do not apply to a United
States Holder if such holder purchased an initial note that has
de minimis market discount.
Under the market discount rules, a United States Holder is
required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the
sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of, an exchange
note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market
discount (on the initial note or the exchange note) that has not
previously been included in income. If a United States Holder
disposes of an exchange note in an otherwise nontaxable
transaction (other than certain specified nonrecognition
transactions), such holder will be required to include any
accrued market discount as ordinary income as if such holder had
sold the exchange note at its then fair market value. In
addition, such holder may be required to defer, until the
maturity of the exchange note or its earlier disposition in a
taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest
expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or
carry the initial note or the exchange note received in exchange
therefor.
Market discount accrues ratably during the period from the date
on which such holder acquired the initial note through the
maturity date of the exchange note (for which the initial note
was exchanged), unless such
122
holder makes an irrevocable election to accrue market discount
under a constant yield method. Such holder may elect to include
market discount in income currently as it accrues (either
ratably or under the constant-yield method), in which case the
rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions
will not apply. If such holder elects to include market discount
in income currently, such holders adjusted basis in an
exchange note will be increased by any market discount included
in income. An election to include market discount currently will
apply to all market discount obligations acquired during or
after the first taxable year in which the election is made, and
the election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
If a United States Holder makes the election described
above in Original Issue Discount
Election to treat all interest as OID for a market
discount note, such holder would be treated as having made an
election to include market discount in income currently under a
constant yield method, as discussed in this paragraph.
Acquisition Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than
qualified stated interest) payable on the initial note after the
purchase date but is greater than the adjusted issue price of
such initial note, the excess is acquisition premium. Any
acquisition premium applicable to an initial note should carry
over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If such
holder does not elect to include all interest income on the
exchange notes in gross income under the constant yield method
(see Original Issue Discount
Election to Treat All Interest as OID, above), such
holders accruals of OID will be reduced by a fraction
equal to (i) the excess of such holders adjusted
basis in the initial note immediately after the purchase over
the adjusted issue price of the initial note, divided by
(ii) the excess of the sum of all amounts payable (other
than qualified stated interest) on the initial note after the
purchase date over the adjusted issue price of the initial note.
Bond Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount in
excess of its principal amount, the excess will be treated as
bond premium. Any bond premium applicable to an initial note
should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange
therefor. Such holder may elect to amortize bond premium over
the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield
method. In such case, such holder will reduce the amount
required to be included in income each year with respect to
interest on such holders exchange note by the amount of
amortizable bond premium allocable to that year. The election,
once made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS and
applies to all taxable bonds held during the taxable year for
which the election is made or subsequently acquired. If such
holder elected to amortize bond premium on an initial note, such
election should carry over to the exchange note received in
exchange therefor. If such holder does not make this election,
such holder will be required to include in gross income the full
amount of interest on the exchange note in accordance with such
holders regular method of tax accounting, and will include
the premium in such holders tax basis for the exchange
note for purposes of computing the amount of such holders
gain or loss recognized on the taxable disposition of the
exchange note. United States Holders should consult their own
tax advisors concerning the computation and amortization of any
bond premium on the exchange note.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
A United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of
an exchange note equal to the difference, if any, between the
amount realized upon the disposition (less any portion allocable
to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as
ordinary income to the extent not previously included in such
holders income) and the United States Holders
adjusted tax basis in the exchange note at the time of
disposition. A United States Holders adjusted tax basis in
an exchange note will be the price such holder paid for the
initial note, increased by any OID and market discount
previously included in gross income and reduced (but not below
zero) by amortized bond premium and payments, if any, such
holder previously received other than QSI payments. This gain or
loss will be a capital gain or loss (except to the extent of
accrued interest not previously includible in income or to the
extent the market discount rules require the recognition of
ordinary income) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if
the United States Holder has held the exchange note for more
than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term
capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate
United States Holders,
123
including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of
ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject
to limitations.
Medicare
Contribution Tax on Unearned Income
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8%
Medicare tax will be imposed on the lesser of the net
investment income or the amount by which modified adjusted
gross income exceeds a threshold amount, in either case, of
United States Holders that are individuals, estates and trusts.
Net investment income includes, among other things, interest
income not derived from the conduct of a nonpassive trade or
business. Payments of interest and accruals of OID on the
exchange notes are expected to constitute net investment income.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting requirements will apply to United States
Holders that are not exempt recipients, such as corporations,
with respect to certain payments of interest on the exchange
notes, accruals of OID on the exchange notes and the proceeds of
disposition (including a retirement or redemption of an exchange
note). In addition, a United States Holder other than certain
exempt recipients may be subject to backup
withholding on the receipt of certain payments on the
exchange notes if such holder:
|
|
|
|
|
fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
(TIN), which for an individual is ordinarily his or
her social security number,
|
|
|
|
is notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding,
|
|
|
|
fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has
furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the
United States Holder that it is subject to backup
withholding, or
|
|
|
|
otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements of the
backup withholding rules.
|
United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors
regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup
withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption,
if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and
taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their
U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as
long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders
This section applies to
non-United
States Holders. A
non-United
States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is not a
United States Holder and that is an individual, corporation (or
other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal
income tax purposes), estate or trust.
Exchange
Offer
Non-United
States Holders should not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of
an exchange note in exchange for an initial note pursuant to the
exchange offer.
Interest
Payments
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected
income and backup withholding, interest paid to a
non-United
States Holder on an exchange note (which, for purposes of the
non-United
States Holder discussion, includes any accrued OID) will not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax,
provided that such
non-United
States Holder meets the following requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
Such holder does not own, actually or constructively, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock constituting 10% or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our
stock entitled to vote.
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly,
to us through equity ownership.
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not a bank receiving interest on an extension of
credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of its trade or business.
|
|
|
|
Such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
certifying its
non-U.S. status.
|
The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for
the exception from withholding described above will be subject
to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless
(i) such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an
applicable tax treaty, or (ii) such interest is effectively
connected with such holders conduct of a U.S. trade
or business and such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a
non-United
States Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax or withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange note unless:
|
|
|
|
|
such holder is an individual present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder will
be subject to a 30% tax (or a lower applicable treaty rate) with
respect to such gain (offset by certain U.S. source capital
losses), or
|
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with such holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, in
which case such holder will be subject to tax as described below
under Effectively Connected Income.
|
Any amounts in respect of accrued interest recognized on the
sale or exchange of an exchange note will not be subject to
U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the sale or exchange
is part of a plan the principal purpose of which is to avoid tax
and the withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know
of such plan.
Effectively
Connected Income
If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is
effectively connected with a
non-United States
Holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such
holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the
interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if
such holder were a United States Holder, unless an
applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. The interest or
gain in respect of the exchange notes would be exempt from
U.S. withholding tax if such holder claims the exemption by
providing a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
In addition, if such holder is a foreign corporation, such
holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax on its
effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year,
subject to certain adjustments, at a rate of 30% unless reduced
or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report to the IRS and
to a
non-United
States Holder any payments to such holder in respect of payments
of interest and accruals of OID during the taxable year. Under
current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax
will not apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent
on an exchange note to a
non-United
States Holder, if such holder provides us with a properly
competed IRS
Form W-8BEN,
provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not
have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a
U.S. person.
Payments pursuant to the sale, exchange or other disposition of
exchange notes, made to or through a foreign office of a foreign
broker, other than payments in respect of interest, will not be
subject to information reporting and backup withholding;
provided that information reporting may apply if the foreign
broker has certain connections to the United States, unless the
beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties
of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Payments made to or
125
through a foreign office of a U.S. broker will not be
subject to backup withholding, but are subject to information
reporting unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note
certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a
U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Payments to or through a U.S. office of a broker, however,
are subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
unless the beneficial owner of the exchange notes certifies,
under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person,
or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts
withheld from a payment to a
non-United States
Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
credit against such holders U.S. federal income tax
liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that
the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding
application of withholding and backup withholding in their
particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure
for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup
withholding under current Treasury Regulations.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for initial
notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market
making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act
and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resales, offers to resell or other transfers of the exchange
notes received by it in connection with the exchange offer.
Accordingly, each such broker-dealer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange
notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes
where such initial notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. We have
agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration
of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to
or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer
and/or the
purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer
that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may
be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange
notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other
information with the SEC in accordance with the requirements of
the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document we file
with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room,
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Copies of these reports, proxy statements and information may be
obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information
126
on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the
SEC maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements
and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that
file electronically with the SEC. The address of this web site
is
http://www.sec.gov.
Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy
of the indenture without charge by writing to Harbinger Group
Inc., Attn.: Chief Financial Officer, 450 Park Avenue,
27th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New
York, New York, will opine that the exchange notes are binding
obligations of the registrant.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of HGI as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss),
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus,
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such
financial statements have been so included in reliance on the
report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009
(Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity (deficit) and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended
September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period
October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), the financial
statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010,
have been included in this registration statement and prospectus
in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
KPMG LLPs reports refer to Spectrum Brands emergence
from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009 and adoption
of fresh start reporting on August 30, 2009, resulting in
the Successor Companys consolidated financial statements
prior to August 30, 2009 not being comparable to its
consolidated financial statements for periods on or after
August 30, 2009. KPMG LLPs reports also refer to the
Successor Companys change to the measurement date of
accounting for pension and other post retirement on
September 30, 2009.
127
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
A. HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
|
|
B. SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
|
|
F-1
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009(A)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
141,672
|
|
|
|
144,414
|
|
Long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,452
|
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
9,345
|
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,727
|
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
10,243
|
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(10,223
|
)
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,940
|
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Derived and condensed from the audited consolidated financial
statements as of December 31, 2009. |
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-2
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(2,332
|
)
|
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
7,336
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(1,326
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
1,912
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(416
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
|
(1,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(124,514
|
)
|
|
|
(24,041
|
)
|
Maturities of investments
|
|
|
94,538
|
|
|
|
11,989
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
Other investing activities
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(30,242
|
)
|
|
|
(12,094
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(41,965
|
)
|
|
|
(13,510
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
129,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
|
|
Note 1.
|
Basis of
Presentation
|
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
included herein have been prepared by Harbinger Group Inc.
(which, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is referred
to as the Company) pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the
opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of such
information. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring
nature except for the adjustments to income taxes disclosed in
Note 5. Although the Company believes that the disclosures
are adequate to make the information presented not misleading,
certain information and footnote disclosures, including a
description of significant accounting policies normally included
in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America,
have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and
regulations. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was
derived and condensed from audited financial statements, but
does not include all disclosures required by accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in
the Companys 2009 Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 9, 2010. The results of operations for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily
indicative of the results for any subsequent periods or the
entire fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period
financial information to conform to the current presentation.
Specifically, the Company condensed Non-trade
receivables into Prepaid expenses and other current
assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and
condensed the change in Other receivables into the
change in Prepaid expenses and other current assets
in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury investments as
held-to-maturity
and, accordingly, their carrying amounts represent amortized
cost, which is original cost adjusted for the amortization of
premiums and discounts, plus accrued interest. The accrued
interest receivable is included in Prepaid expenses and
other current assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
F-5
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the
Companys financial instruments for which the disclosure of
fair values is required were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
70,043
|
|
|
$
|
70,041
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
127,593
|
|
|
$
|
127,591
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
15,536
|
|
|
|
15,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
85,971
|
|
|
$
|
85,969
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
127,930
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents, at cost
|
|
|
85,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills and Notes
|
|
|
54,033
|
|
|
|
54,005
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
54,033
|
|
|
$
|
54,005
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
$
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and investments
|
|
$
|
139,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30
|
)
|
|
$
|
151,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects that none of the gross unrecognized losses
aggregating $30,000 as of September 30, 2010 will be
realized since the Company has the intent and ability to hold
its U.S. Treasury investments to maturity. All short-term
investments will mature in less than one year.
F-6
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 3.
|
Comprehensive
Loss
|
The components of comprehensive loss are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax of $0 and $231
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(12,919
|
)
|
|
|
(9,259
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to the
noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(12,916
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4.
|
Net Loss
Per Common Share Information
|
Net loss per common share basic is
computed by dividing Net loss attributable to Harbinger
Group Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding. Net loss per common share
diluted for the nine months ended September 30, 2010
and September 30, 2009 was the same as Net loss per
common share basic as the Company reported a
net loss and, therefore, the effect of all potentially dilutive
securities on the net loss would have been anti-dilutive.
As of September 30, 2010, there were 508,600 potential
common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options
excluded from the calculation of Net loss per common
share diluted because their impact would be
anti-dilutive due to the Companys net loss for the period.
Those stock options had a weighted average exercise price of
$5.62 per share.
The effective tax benefit rate for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 was 5%. The benefit from income taxes
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 principally
represents the restoration in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000
of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with
the change in control of the Company in the third quarter of
2009 and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest and
penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets
relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable
to the extent the Company settles its uncertain tax positions
for which it had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and
$35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result,
the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have
no net effect on the Companys future provision for (or
benefit from) income taxes.
In the third quarter of 2009, the Company wrote off
$8.2 million of deferred tax assets. This resulted from the
Companys ownership change that, pursuant to
Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, limits
its ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and
alternative minimum tax credits.
Due to the Companys cumulative losses in recent years, it
determined that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation
allowance was still required for all of its deferred tax assets
other than its refundable alternative minimum tax credits and
the balance of deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly,
the Company does not expect to record any future benefit from
income taxes until it is more likely than not that some or all
of its remaining net operating loss carryforwards will be
realizable.
As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the
Company had $366,000 and $732,000, respectively, of aggregate
unrecognized tax benefits classified within Other
liabilities. The decrease of $366,000 during the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 resulted from the
expiration in the third quarter of 2010 of the statute of
limitations for certain unrecognized tax benefits. This was
effectively offset by a
F-7
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$366,000 reduction of deferred tax assets which, as described
above, had been restored in the first quarter of 2010.
|
|
Note 6.
|
Pension
Liabilities
|
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering certain current and
former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was
frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully
vested in their benefits.
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension
plan (the Supplemental Plan) which provides
supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior
executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal
the difference between the amounts received under the Pension
Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension
Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations
upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective
December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
The Company plans to make no contributions to its Pension Plan
during 2010. However, based on the currently enacted minimum
pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects to make
contributions during 2011. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the
Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan.
The components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(771
|
)
|
|
|
(726
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
671
|
|
|
$
|
759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value measurements of net periodic benefit costs are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
Fair Value(A)
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
$
|
7,021
|
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
1,456
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
6,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity
and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. Each
collective trusts valuation is based on its calculation of
net asset value per share reflecting the fair value of its
underlying investments. Since each of these collective trusts
allows redemptions at net asset value per share at the
measurement date, its valuation is categorized as a Level 2
fair value measurement. |
F-8
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 7:
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Legal
and Environmental Matters
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against the Company in the
Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York,
seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity
entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the
discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for
payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers
compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which
were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by
Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of
indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutuals claim
is unclear, it appears it is claiming approximately
$0.5 million, including approximately $0.2 million
relating to the workers compensation bond and approximately
$0.3 million relating to the reclamation bonds.
In 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford International
Inc. (Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement of
approximately $0.2 million in connection with the
investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made
under an indemnification provision provided by the Company to
Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to
alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on
the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has
also advised the Company that Weatherford anticipates that
further remediation and cleanup may be required, although
Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost
of any such future clean up. The Company has challenged any
responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes
that it has meritorious defenses to the claim, including that
the alleged contamination occurred after the sale of the
property, and intends to vigorously defend against it.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is
involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its
current and prior businesses. These include multiple complaints
in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal
multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to
asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly
owned or operated by the Companys offshore drilling and
bulk-shipping affiliates. The Company has aggregate reserves for
its legal and environmental matters of approximately
$0.3 million at both September 30, 2010 and
December 31, 2009. Although the outcome of these matters
cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these matters may
be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on currently
available information, including legal defenses available to the
Company, and given the aforementioned reserves and related
insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the
outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a
material effect on its financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into
indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with
customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and,
in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the
Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or
were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities.
Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is
not precisely known due to the extensive history of past
operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these
indemnifications have not been material to the Companys
financial statements. The Company has no reason to believe that
future costs to settle claims related to its former operations
will have a material impact on its financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
Effective March 1, 2010, the Company entered into a
management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC
(Harbinger Capital), an affiliate of the Company,
whereby Harbinger Capital may provide
F-9
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
advisory and consulting services to the Company. The Company has
agreed to reimburse Harbinger Capital for its
out-of-pocket
expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and
accounting personnel of Harbinger Capital under the agreement.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company
did not accrue any costs related to this agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Company entered into a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement) with Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the
Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., a Cayman Islands
exempted company (collectively, the Harbinger
Parties). The Harbinger Parties are our principal
stockholders and are affiliates of Harbinger Capital.
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Company will issue an
aggregate of 119,909,830 shares of its common stock to the
Harbinger Parties in exchange for an aggregate of
27,756,905 shares of common stock (the SB Holdings
Contributed Shares), $0.01 par value per share (the
SB Holdings common stock), of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), owned by the Harbinger Parties (the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition), or approximately 54.4%
of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock (approximately 54.1%
on a fully diluted basis). The exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00
was based on the respective volume weighted average trading
prices of the Companys common stock ($6.33) and SB
Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the New York Stock Exchange
(the NYSE) for the 30 trading days from and
including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13,
2010, the day the Company received the Harbinger Parties
proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
SB Holdings is a global consumer products company and a leading
supplier of batteries, shaving and grooming products, personal
care products, small household appliances, specialty pet
supplies, lawn & garden and home pest control
products, personal insect repellents and portable lighting.
Included in its portfolio of brands are
Rayovac®,
Remington®,
Varta®,
George
Foreman®,
Black&Decker
Home®,
Toastmaster®,
Tetra®,
Marineland®,
Natures
Miracle®,
Dingo®,
8-in-1
®,
Littermaid®,
Spectracide®,
Cutter®,
Repel®,
and
HotShot®.
The Harbinger Parties currently own 9,950,061 shares of the
Companys common stock, or approximately 51.6% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company, and
34,256,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock.
The consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition will result
in the following: (i) the Harbinger Parties will together
own approximately 93.3% of the Companys outstanding common
stock; (ii) SB Holdings will become the Companys
majority-owned subsidiary and its results will be consolidated
with the Companys results in its financial statements;
(iii) the Company will own approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or 54.1% of the fully
diluted shares; (iv) Harbinger Master Fund will own
approximately 12.7% of the outstanding and fully diluted shares
of SB Holdings common stock; and (v) the remaining 32.9% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or approximately 32.7%
of the fully diluted shares, will continue to be owned by
stockholders of SB Holdings who are not affiliated with the
Harbinger Parties. SB Holdings common stock will continue to be
traded on the NYSE under the symbol SPB following
the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
On September 10, 2010, a special committee of the
Companys board of directors (the Committee),
consisting solely of directors who have been determined by the
Companys board of directors to be independent under the
NYSE rules, unanimously determined that the Exchange Agreement
and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are advisable to, and in the
best interests of, the Company and its stockholders (other than
the Harbinger Parties), approved the Exchange Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby, and recommended that the
Companys board of directors approve the Exchange Agreement
and the Companys stockholders approve the issuance of the
Companys common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Companys board of
directors (based in part on the unanimous approval and
F-10
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
recommendation of the Committee) unanimously determined that the
Exchange Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are
advisable to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its
stockholders (other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the
Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby,
and recommended that the Companys stockholders approve the
issuance of its common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties, who held a
majority of the Companys outstanding common stock on that
date, approved the issuance of the Companys common stock
pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by written consent in lieu of
a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is subject to the following
closing conditions, in addition to other customary closing
conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
approval of the issuance of shares of the Companys common
stock to the Harbinger Parties under the Exchange Agreement by
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the
Companys common stock (this condition has been satisfied);
|
|
|
|
the filing of an information statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC) and the mailing of the
information statement to the Companys stockholders at
least 20 calendar days prior to the consummation of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition;
|
|
|
|
approval for the listing on the NYSE of shares of the
Companys common stock to be issued under the Exchange
Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the expiration of the waiting period under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976;
|
|
|
|
the SB Holdings Contributed Shares must represent at least 52.0%
of SB Holdings outstanding common stock as of the closing date
of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition calculated on a fully diluted
basis;
|
|
|
|
each Harbinger Partys delivery of a certificate to the
Company with respect to the tax treatment of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition applicable to the Harbinger Parties;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties delivery to the Company of a certain
Lock-Up
Letter (as defined); and
|
|
|
|
the Company Registration Rights Agreement, as executed by the
Company, and the SB Holdings Stockholder Agreement, as joined by
the Company (each as defined), remaining in full force and
effect.
|
The shares of the Companys common stock to be issued to
the Harbinger Parties pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and the
SB Holdings Contributed Shares to be contributed to the Company
will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act). These shares will be
restricted securities under the Securities Act. The Company may
not be able to sell the SB Holdings Contributed Shares and the
Harbinger Parties may not be able to sell their shares of the
Companys common stock acquired under the Exchange
Agreement, except pursuant to: (i) an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
resale of those shares, (ii) Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which requires a specified holding period and
limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) any other
applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when
the financial statements were issued. During this period, the
Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent
events; however the Company did have unrecognized subsequent
events as described below:
On October 8, 2010, the Company filed a Current Report on
Form 8-K
disclosing that it received an offer from the Harbinger Master
Fund (i) to assign to the Company the Harbinger Master
Funds rights to acquire
F-11
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc. and (ii) to
transfer to the Company the Harbinger Master Funds
interest in Front Street Re, Ltd. (together, the Insurance
Transaction). After further discussing financing
alternatives and the Insurance Transaction as currently
proposed, the Company and the Master Fund determined not to
proceed with the Insurance Transaction by the Company. The
parties may reconsider the Insurance Transaction by the Company
on different terms in the future, but there is no proposal at
this time and there can be no assurance that there will be an
alternate proposal in the future.
On November 5, 2010, the Company priced $350 million
aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% senior secured
notes due 2015 (the Notes). The Notes will be sold
in a private placement pursuant to Rule 144A and
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
subject to market and other conditions. The Notes will be issued
at a price equal to 98.587% of the principal amount thereof. The
Company expects the offering to close on November 15, 2010,
subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. The
Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for
general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and
other investments. The net proceeds of the offering will be held
in a segregated escrow account until consummation of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition. If the escrow conditions are not
fulfilled by March 31, 2011, the Company will redeem the
Notes at the issue price of the Notes, plus accrued yield and
accrued and unpaid interest.
F-12
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group, Inc.
Rochester, NY
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009
and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
Rochester, New York
February 26, 2010
F-13
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
Short-term investments (Note 4)
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
11,965
|
|
Non-trade receivables (Notes 4 and 5)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 10)
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
144,414
|
|
|
|
155,045
|
|
Long-term investments (Note 5)
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $7
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets (Note 10)
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
8,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
$
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities (Note 6)
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Pension liabilities (Note 12)
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
|
|
2,904
|
|
Other liabilities (Note 7)
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
5,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity (Note 8):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par; 10,000,000 and
1,600,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively; none issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference stock, $.01 par; 0 and 14,400,000 shares
authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2008; none issued or
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par, 500,000,000 and
132,000,000 shares authorized; 19,284,850 and
24,708,414 shares issued; and 19,284,850 and
19,276,334 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
|
|
37,192
|
|
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 0 and
5,432,080 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 12)
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
|
|
158,814
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
$
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-14
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative (Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14)
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
7,681
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
8,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
4,863
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes (Note 10)
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
(Note 2)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic and diluted
(Note 9)
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
19,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
19,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-15
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,550
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Taxes paid in connection with stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
8,542
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trade receivables
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
2,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(28,065
|
)
|
|
|
(302,064
|
)
|
|
|
(288,564
|
)
|
Maturities of investments
|
|
|
16,039
|
|
|
|
305,118
|
|
|
|
288,744
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
|
3,443
|
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
139,251
|
|
|
|
136,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
|
$
|
139,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
1,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-16
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Held in
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Controlling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
24,617
|
|
|
$
|
246
|
|
|
$
|
164,454
|
|
|
$
|
34,653
|
|
|
$
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,417
|
)
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
159,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,550
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
|
|
37,204
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
|
(7,934
|
)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
162,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,286
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
|
|
37,192
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
Treasury stock retirement (Note 8)
|
|
|
(5,432
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(31,614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,052
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,049
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
19,285
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
132,638
|
|
|
$
|
23,848
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-17
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
Note 1.
|
Business
and Organization
|
Harbinger Group Inc. (which, together with its consolidated
subsidiaries, is referred to as the Company) is a
holding company with approximately $151.9 million in
consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments at
December 31, 2009. The Companys principal focus is to
identify and evaluate business combinations or acquisitions of
businesses. The Company currently owns 98% of Zap.Com
Corporation (Zap.Com), a public shell company that
may seek assets or businesses to acquire.
On December 23, 2009, the Company completed a
reincorporation merger with Zapata Corporation (the
Reincorporation Merger). As a result, the
Companys name changed from Zapata Corporation to Harbinger
Group Inc. and the Company changed its domicile from the State
of Nevada to the State of Delaware. See Note 8.
On July 9, 2009, Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd. (Master Fund), Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (Global Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Special Situations Fund and together with the
Master Fund and Global Fund, the Companys Principal
Stockholders) purchased 9,937,962 shares, or 51.6%,
of the Companys common stock (the 2009 Change of
Control). The Companys Principal Stockholders
subsequently purchased 12,099 additional shares of the
Companys common stock.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Harbinger Group Inc., its 98% owned subsidiary, Zap.Com,
and certain wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries and are
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting
guidance which changed the accounting and reporting for minority
interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Under the new guidance,
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the Company are classified as a component of equity in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets titled Noncontrolling
interest. The Consolidated Statements of Operations
include the line items Net (loss) income, which
represents net (loss) income attributable to both the Company
and the noncontrolling interest in Zap.Com, Net loss
attributable to the noncontrolling interest and Net
(loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc., which
is the same amount as would be reported under the prior
definition of Net income (loss). In addition, prior
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the
requirements of the new guidance.
The Company follows the accounting guidance which establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The
Company has determined that it does not have any separately
reportable operating segments.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company principally invests its excess cash in
U.S. Government instruments. All highly liquid investments
with original maturities of three months or less are considered
to be cash equivalents.
Investments
A portion of the Companys investments are held in
U.S. Government instruments with maturities greater than
three months. As the Company has both the intent and the ability
to hold these securities to maturity,
F-18
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
they are considered
held-to-maturity
investments. Such investments are recorded at original cost plus
accrued interest, which is included in Non-trade
receivables.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion
of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent
uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results in
future periods could differ from these estimates.
The Companys significant estimates which are susceptible
to change in the near term relate to (1) estimates of
reserves for litigation and environmental reserves (see
Note 11), (2) recognition of deferred tax assets and
related valuation allowances (see Note 10), and
(3) assumptions used in the actuarial valuations for
defined benefit plans (see Note 12).
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk include the Companys cash,
cash equivalents and investments. These funds are currently
concentrated among three financial institutions; however, the
majority of the Companys funds are invested in
U.S. Government Treasuries, backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, which are held by these
financial institutions on behalf of the Company.
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have not yet
been adopted that the Company believes may have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
In addition to the retrospective reclassifications made in
connection with the Companys adoption of the new
accounting guidance for noncontrolling interests disclosed under
Consolidation above, certain other reclassifications
have been made to prior year financial information to conform to
the current year presentation. Specifically, in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for 2008 and 2007, the change in
prepaid pension cost was previously classified within the change
in Other assets and is now classified within the
change in Pension liabilities.
F-19
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Subsequent
Events
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when
the financial statements were issued.
|
|
Note 3.
|
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
|
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The
Companys cash and cash equivalents at December 31,
2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
127,593
|
|
|
$
|
127,591
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
127,930
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, amortized cost shown above
included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the
Companys Treasury Bills were 0.00% at December 31,
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
142,680
|
|
|
$
|
142,675
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
|
$
|
142,689
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, amortized cost shown above
included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the
Companys Treasury Bills ranged from -0.10% to 0.00% at
December 31, 2008.
|
|
Note 4.
|
Short-Term
Investments
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately 10 months.
Interest rates on the Companys short-term investments
ranged from 0.38% to 0.62% at December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss) Gain
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
7,949
|
|
|
$
|
7,905
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
|
8,007
|
|
|
|
8,011
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
$
|
15,916
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately six months.
Interest rates on the Companys short-term investments
ranged from 1.70% to 2.05% at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss) Gain
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
8,009
|
|
|
$
|
7,976
|
|
|
$
|
(33
|
)
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
|
4,031
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
12,040
|
|
|
$
|
12,008
|
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5.
|
Long-Term
Investments
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately 1.3 years.
Interest rates on the Companys long-term investments
ranged from 0.44% to 0.60% at December 31, 2009. The
Company held no long-term investments at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6. Accrued
and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
$
|
578
|
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Legal and environmental reserves
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Salary and benefits
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Retirement agreement
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Pension accrual
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Director and committee fees
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal and state income taxes
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,874
|
|
|
$
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 7.
|
Other
Liabilities
|
Other liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Retirement agreement
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
Other
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,100
|
|
|
$
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On November 3, 2009, the Companys board of directors
and Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger
of Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a Nevada
corporation, with and into its newly formed wholly-owned
subsidiary, Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation. The
Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger by
written consent in lieu of a meeting. On December 23, 2009,
the Company completed the Reincorporation Merger and the Company
effectively changed its name to Harbinger Group Inc. and changed
its domicile from the State of Nevada to the State of Delaware.
In connection with the Reincorporation Merger, stockholders
received one share of common stock of Harbinger Group Inc. for
each share of Zapata common stock owned at the effective date of
the Reincorporation Merger.
Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reincorporation
Merger, the Companys authorized capital stock consisted of
1,600,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per
share, 14,400,000 shares of preference stock, par value
$0.01 per share and 132,000,000 shares of common stock, of
which 19,284,850 shares were outstanding and
5,432,080 shares were held in treasury. No preferred stock
or preference stock was issued or outstanding.
At the time of the Reincorporation Merger and at
December 31, 2009, the Companys authorized capital
stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and
500,000,000 shares of common stock. The board of directors
has the right to set the dividend, voting, conversion,
liquidation and other rights, as well as the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions, with respect to the preferred
stock. As of December 23, 2009 and giving effect to the
Reincorporation Merger, the Company had 19,284,850 shares
of common stock issued and outstanding, with no shares held in
treasury, and no preferred stock issued or outstanding. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had 480,715,150 shares
of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
available for issuance.
In December 2002, the board of directors authorized the purchase
of up to 4.0 million shares of its outstanding common stock
in the open market or privately negotiated transactions. No
shares were repurchased under this authorization and the board
of directors terminated this authorization on November 3,
2009.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Net
(Loss) Income Per Common Share Information
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic
is computed by dividing Net (loss) income by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Net
loss per common share diluted for 2009 and
2008 was the same as Net loss per common share
basic since the Company reported a net loss and therefore,
the effect of all potentially dilutive securities on the net
loss would have been antidilutive. Net income per common
share diluted for 2007 was computed by
dividing Net income by the weighted average number
of shares plus the potential common share effect of dilutive
stock options computed using the treasury stock method.
F-22
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table details the potential common shares excluded
from the calculation of Net (loss) income per common
share diluted because the associated exercise
prices were greater than the average market price of the
Companys common stock, or because their impact would be
antidilutive due to the Companys net loss for the period
(in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Potential common shares excluded from the calculation of
Net (loss) income per common share
diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Weighted average exercise price per share
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
|
$
|
9.79
|
|
Note 10. Income
Taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(662
|
)
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(8,493
|
)
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(1,616
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reconciles the expected benefit (provision)
for income taxes for all periods computed using the
U.S. Federal statutory rate of 34% to the (Provision)
benefit for income taxes as reflected in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Benefit (provision) at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
1,626
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
(1,653
|
)
|
Net operating loss and credit carryforward limitations due to
ownership change
|
|
|
(7,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
165
|
|
Non-deductible professional fees and advisory services
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in tax reserve
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(188
|
)
|
Federal personal holding company tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(575
|
)
|
Change in estimated liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of deferred rate change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Temporary differences and tax credit carryforwards that gave
rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,424
|
|
|
$
|
1,212
|
|
Accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
Alternative minimum tax credit
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
7,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,212
|
|
|
|
9,063
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,698
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
9,056
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
9,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net deferred tax assets are reflected in the
Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
8,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
9,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 2009 Change of Control resulted in an ownership change under
sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the IRC). As a result, the
Companys ability to utilize pre-ownership change net
operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of
$3.3 million and alternative minimum tax (AMT)
credits of $6.6 million was eliminated. The
$3.3 million of NOL carryforwards included approximately
$0.3 million which has not been recognized for financial
statement purposes as they relate to benefits associated with
stock option exercises that have not reduced current taxes
payable.
The Company has $1.9 million of post-ownership change NOL
carryforwards. However, in accordance with the accounting for
stock-based compensation, approximately $61,000 of these
carryforwards have not been recognized for financial statement
purposes as they relate to benefits associated with stock option
exercises that have not reduced current taxes payable. Equity
will be increased by $21,000 if and when such deferred tax
assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the ordering
model prescribed by the liability method of accounting for
income taxes when determining when excess tax benefits have been
realized.
The Companys ability to utilize its NOL carryforward tax
benefits is dependent on future taxable income. NOL
carryforwards have a
20-year
carry-forward period and will expire in 2029. Additionally, the
Company has approximately $0.5 million in refundable
Federal AMT credits resulting from AMT net operating loss
carryback provisions contained in tax legislation enacted during
the fourth quarter of 2009.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for
the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of
enactment. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
its
F-24
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
cumulative losses in recent years, the Company determined that,
as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance was required
for all of its deferred tax assets other than the refundable AMT
credits. Consequently, the Companys valuation allowance,
which related only to state NOL carryforward tax benefits in
previous years, increased from $7,000 as of December 31,
2008 to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits were
approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008. The reversal of these benefits will
reduce the Companys effective tax rate when recognized.
The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits
will be reduced by half during the next 12 months. The
following is a roll-forward of the Companys total
uncertain tax positions (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest expense and penalties, if any, related to the
above uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes. For the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the amount of interest
expense and penalties was $19,000, $16,000 and $0, respectively.
The Company files Federal and state consolidated income tax
returns and is subject to income tax examinations for years
after 2005. The Company currently has state tax returns under
examination for the years 2006 and 2007.
If the Company has another change of ownership under
section 382 of the IRC, utilization of NOL carryforward tax
benefits could be significantly limited or possibly eliminated.
An ownership change for this purpose is generally a change in
the majority ownership of a company over a three-year period.
Section 541 of the IRC subjects a corporation that is a
personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the IRC, to a 15% tax on undistributed personal
holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
PHC income is based on taxable income, subject to certain
adjustments, most notably a reduction for Federal income taxes.
Personal holding company income is comprised primarily of
passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances,
personal service income. A corporation is generally considered
to be a personal holding company if (1) 60% or more of its
adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company
income and (2) 50% or more of its outstanding common
F-25
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer
individuals at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
Although the Company believes that it is classified as a PHC for
2009, the Company did not incur a PHC tax as it had a net
operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Additionally, subsequent to the 2009 Change of Control, the
Company may continue to qualify as a PHC in future periods. If
it is determined that five or fewer individuals hold more than
50% in value of the Companys outstanding common stock
during the second half of future tax years, it is possible that
the Company could have at least 60% of adjusted ordinary gross
income consist of PHC income as discussed above. Thus, there can
be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to this tax
in the future, which, in turn, may materially and adversely
impact the Companys financial position, results of
operations and cash flows. In addition, if the Company is
subject to this tax in future periods, statutory tax rate
increases could significantly increase its tax expense and
adversely affect its consolidated operating results and cash
flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed
PHC income is scheduled to expire as of December 31, 2010,
after which the rate will revert back to the highest individual
ordinary income rate of 39.6%.
|
|
Note 11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
Commitments
Future annual minimum payments under non-cancelable operating
lease obligations as of December 31, 2009 are approximately
$45,000 payable during the year ending December 31, 2010.
Rental expense for leases was $69,000, $76,000 and $69,000 in
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Legal
and Environmental Matters
During 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against the Company in the
Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York,
seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity
entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the
discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for
payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers
compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which
were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by
Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of
indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutuals claim
is unclear, it appears they are claiming approximately
$0.5 million, of which approximately $0.2 million
appears to have been paid out in connection with the workers
compensation bond with the balance of $0.3 million due for
payment on the reclamation bonds.
During 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford
International Inc. (Weatherford) of a claim for
reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection
with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made
under an indemnification provision given by the Company to
Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to
alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on
the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has
also advised the Company that it anticipates that further
remediation and cleanup may be required, although Weatherford
has not provided any information regarding the cost of any such
future clean up. The Company has challenged any responsibility
to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses to the claim, including that the alleged
contamination occurred after the sale of the property, and
intends to vigorously defend against it.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is
involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its
current and prior businesses. The Company has reserves for all
of its legal and environmental matters aggregating approximately
$0.3 million and $0.1 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Although the outcome of these
matters cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these
matters may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on
currently available information, including legal defenses
F-26
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
available to the Company, and given the aforementioned reserves
and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe
that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will
have a material effect on its financial position, liquidity, or
results of operations.
Captive
Insurance Arrangement
During a two year period commencing in 1993, the Company entered
into a
rent-a-captive
arrangement for workers compensation insurance coverage
whereby the Company funded premiums in an account maintained by
an offshore entity related to a sponsor insurance carrier based
in the United States. Due to significant liquidity concerns, the
sponsor insurance company entered into voluntary rehabilitation
during 2002. Based on this event, the Company wrote off the
balance of the excess collateral arising from this arrangement.
In September 2009, the Company received a refund of
$0.8 million representing excess collateral relating to
this arrangement and recorded this refund in Other
income in the Companys Consolidated Statement of
Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. There is
one remaining open claim for this period which is above the
Companys deductible and significantly below policy limits.
Accordingly, the Company does not believe that it has any
material obligations under this arrangement and does not expect
to receive additional material reimbursements.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into
indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with
customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and,
in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the
Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or
were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities.
Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is
not precisely known due to the extensive history of past
operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these
indemnifications have not been material to the Companys
financial statements. Further, the Company has no reason to
believe that future costs to settle claims related to its former
operations will have material impact on its financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Note 12.
|
Defined
Benefit Plans
|
General
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering certain current and
former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was
frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully
vested in their benefits.
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension
plan (the Supplemental Plan) which provides
supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior
executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal
the difference between the amounts received under the Pension
Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension
Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations
upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective
December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
F-27
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Consolidated
Obligations and Funded Status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
17,034
|
|
|
$
|
18,170
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
Actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
1,835
|
|
|
|
(588
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
(1,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
18,504
|
|
|
|
17,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
|
|
20,239
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
(4,678
|
)
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
(1,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status of Plans
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Consist
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
(3,519
|
)
|
|
|
(2,904
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
(17,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,945
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(17,650
|
)
|
|
|
(17,945
|
)
|
Cumulative deferred tax effects
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(968
|
)
|
|
|
(1,517
|
)
|
|
|
(1,539
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
1,014
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects to recognize approximately $0.9 million
in pension expense during 2010. This amount is comprised of
approximately $0.9 million of net actuarial losses, which
will be amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive loss
and included as a component of net periodic benefit cost,
approximately $1.0 million of interest costs, offset by
approximately $1.0 million of expected return on plan
assets.
F-28
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Components
of actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax
effects
The components of Actuarial adjustments to pension plans,
net of tax effects included in Comprehensive Income
(Loss) reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statement
of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net actuarial (loss) gain arising during the year
|
|
$
|
(586
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,607
|
)
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss to net periodic
benefit cost
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
Deferred tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,786
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
|
|
$
|
295
|
|
|
$
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
$
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was
$17.7 million and $16.3 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. The fair value of the Pension Plan
assets was $14.9 million and $14.0 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
7.75
|
%
|
|
|
7.75
|
%
|
The Company is responsible for establishing objectives and
policies for the investment of Pension Plan assets with
assistance from the Pension Plans investment consultant.
As the obligations are relatively long-term in nature, the
investment strategy has been to maximize long-term capital
appreciation. The Pension Plan has historically invested within
and among equity and fixed income asset classes in a manner that
sought to achieve the highest rate of return consistent with a
moderate amount of volatility. At the same time, the Pension
Plan maintained a sufficient amount invested in highly liquid
investments to meet immediate and projected cash flow needs. To
achieve these objectives, the Company developed guidelines for
the composition of investments to be held by the Pension Plan.
Due to varying rates of return among asset classes, the actual
asset mix may vary somewhat from these guidelines but are
generally rebalanced as soon as practical.
Pension Plan Assets. Asset allocations and
target asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
Plan Investment
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Allocation Guidelines
|
Asset Category
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Min
|
|
Target
|
|
Max
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, no plan assets were
invested in the Companys common stock.
F-29
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For 2009, the Company assumed a long-term asset rate of return
of 7.25%. In developing this rate of return assumption, the
Company evaluated historical returns and asset class return
expectations based on the Pension Plans current asset
allocation. Despite the Companys belief that this
assumption is reasonable, future actual results may differ from
this estimate.
Fair value measurements for the Pension Plans assets at
December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Inputs(1)
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
$
|
7,878
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,878
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,881
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,881
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity
and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. As
each collective trusts valuation is based on inputs that
are observable or derived principally from observable inputs,
all amounts are categorized under Level 2. |
Contributions. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Pension Plan in 2010. However, based on the
currently enacted minimum pension plan funding requirements, the
Company expects to make contributions during 2011.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,395
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,378
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
Years
2015-2019
|
|
|
6,869
|
|
Supplemental
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Supplemental Plan was
$0.8 million and $0.7 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Supplemental Plan Assets. The Supplemental
Plan is unfunded and has no assets.
F-30
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Contributions. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the
Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan. Estimated future benefit
payments will be made by the Company in accordance with the
schedule below.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
2011
|
|
|
98
|
|
2012
|
|
|
93
|
|
2013
|
|
|
88
|
|
2014
|
|
|
83
|
|
Years
2015-2019
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
Note 13.
|
Defined
Contribution Plan
|
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. The Company makes a discretionary matching
contribution of up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company
recognized expenses for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of
approximately $28,000, $25,000 and $24,000 in 2009, 2008 and
2007 respectively.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included $2,000, $0 and
$17,000, respectively, of share-based compensation costs,
included in General and administrative. The total income
tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations for share-based compensation arrangements was $1,000,
$0 and $1,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively.
On December 5, 1996, the Companys stockholders
approved a long-term incentive plan (the 1996 Plan).
The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock,
stock appreciation rights, stock options and other types of
awards to key employees of the Company. Under the 1996 Plan,
options may be granted at prices equivalent to the market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. Options become
exercisable in one or more installments on such dates as the
Company may determine. Unexercised options will expire on
varying dates up to a maximum of ten years from the date of
grant. All options granted vest ratably over three years
beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The
1996 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of options to
purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of common stock. At
December 31, 2009, stock options covering a total of
1,645,152 shares had been exercised and a total of
5,862,808 shares of common stock are available for future
stock options or other awards under the Plan. As of
December 31, 2009, there were options for the purchase of
up to 492,040 shares of common stock outstanding under the
1996 Plan. No restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or
other types of awards have been granted under the 1996 Plan.
In May 2002, the Companys stockholders approved specific
stock option grants of 8,000 options to each of the six
non-employee directors of the Company. These grants had been
approved by the board of directors and awarded by the Company in
March 2002, subject to stockholder approval. These grants are
non-qualified options with a ten year life and became
exercisable in cumulative one-third installments vesting
annually beginning on the first anniversary of the date of
grant. As of December 31, 2009, there were options for the
purchase of up to 32,000 shares outstanding under these
grants.
F-31
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The fair value of each stock option granted has been determined
using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model. In 2009, stock
options were granted with a grant date fair value of $2.63 with
the following assumptions used in the determination of fair
value of each stock option granted using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model: expected option term of 6 years,
volatility of 32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no
assumed dividend yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or
2007.
A summary of the Companys stock option activity as of
December 31, 2009, and changes during the year then ended,
is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual Term
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
427,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(16,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or expired
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
524,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
|
4.6 years
|
|
|
$
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
399,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.01
|
|
|
|
2.9 years
|
|
|
$
|
804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
524,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
|
4.6 years
|
|
|
$
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $61,000,
$0 and $0.8 million, respectively. In connection with these
exercises, the Company remitted $0, $0 and $0.2 million for
the payment of withholding taxes during the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The stock
options exercised during 2009 and 2007 were net
exercises, pursuant to which the optionee received shares
of common stock equal to the intrinsic value of the options
(fair market value of common stock on date of exercise less
exercise price) reduced by any applicable withholding taxes. The
Company issued approximately 8,000, 0 and 92,000 shares of
common stock during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related
to these exercises.
As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately
$0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. That
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period
of 3.0 years.
F-32
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 15.
|
Quarterly
Financial Data (unaudited)
|
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated
operating results for each of the Companys preceding eight
quarters. The Company believes that the following information
includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, except as disclosed in Notes 2 and 3 to the
table) necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with
GAAP. The operating results for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of results for any other period. The
following unaudited quarterly results reflect restated amounts
from the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
2009(3)
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,200
|
)
|
|
|
(1,173
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(8,498
|
)
|
|
|
(3,657
|
)
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted(1)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
|
|
(856
|
)
|
|
|
(828
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
(188
|
)
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per common share basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share has been computed
independently for each quarter based upon the weighted average
shares outstanding for that quarter. Therefore, the sum of the
quarterly amounts may not equal the reported annual amounts. |
|
(2) |
|
During the third quarter of 2009 as a result of the 2009 Change
of Control, the Company wrote off approximately
$8.2 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits in accordance with
sections 382 and 383 of the IRC. Approximately
$7.9 million of this write off impacted the income tax
provision as $0.3 million of the $8.2 million had not
been recognized for financial statement purposes as they related
to benefits associated with stock option exercises that had not
reduced current taxes payable. See Note 10. |
|
(3) |
|
Due to tax law changes enacted during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company was able to re-establish approximately
$0.5 million of AMT credits previously written off during
the third quarter of 2009. However during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company increased its valuation allowance on all
deferred tax assets other than refundable AMT credits by
approximately $2.8 million. See Note 10. |
F-33
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 16.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Insurance
Settlement
During January 2010, the Company entered into a settlement
agreement under a solvent scheme of arrangement with an insurer
in the London market. Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company agreed to accept approximately $0.2 million in
exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain
non-operating subsidiaries. A solvent scheme is the mechanism by
which solvent entities, including insurance companies, are able
to shed liabilities and terminate their insurance and
reinsurance obligations with judicial sanction. Such
arrangements are authorized by Section 425 of the U.K.
Companies Act of 1985. The Company received the settlement
during the first quarter of 2010 which will be reflected in
Other income in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations for that quarter.
Management
and Advisory Services Agreement
During February 2010, the Company entered into a management
agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (HCP),
an affiliate of the Companys Principal Stockholders,
whereby HCP may, among other items, provide advisory and
consulting services to the Company. The Company has agreed to
reimburse HCP for its
out-of-pocket
expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and
accounting personnel of HCP under the agreement.
F-34
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company). In connection with our audits of the consolidated
financial statements, we have also audited the financial
statement schedule II. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the
period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to
August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company) in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO), and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Predecessor Company filed a petition for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code on February 3, 2009. The Companys
plan of reorganization became effective and the Company emerged
from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009. In
connection with their emergence from bankruptcy, the Successor
Company Spectrum Brands, Inc. adopted fresh-start reporting in
conformity with ASC Topic 852,
Reorganizations formerly America Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position
90-7,
Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under
the Bankruptcy Code, effective as of August 30,
2009. Accordingly, the Successor Companys consolidated
financial statements prior to August 30, 2009 are not
comparable to its consolidated financial statements for periods
on after August 30, 2009.
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective September 30, 2009, the Successor
Company adopted the measurement date provision of ASC 715,
Compensation-Retirement Benefits formerly
FAS 158, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010
F-35
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company), along with the financial statement schedule II,
and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired Russell Hobbs, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(Russell Hobbs) on June 16, 2010. Management excluded
Russell Hobbs from its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting and the associated
total assets of $863,282,000 and total net sales of $237,576,000
included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
as of and for the year ended September 30, 2010. Our audit
of internal control over financial reporting of the Company as
of September 30, 2010 also excluded Russell Hobbs.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010
F-36
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
September 30,
2010 and 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,351 and
$1,011, respectively
|
|
|
365,002
|
|
|
|
274,483
|
|
Other
|
|
|
41,445
|
|
|
|
24,968
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
341,505
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
|
|
28,137
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
|
|
11,870
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
39,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
|
|
818,736
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
|
|
212,361
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
|
|
34,934
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
483,348
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
1,461,945
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
9,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
|
$
|
53,578
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
|
|
186,235
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
93,971
|
|
|
|
88,443
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
37,118
|
|
|
|
21,950
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
23,793
|
|
|
|
26,203
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
31,652
|
|
|
|
8,678
|
|
Other
|
|
|
123,297
|
|
|
|
109,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
|
|
495,068
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
1,529,957
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
|
|
55,855
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
|
|
227,498
|
|
Other
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
51,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
|
|
2,359,867
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
200,000 shares; issued 51,020 shares; outstanding
51,020 shares at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
150,000 shares; issued 30,000 shares; outstanding
30,000 shares at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
6,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,048,586
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
Less treasury stock, at cost, 81 and 0 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-37
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
155,310
|
|
|
|
1,245,640
|
|
|
|
1,489,971
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
751,819
|
|
|
|
920,101
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
39,136
|
|
|
|
363,106
|
|
|
|
506,365
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
20,578
|
|
|
|
145,235
|
|
|
|
188,934
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
|
|
25,315
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
64,292
|
|
|
|
595,014
|
|
|
|
1,604,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
156,805
|
|
|
|
(684,585
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items and
income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
22,611
|
|
|
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock and equivalents
outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-38
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Income (Loss),
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Net of Tax
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2007, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,765
|
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
669,274
|
|
|
$
|
(763,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
65,664
|
|
|
$
|
(76,086
|
)
|
|
$
|
(103,828
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(927,764
|
)
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2008, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,775
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
674,370
|
|
|
$
|
(1,694,915
|
)
|
|
$
|
69,445
|
|
|
$
|
(76,830
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,027,238
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,025,052
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
Cancellation of Predecessor Company common stock
|
|
|
(52,738
|
)
|
|
|
(691
|
)
|
|
|
(677,007
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,891
|
|
|
|
(600,807
|
)
|
Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680,974
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,418
|
|
Issuance of new common stock in connection with emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,217
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit) and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Income (Loss),
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Net of Tax
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,568
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
660,879
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204,172
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
20,433
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
574,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
575,203
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested restricted stock units, not issued or outstanding
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2010, Successor Company
|
|
|
51,020
|
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
$
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-40
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
54,822
|
|
|
|
5,158
|
|
|
|
36,745
|
|
|
|
52,236
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
45,920
|
|
|
|
3,513
|
|
|
|
19,099
|
|
|
|
27,687
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
9,030
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
Amortization of unearned restricted stock compensation
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Non-cash goodwill adjustment due to release of valuation
allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on cancelation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
91,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
(47,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
51,731
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
22,046
|
|
|
|
(37,237
|
)
|
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to inventory
valuations
|
|
|
34,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
|
|
|
24,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of unamortized discount on retired debt
|
|
|
59,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
6,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,359
|
|
|
|
1,299
|
|
|
|
28,368
|
|
|
|
29,726
|
|
Non-cash debt accretion
|
|
|
18,302
|
|
|
|
2,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
12,702
|
|
|
|
5,699
|
|
|
|
68,203
|
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(66,127
|
)
|
|
|
48,995
|
|
|
|
9,004
|
|
|
|
12,086
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
1,256
|
|
|
|
5,131
|
|
|
|
13,738
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
86,497
|
|
|
|
22,438
|
|
|
|
(80,463
|
)
|
|
|
(62,165
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(73,612
|
)
|
|
|
(6,565
|
)
|
|
|
(88,996
|
)
|
|
|
(18,990
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of continuing
operations
|
|
|
68,559
|
|
|
|
68,678
|
|
|
|
29,794
|
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(11,221
|
)
|
|
|
6,273
|
|
|
|
(28,187
|
)
|
|
|
(5,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
|
57,338
|
|
|
|
74,951
|
|
|
|
1,607
|
|
|
|
(10,162
|
)
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(40,316
|
)
|
|
|
(2,718
|
)
|
|
|
(8,066
|
)
|
|
|
(18,928
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
(16,147
|
)
|
|
|
(18,643
|
)
|
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
12,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
(17,002
|
)
|
|
|
(6,267
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from new Senior Credit Facilities, excluding new ABL
Revolving Credit Facility, net of discount
|
|
|
1,474,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of extinguished senior credit facilities, excluding old
ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(1,278,760
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction of other debt
|
|
|
(8,456
|
)
|
|
|
(4,603
|
)
|
|
|
(120,583
|
)
|
|
|
(425,073
|
)
|
Proceeds from other debt financing
|
|
|
13,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,759
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net of refund
|
|
|
(55,024
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
(17,199
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Extinguished ABL Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
(33,225
|
)
|
|
|
(31,775
|
)
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Payments of) proceeds on supplemental loan
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
65,771
|
|
|
|
(36,665
|
)
|
|
|
(27,843
|
)
|
|
|
51,790
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due
to Venezuela hyperinflation
|
|
|
(8,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
72,814
|
|
|
|
36,641
|
|
|
|
(43,614
|
)
|
|
|
34,920
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
97,800
|
|
|
|
61,159
|
|
|
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
69,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
|
$
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
136,429
|
|
|
$
|
5,828
|
|
|
$
|
158,380
|
|
|
$
|
227,290
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes, net
|
|
|
36,951
|
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
18,768
|
|
|
|
16,999
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-42
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(1)
|
Description
of Business
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings or the Company), is a global branded
consumer products company and was created in connection with the
combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum
Brands), a global branded consumer products company, and
Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs), a global
branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company
(the Merger). The Merger was consummated on
June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB
Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings trades on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands refinanced its
existing senior debt and a portion of Russell Hobbs
existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750,000
United States (U.S.) Dollar Term Loan due
June 16, 2016, new $750,000 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 and a new $300,000 ABL revolving
facility due June 16, 2014. (See also Note 7, Debt,
for a more complete discussion of the Companys outstanding
debt.)
On February 3, 2009, Spectrum Brands, at the time a
Wisconsin corporation, and each of its wholly owned
U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors)
filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code), in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas
(the Bankruptcy Court). On August 28, 2009 (the
Effective Date), the Debtors emerged from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date
and pursuant to the Debtors confirmed plan of
reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin
corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term
Company is used to refer to both Spectrum Brands and
its subsidiaries prior to the Merger and SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger. The term
Predecessor Company refers only to the Company prior
to the Effective Date and the term Successor Company
refers to the Company subsequent to the Effective Date. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 refer to the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Prior to and including August 30, 2009, all operations of
the business resulted from the operations of the Predecessor
Company. In accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852) the
Company determined that all conditions required for the adoption
of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
However in light of the proximity of that date to the
Companys August accounting period close, which was
August 30, 2009, the Company elected to adopt a convenience
date of August 30, 2009, (the Fresh-Start Adoption
Date) for recording fresh-start reporting. The Company
analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the Fresh-Start Adoption Date,
and concluded that such transactions represented less than
one-percent of the total net sales during Fiscal 2009. As a
result, the Company determined that August 30, 2009 would
be an appropriate Fresh-Start Adoption Date to coincide with the
Companys normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. As a result, the fair value of the Predecessor
Companys assets and liabilities became the new basis for
the Successor Companys Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position as of the Fresh-Start Adoption Date, and all operations
beginning August 31, 2009 are related to the Successor
Company. Financial information of the Companys financial
statements prepared for the Predecessor Company will not be
comparable to financial information for the Successor Company.
The Company is a global branded consumer products company with
positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries;
small appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control.
The Company manages its business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of the Companys worldwide battery, shaving and
grooming, personal care and portable lighting
F-43
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
business (Global Batteries & Personal
Care); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of
the Companys worldwide pet supplies business (Global
Pet Supplies); (iii) Home and Garden Business, which
consists of the Companys lawn and garden and insect
control businesses (the Home and Garden Business);
and (iv) Small Appliances, which resulted from the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs and consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Small Appliances).
The Companys operations include the worldwide
manufacturing and marketing of alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing
aid batteries, as well as aquariums and aquatic health supplies
and the designing and marketing of rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. The
Companys operations also include the manufacturing and
marketing of specialty pet supplies. The Company also
manufactures and markets herbicides, insecticides and repellents
in North America. With the addition of Russell Hobbs the Company
designs, markets and distributes a broad range of branded small
appliances and personal care products. The Companys
operations utilize manufacturing and product development
facilities located in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America.
The Company sells its products in approximately 120 countries
through a variety of trade channels, including retailers,
wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals,
industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers and
enjoys name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA
and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8in1, Spectracide,
Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs,
Farberware and various other brands.
|
|
(2)
|
Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11
|
On February 3, 2009, the Predecessor Company announced that
it had reached agreements with certain noteholders,
representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face
value of the Companys then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce the Predecessor Companys
outstanding debt. On the same day, the Debtors filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the
Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy Filing) and filed
with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the
Proposed Plan) that detailed the Debtors
proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases
were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases).
The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the
Confirmation Order) on July 15, 2009 confirming
the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the Plan).
Plan
Effective Date
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of
Predecessor Companys existing equity securities, including
the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished
and deemed cancelled. Spectrum Brands filed a certificate of
incorporation authorizing new shares of common stock. Pursuant
to and in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date,
Successor Company issued a total of 27,030 shares of common
stock and $218,076 of 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
due 2019 (the 12% Notes) to holders of allowed
claims with respect to Predecessor Companys
81/2
% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes),
73/8
% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
12% Notes.) Also on the Effective Date, Successor Company
issued a total of 2,970 shares of common stock to
supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under
the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
F-44
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the date of the Bankruptcy Filing (the
Petition Date), the Companys financial
statements are prepared in accordance with ASC 852.
ASC 852 does not change the application of
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) in the preparation of the Companys
consolidated financial statements. However, ASC 852 does
require that financial statements, for periods including and
subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition,
distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated
with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the
business. In accordance with ASC 852 the Company has done the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
On the four column consolidated statement of financial position
as of August 30, 2009, which is included in this
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
separated liabilities that are subject to compromise from
liabilities that are not subject to compromise;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations,
distinguished transactions and events that are directly
associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations
of the business;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
separately disclosed Reorganization items expense (income), net,
consisting of the following: (i) Fresh-start reporting
adjustments; (ii) Gain on cancelation of debt; and
(iii) Administrative related reorganization items; and
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Predecessor Companys then
outstanding senior subordinated notes.
|
Liabilities
Subject to Compromise
Liabilities subject to compromise refer to known liabilities
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing by those entities that
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. These liabilities are
considered by the Bankruptcy Court to be pre-petition claims.
However, liabilities subject to compromise exclude pre-petition
claims for which the Company has received the Bankruptcy
Courts approval to pay, such as claims related to active
employees and retirees and claims related to certain critical
service vendors. Liabilities subject to compromise are subject
to future adjustments that may result from negotiations, actions
by the Bankruptcy Court and developments with respect to
disputed claims or matters arising out of the proof of claims
process whereby a creditor may prove that the amount of a claim
differs from the amount that the Company has recorded.
Since the Petition Date, and in accordance with ASC 852,
the Company ceased accruing interest on its senior subordinated
notes, as such debt and interest would be an allowed claim by
the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessor Companys contractual
interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in excess of reported
interest was approximately $55,654 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009.
Liabilities subject to compromise as of August 30, 2009 for
the Predecessor Company were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
15,580
|
(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
1,105,962
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(A) |
|
As discussed below in the four column consolidated statement of
financial position as of August 30, 2009 Effects of
Plan Adjustments, note (f), the $15,580 relates to
rejected lease obligations that are to be paid by the Successor
Company in subsequent periods. |
Reorganization
Items
In accordance with ASC 852, reorganization items are
presented separately in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations and represent expenses, income, gains and losses
that the Company has identified as directly relating to the
Bankruptcy Cases. Reorganization items expense (income), net
during Fiscal 2010 and during the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 are summarized
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
October 1,
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
2008 through
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
91,312
|
|
Gain on cancellation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
The Company, in accordance with ASC 852, adopted
fresh-start reporting as of the close of business on
August 30, 2009 since the reorganization value of the
assets of the Predecessor Company immediately before the date of
confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all
post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and the holders of
the Predecessor Companys voting shares immediately before
confirmation of the Plan received less than 50 percent of
the voting shares of the emerging entity. The four-column
consolidated statement of financial position as of
August 30, 2009, included herein, applies effects of the
Plan and fresh-start reporting to the carrying values and
classifications of assets or liabilities that were necessary.
The Company analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date,
and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as such transactions
represented less than one-percent of the total net sales for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, the
Company determined that August 30, 2009, would be an
appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with the
Companys normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the
recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to
reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported
historical financial statements of the Predecessor Company prior
to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended on or
prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of the
Successor Company.
The four-column consolidated statement of financial position as
of August 30, 2009 reflects the implementation of the Plan
as if the Plan had been effective on August 30, 2009.
Reorganization adjustments
F-46
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
have been recorded within the consolidated statement of
financial position as of August 30, 2009 to reflect effects
of the Plan, including the discharge of Liabilities subject to
compromise and the adoption of fresh-start reporting in
accordance with ASC 852. The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the
Plan based upon a reorganization value of the Company between
$2,200,000 and $2,400,000, which was estimated using various
valuation methods including: (i) publicly traded company
analysis, (ii) discounted cash flow analysis; and
(iii) a review and analysis of several recent transactions
of companies in similar industries to the Company. These three
valuation methods were equally weighted in determining the final
range of reorganization value as confirmed by the Bankruptcy
Court. Based upon the factors used in determining the range of
reorganization value, the Company concluded that $2,275,000
should be used for fresh-start reporting purposes as it most
closely approximated fair value.
The basis of the discounted cash flow analysis used in
developing the reorganization value was based on Company
prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and
assumptions. While the Company considers such estimates and
assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties,
many of which are beyond the Companys control and,
therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions may have had a significant effect on the
determination of the Companys reorganization value. The
assumptions used in the calculations for the discounted cash
flow analysis included projected revenue, costs, and cash flows,
for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2009, 2010, 2011,
2012 and 2013 and represented the Companys best estimates
at the time the analysis was prepared. The Companys
estimates implicit in the cash flow analysis included net sales
growth of approximately 1.5% for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 2010 and 4.0% per year for each of the fiscal
years ending September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses,
excluding depreciation and amortization, were projected to grow
at rates relative to net sales, however, certain expense
categories for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were reduced for
the projected impact of various cost reduction initiatives
implemented by the Company during Fiscal 2009 which included
lower trade spending, salary freezes, reduced marketing
expenses, furloughs, suspension of the Companys match to
its 401(k) and reductions in salaries of certain members of
management. The analysis also included anticipated levels of
reinvestment in the Companys operations through capital
expenditures of approximately $25,000 per year. The Company did
not include in its estimates the potential effects of
litigation, either on the Company or the industry. The foregoing
estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to
uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the
Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations
will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
The publicly traded company analysis identified a group of
comparable companies giving consideration to lines of business,
business risk, scale and capitalization and leverage. This
analysis involved the selection of the appropriate earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA) market multiples by segment deemed to be
the most relevant when analyzing the peer group. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to the
Companys Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2010 projections by
segment to determine an estimate of reorganization values. The
market multiple ranges used by segment were as follows:
(i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a range of
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
6.5x-7.5x
for Fiscal 2010; (ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
7.5x-8.5x
for Fiscal 2009 and
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2010; and (iii) the Home and Garden Business
used a range of
9.0x-10.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
8.0x-9.0x
for Fiscal 2010. Theses multiples were based on estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
The recent transactions of companies in similar industries
analysis identified transactions of similar companies giving
consideration to lines of business, business risk, scale and
capitalization and leverage. The analysis considered the
business, financial and market environment for which the
transactions took place, circumstances surrounding the
transaction including the financial position of the buyers and
the perceived synergies and benefits that the buyers could
obtain from the transaction. This analysis involved the
F-47
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
determination of historical acquisition EBITDA multiples by
examining public merger and acquisition transactions. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to
historical EBITDA by segment to determine an estimate of
reorganization values. The multiple ranges used by segment were
as follows: (i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a
range of
6.5x-7.5x;
(ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
9.5x-10.5x;
and (iii) the Home and Garden Business used a range of
8.0x-9.0x.
These multiples were based on Fiscal 2009 estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
Fresh-start adjustments reflect the allocation of fair value to
the Successor Companys long-lived assets and the present
value of liabilities to be paid as calculated by the Company.
In applying fresh-start reporting, the Company followed these
principles:
|
|
|
|
|
The reorganization value of the entity was allocated to the
entitys assets in conformity with the procedures specified
by SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations
(SFAS 141). The reorganization value
exceeded the sum of the amounts assigned to assets and
liabilities. This excess was recorded as Successor Company
goodwill as of August 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
Each liability existing as of the fresh-start reporting date,
other than deferred taxes, has been stated at the present value
of the amounts to be paid, determined at appropriate risk
adjusted interest rates.
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes were reported in conformity with applicable
income tax accounting standards, principally ASC Topic 740:
Income Taxes, formerly
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and
liabilities have been recognized for differences between the
assigned values and the tax basis of the recognized assets and
liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of all of the property, plant and equipment assets to
fair value and eliminating all of the accumulated depreciation.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of the Companys pension plans projected benefit
obligation by recognition of all previously unamortized
actuarial gains and losses.
|
F-48
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following four-column consolidated statement of financial
position table identifies the adjustments recorded to the
Predecessor Companys August 30, 2009 consolidated
statement of financial position as a result of implementing the
Plan and applying fresh-start reporting:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
Valuation
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
86,710
|
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)(a)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
Other
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
341,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,762
|
(m)
|
|
|
390,500
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
12,644
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
9,330
|
(n)
|
|
|
23,681
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
10,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
(m)
|
|
|
12,791
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
40,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)(m)
|
|
|
40,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
797,604
|
|
|
|
(23,844
|
)
|
|
|
59,954
|
|
|
|
833,714
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
178,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,699
|
(m)
|
|
|
213,485
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
42,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,046
|
)(m)
|
|
|
36,022
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
238,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
(o)
|
|
|
528,060
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
677,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782,450
|
(o)
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
18,457
|
|
|
|
8,949
|
(b)
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)(p)
|
|
|
9,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
93,313
|
|
|
$
|
(3,445
|
)(c)
|
|
$
|
(4,329
|
)(m)
|
|
$
|
85,539
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
159,370
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,166
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
59,724
|
|
|
|
(59,581
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Other
|
|
|
118,949
|
|
|
|
9,133
|
(f)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)(m)
|
|
|
124,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
557,762
|
|
|
|
(54,097
|
)
|
|
|
(7,832
|
)
|
|
|
495,833
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,329,047
|
|
|
|
271,806
|
(g)
|
|
|
(75,329
|
)(m)
|
|
|
1,525,524
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
41,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,712
|
(m)
|
|
|
60,097
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
106,853
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
114,211
|
(n)
|
|
|
222,771
|
|
Other
|
|
|
45,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,927
|
(m)
|
|
|
50,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,081,029
|
|
|
|
219,416
|
|
|
|
54,689
|
|
|
|
2,355,134
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
1,105,962
|
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders (deficit) equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-Old (Predecessor Company)
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(691
|
)(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-New (Successor Company)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
|
|
47,789
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,915,484
|
)
|
|
|
747,362
|
(k)
|
|
|
1,168,122
|
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
80,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,157,230
|
)
|
|
|
794,760
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
Less treasury stock
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
76,891
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,234,121
|
)
|
|
|
871,651
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Effects
of Plan Adjustments
(a) The Plans impact resulted in a net decrease of
$25,551 on cash and cash equivalents. The significant sources
and uses of cash were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Sources:
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Amounts borrowed under new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Sources
|
|
$
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uses:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of un-reimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loans
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Payment of pre-petition foreign exchange contracts recorded in
accounts payable
|
|
|
204
|
|
Payment of lender cure payments, terminated derivative contracts
and other
|
|
|
48,066
|
|
Payment of debt issuance costs on exit facility
|
|
|
8,949
|
|
Payment of other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
6,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Uses
|
|
$
|
135,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Uses
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) The Company incurred $8,949 of debt issuance costs
under the exit facility. These debt issuance costs are
classified as long-term assets and are amortized over the life
of the exit facility.
(c) The adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt
reflects the $20,005 payment of the Predecessor Companys
un-reimbursed letters of credit, the $45,000 repayment of the
Predecessor Companys supplemental loan, and the $3,440
payment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement. The
adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt also reflects
the $65,000 funding from the exit facility. The adjustment to
the current maturities of long-term debt are:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of unreimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loan
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
|
(65,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Reflects payment of $204 related to pre-petition
foreign exchange derivative contracts.
(e) Total adjustment of $59,581 reflects term lender cure
payments of $33,995, terminated interest rate swap derivative
contract payments of $12,068 and other accrued interest of
$2,003. Additionally, this adjustment includes $11,515 of
accrued default interest as provided in the August 2009
amendment of the Senior Term Credit Facility, which was assumed
by the Successor Company and included in the principal balance
of the loans at emergence (See Note 7, Debt, for additional
information).
(f) Reflects the payment of professional fees related to
the reorganization in the amount of $6,447 offset by the
reclassification of $15,580 related to rejected lease
obligations previously recorded as liabilities subject to
compromise (see note(i)). These rejected lease obligations were
paid by the Successor Company in
F-50
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
subsequent periods. As of September 30, 2009, the
Companys rejected lease obligation was reduced to $6,181.
(g) The adjustment to long-term debt represents the
issuance of the 12% Notes at a fair value of $218,731 (face
value of $218,076) used, in part, to extinguish the Senior
Subordinated Notes of the debtors that were recorded in
liabilities subject to compromise (see note (i)), the issuance
of the new supplemental loan in the amount of $45,000, offset by
the payment of the non-current portion of the term loan in the
amount of $3,440 (see note (a)). The excess of fair value over
face value of the 12% Notes is recorded in long-term debt
and will be accreted as a reduction to interest expense over the
life of the note.
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of the 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
$
|
218,731
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Accrued default interest
|
|
|
11,515
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
271,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) Gain on the cancellation of debt from the
extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the
modification of the senior term credit facility, for tax
purposes, resulted in a $124,054 reduction in the U.S. net
deferred tax asset, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles.
Due to the Companys full valuation allowance position as
of August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset,
exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles, the tax effect of
these items is offset by a corresponding adjustment to the
valuation allowance of $124,054. Due to changes in the relative
current versus non-current deferred tax asset balances and the
corresponding allocation of the domestic valuation allowance, a
net $1,707 deferred tax balance reclassification occurred
between current and non-current as a result of the effects of
the Plan.
(i) The adjustment to liabilities subject to compromise
relates to the extinguishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes
balance of $1,049,885 and the accrued interest of $40,497
associated with the Senior Subordinated Notes. Additionally,
rejected lease obligations of $15,580 were reclassified to other
current liabilities (see note (f)).
(j) Pursuant to the Plan, the debtors common stock
was canceled and new common stock of the reorganized debtors was
issued. The adjustments eliminated Predecessor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $691 and
$677,007, respectively, and recorded Successor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $300 and
$724,796, respectively, which represents the fair value of the
newly issued common stock. The fair value of the newly issued
common stock was not separately valued. A fair value of $725,096
was determined by subtracting the fair value of net debt (total
debt less cash and cash equivalents), or $1,549,904 from the
enterprise value of $2,275,000. The Company issued
30,000 shares at emergence, consisting of
27,030 shares to holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes
allowed note holder claims and 2,970 shares in accordance
with the terms of the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
(k) As a result of the Plan, the adjustment to accumulated
(deficit) equity recorded the elimination of the Predecessor
Companys common stock, additional paid in capital and
treasury stock in the amount of $600,807 and recorded the
pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt in the amount of
$146,555. The elimination of the Predecessor Companys
common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock was
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock (see
note(j))
|
|
$
|
691
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys additional paid in
capital (see note(j))
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys treasury stock (see
note(l))
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock
|
|
$
|
600,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company senior subordinated notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company accrued interest on senior
subordinated notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Issuance of Successor Company 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
|
(218,731
|
)
|
Issuance of Successor Company common stock
|
|
|
(725,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt
|
|
$
|
146,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l) Pursuant to the Plan, the adjustment eliminates
treasury stock of $76,891 of the Predecessor Company.
Fresh-Start
Valuation Adjustments
(m) Reflects the adjustment of assets and liabilities to
estimated fair value, or other measurement specified by
SFAS 141, in conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start
reporting. Significant adjustments are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $48,762 was
recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Raw materials were
valued at current replacement cost,
work-in-process
was valued at estimated selling prices of finished goods less
the sum of costs to complete, cost of disposal and a reasonable
profit allowance for completing and selling effort based on
profit for similar finished goods. Finished goods were valued at
estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a
reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An
adjustment of $34,699 was recorded to adjust the net book value
of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving
consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions
used in the valuation of the Companys property, plant and
equipment were based on a combination of the cost or market
approach, depending on whether market data was available.
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt and Long-term debt, net
of current maturities An adjustment of $79,658
($4,329 to Current maturities of long-term debt and $75,329 to
Long-term debt, net of current maturities) was recorded to
adjust the book value of debt to fair value. This adjustment
included a decrease of $84,001 which was based on quoted market
prices of certain debt instruments as of the Effective Date,
offset by an increase of $4,343 related to debt instruments not
traded which was calculated giving consideration to the terms of
the underlying agreements, using a risk adjusted interest rate
of 12%.
|
|
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
An adjustment of $18,712 was recorded to measure
the employee benefit obligations as of the Effective Date. This
adjustment primarily reflects the difference between the
expected return on plan assets as compared to the fair value of
the plan assets as of the Effective Date and the change in the
duration weighted discount rate associated with the payment of
the benefit obligations from the prior measurement date and the
Effective Date. The weighted average discount rate change from
6.75% at September 30, 2008 to 5.75% at August 30,
2009.
|
(n) Reflects the tax effects of the fresh-start adjustments
at statutory tax rates applicable to such adjustments, net of
adjustments to the valuation allowance.
(o) Adjustment eliminated the balance of goodwill and other
unamortized intangible assets of the Predecessor Company and
records Successor Company intangible assets, including
reorganization value in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets, also referred to as
Successor Company goodwill. (See Note 6, Goodwill and
Intangible Assets, for additional information regarding the
Companys
F-52
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
goodwill and other intangible assets). The Successor
Companys August 30, 2009 statement of financial
position reflects the allocation of the business enterprise
value to assets and liabilities immediately following emergence
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Business enterprise value
|
|
$
|
2,275,000
|
|
Add: Fair value of non-interest bearing liabilities (non-debt
liabilities)
|
|
|
744,071
|
|
Less: Fair value of tangible assets, excluding cash
|
|
|
(1,031,511
|
)
|
Less: Fair value of identified intangible assets
|
|
|
(1,459,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets (Successor Company
goodwill)
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following represent the methodologies and significant
assumptions used in determining the fair value of intangible
assets, other than goodwill.
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets which include trade
names, trademarks and technology, were valued using a relief
from royalty methodology. Customer relationships were valued
using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible
assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. A
summary of the key inputs used in the valuation of these assets
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of 95%
which was supported by historical retention rates. Income taxes
were estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 12%-14%. The customer relationships were
valued at $708,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset values were determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including consumer product
industry practices, the existence of licensing agreements
(licensing in and licensing out), and importance of the
trademark and trade name and profit levels, among other
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of trade names and trademarks ranged from 1% to 5%
of expected net sales related to the respective trade names and
trademarks. The Company anticipates using the majority of the
trade names and trademarks for an indefinite period. In
estimating the fair value of the trademarks and trade names,
nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (7)%-10% annually
with a terminal year growth rate of 2%-6%. Income taxes were
estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted using
rates between 12%-14%. Trade name and trademarks were valued at
$688,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including industry practices, the existence of
licensing agreements (licensing in and licensing out), and
importance of the technology and profit levels, among other
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of technologies ranged from
|
F-53
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
7%-8% of expected net sales related to the respective
technology. The Company anticipates using these technologies
through the legal life of the underlying patent and therefore
the expected life of these technologies was equal to the
remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from 8 to
17 years. In estimating the fair value of the technologies,
nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of 0%-14% annually.
Income taxes were estimated at 35% and amounts were discounted
using rates between
12%-13%. The
technology assets were valued at $63,500 under this approach.
|
(p) The fresh-start adjustment of $17,957 eliminates the
debt issuance costs related to assumed debt, that is, the
(senior secured term credit facility).
(q) The Predecessor Companys accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income is eliminated in
conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The
Predecessor Company recognized a gain of $1,087,566 related to
the fresh-start reporting adjustments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on Fresh-Start
|
|
|
|
Reporting
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Establishment of Successor Companys goodwill
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys goodwill
|
|
|
(238,905
|
)
|
Establishment of Successor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
(677,050
|
)
|
Debt fair value adjustments
|
|
|
79,658
|
|
Elimination of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)
|
Property, plant and equipment fair value adjustment
|
|
|
34,699
|
|
Deferred tax adjustment
|
|
|
(104,881
|
)
|
Inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
48,762
|
|
Employee benefit obligations fair value adjustment
|
|
|
(18,712
|
)
|
Other fair value adjustments
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices
|
|
|
(a)
|
Principles
of Consolidation and Fiscal Year End
|
The consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with GAAP. All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to the fiscal years
ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales generally upon
delivery to the customer or the shipping point in situations
where the customer picks up the product or where delivery terms
so stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. The Company is not
obligated to allow for, and the Companys general policy is
not to accept, product returns associated with battery sales.
The Company does accept returns in specific instances related to
its shaving, grooming, personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet products. The provision for customer
F-54
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other
relevant information. The Company estimates and accrues the cost
of returns, which are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company enters into various promotional arrangements,
primarily with retail customers, including arrangements
entitling such retailers to cash rebates from the Company based
on the level of their purchases, which require the Company to
estimate and accrue the estimated costs of the promotional
programs. These costs are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company also enters into promotional arrangements that
target the ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as
either a reduction of Net sales or an increase of Cost of goods
sold, based on the type of promotional program. The income
statement presentation of the Companys promotional
arrangements complies with ASC Topic 605: Revenue
Recognition. For all types of promotional arrangements
and programs, the Company monitors its commitments and uses
various measures, including past experience, to determine
amounts to be recorded for the estimate of the earned, but
unpaid, promotional costs. The terms of the Companys
customer-related promotional arrangements and programs are
tailored to each customer and are documented through written
contracts, correspondence or other communications with the
individual customers.
The Company also enters into various arrangements, primarily
with retail customers, which require the Company to make upfront
cash, or slotting payments, to secure the right to
distribute through such customers. The Company capitalizes
slotting payments; provided the payments are supported by a time
or volume based arrangement with the retailer, and amortizes the
associated payment over the appropriate time or volume based
term of the arrangement. The amortization of slotting payments
is treated as a reduction in Net sales and a corresponding asset
is reported in Deferred charges and other in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
For purposes of the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments
purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
|
|
(e)
|
Concentrations
of Credit Risk, Major Customers and Employees
|
Trade receivables subject the Company to credit risk. Trade
accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The
Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation
of the customers financial condition and credit history,
but generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors
its customers credit and financial condition based on
changing economic conditions and will make adjustments to credit
policies as required. Provision for losses on uncollectible
trade receivables are determined principally on the basis of
past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the
Companys receivables and evaluations of the risks of
nonpayment for a given customer.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large
retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant
percentage of its sales volume. This major customer represented
approximately 22% and 23% of the Successor Companys Net
sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, and
approximately 23% and 20% of Net sales during the
F-55
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Predecessor Companys period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. This
major customer also represented approximately 15% and 14% of the
Successor Companys Trade account receivables, net as of
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009,
respectively.
Approximately 44% and 48% of the Successor Companys Net
sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, occurred
outside of the United States and approximately 42% and 48% of
the Predecessor Companys Net sales during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, occurred outside of the United States. These
sales and related receivables are subject to varying degrees of
credit, currency, and political and economic risk. The Company
monitors these risks and makes appropriate provisions for
collectibility based on an assessment of the risks present.
|
|
(f)
|
Displays
and Fixtures
|
Temporary displays are generally disposable cardboard displays
shipped to customers to facilitate display of the Companys
products. Temporary displays are generally disposed of after a
single use by the customer.
Permanent fixtures are permanent in nature, generally made from
wire or other permanent racking, which are shipped to customers
for display of the Companys products. These permanent
fixtures are restocked with the Companys product multiple
times over the fixtures useful life.
The costs of both temporary and permanent displays are
capitalized as a prepaid asset and are included in Prepaid
expenses and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Financial Position. The costs of temporary displays are
expensed in the period in which they are shipped to customers
and the costs of permanent fixtures are amortized over an
estimated useful life of one to two years once they are shipped
to customers and are reflected in Deferred charges and other in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The Companys inventories are valued at the lower of cost
or market. Cost of inventories is determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.
|
|
(h)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost or at fair
value if acquired in a purchase business combination.
Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Depreciable lives by major classification are as follows:
|
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
20-40 years
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
2-15 years
|
Plant and equipment held under capital leases are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or
estimated useful life of the asset.
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates
recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the
carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to
be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the
fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported
at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to
sell.
F-56
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at fair value if
acquired in a purchase business combination. In connection with
fresh-start reporting, Intangible Assets were recorded at their
estimated fair value on August 30, 2009. Customer lists,
proprietary technology and certain trade name intangibles are
amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated
useful lives of approximately 4 to 20 years. Excess of cost
over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) and
indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade name
intangibles) are not amortized. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at least annually, at the reporting unit level with
such groupings being consistent with the Companys
reportable segments. If impairment is indicated, a write-down to
fair value (normally measured by discounting estimated future
cash flows) is recorded. Indefinite-lived trade name intangibles
are tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the
fair value, determined using a relief from royalty methodology,
with the carrying value. Any excess of carrying value over fair
value is recognized as an impairment loss in income from
operations. ASC Topic 350: Intangibles-Goodwill and
Other, (ASC 350) requires that goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment
annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates
that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal
2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Companys
goodwill and trade name intangibles were tested for impairment
as of the Companys August financial period end, the annual
testing date for the Company, as well as certain interim periods
where an event or circumstance occurred that indicated an
impairment loss may have been incurred.
Intangibles
with Indefinite Lives
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company conducts impairment
testing on the Companys goodwill. To determine fair value
during Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company used the
discounted estimated future cash flows methodology, third party
valuations and negotiated sales prices. Assumptions critical to
the Companys fair value estimates under the discounted
estimated future cash flows methodology are: (i) the
present value factors used in determining the fair value of the
reporting units and trade names; (ii) projected average
revenue growth rates used in the reporting unit; and
(iii) projected long-term growth rates used in the
derivation of terminal year values. These and other assumptions
are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of
management and will change in the future based on period
specific facts and circumstances. The Company also tested fair
value for reasonableness by comparison to the total market
capitalization of the Company, which includes both its equity
and debt securities. In addition, in accordance with
ASC 350, as part of the Companys annual impairment
testing, the Company tested its indefinite-lived trade name
intangible assets for impairment by comparing the carrying
amount of such trade names to their respective fair values. Fair
value was determined using a relief from royalty methodology.
Assumptions critical to the Companys fair value estimates
under the relief from royalty methodology were: (i) royalty
rates; and (ii) projected average revenue growth rates.
In connection with the Companys annual goodwill impairment
testing performed during Fiscal 2010 the first step of such
testing indicated that the fair value of the Companys
reporting segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with the Predecessor Companys annual
goodwill impairment testing performed during Fiscal 2009, which
was completed on the Predecessor Company before applying
fresh-start reporting, the first step of such testing indicated
that the fair value of the Predecessor Companys reporting
segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with its annual goodwill impairment testing in
Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company first compared the fair
value of its reporting units with their carrying amounts,
including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair
value of the Predecessor Companys Global Pet Supplies and
Home and Garden Business was less than the Predecessor
Companys carrying amount of those reporting units and,
accordingly,
F-57
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
further testing of goodwill was required to determine the
impairment charge required by ASC 350. Accordingly, the
Predecessor Company then compared the carrying amount of the
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business goodwill to
the respective implied fair value of their goodwill. The
carrying amounts of the Global Pet Supplies and the Home and
Garden Business goodwill exceeded their implied fair values and,
therefore, during Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recorded a
non-cash pretax impairment charge equal to the excess of the
carrying amount of the respective reporting units goodwill
over the implied fair value of such goodwill of which $270,811
related to Global Pet Supplies and $49,801 related to the Home
and Garden Business.
Furthermore, during Fiscal 2010 the Company, in connection with
its annual impairment testing, concluded that the fair value of
its intangible assets exceeded is carrying value. During the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, in connection with its annual impairment
testing, the Company concluded that the fair values of certain
trade name intangible assets were less than the carrying amounts
of those assets. As a result, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $224,100, respectively, equal to the
excess of the carrying amounts of the intangible assets over the
fair value of such assets.
In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and
Equipment (ASC 360) and ASC 350, in
addition to its annual impairment testing the Company conducts
goodwill and trade name intangible asset impairment testing if
an event or circumstance (triggering event) occurs
that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred. The
Companys management uses its judgment in assessing whether
assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests.
Indicators such as unexpected adverse business conditions,
economic factors, unanticipated technological change or
competitive activities, loss of key personnel, and acts by
governments and courts may signal that an asset has become
impaired. Several triggering events occurred during Fiscal 2008
which required the Company to test its indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment between annual impairment test
dates. On May 20, 2008, the Predecessor Company entered
into a definitive agreement for the sale of Global Pet Supplies,
which was subsequently terminated. The Companys intent to
dispose of Global Pet Supplies constituted a triggering event
for impairment testing. The Company estimated the fair value of
Global Pet Supplies, and the resultant estimated impairment
charge of goodwill, based on the negotiated sales price of
Global Pet Supplies, which management deemed the best indication
of fair value at that time. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $154,916 to reduce the carrying value
of goodwill related to Global Pet Supplies to reflect the
estimated fair value of the business during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008. Goodwill and trade name intangible assets of the
Home and Garden Business were tested during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008, as a result of lower forecasted profits from this
business. This decrease in profitability was primarily due to
significant cost increases in certain raw materials used in the
production of many of the lawn fertilizer and growing media
products manufactured by the Company at that time as well as
more conservative growth rates to reflect the current and
expected future economic conditions for this business. The
Company first compared the fair value of this reporting unit
with its carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step
indicated that the fair value of the Home and Garden Business
was less than the Companys carrying amount of this
reporting unit and, accordingly, further testing of goodwill was
required to determine the impairment charge. Accordingly, the
Company then compared the carrying amount of the Home and Garden
Business goodwill against the implied fair value of such
goodwill. The carrying amount of the Home and Garden Business
goodwill exceeded its implied fair value and, therefore, during
Fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment
charge equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the
reporting units goodwill over the implied fair value of
such goodwill of approximately $110,213. In addition, during the
third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the
implied fair values of certain trade name intangible assets
related to the Home and Garden Business were less that the
carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal
2008 recorded a non-cash pretax
F-58
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
impairment charge of $22,000. Goodwill and trade name
intangibles of the Home and Garden Business were tested during
the first quarter of Fiscal 2008 in conjunction with the
Companys reclassification of that business from an asset
held for sale to an asset held and used. The Company first
compared the fair value of this reporting unit with its carrying
amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the
fair value of the Home and Garden Business was in excess of its
carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of
goodwill was required. In addition, during the first quarter of
Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the implied fair values
of certain trade name intangible assets related to the Home and
Garden Business were less than the carrying amounts of those
assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal 2008 recorded a non-cash
pretax impairment charge of $12,400.
The above impairments of goodwill and trade name intangible
assets was primarily attributed to lower current and forecasted
profits, reflecting more conservative growth rates versus those
assumed by the Company at the time of acquisition, as well as
due to a sustained decline in the total market capitalization of
the Company.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company developed
and initiated a plan to phase down, and ultimately curtail,
manufacturing operations at its Ningbo, China battery
manufacturing facility. The Company completed the shutdown of
Ningbo during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008. In connection
with the Companys strategy to exit operations in Ningbo,
China, the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge
of $16,193 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to
the Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
The recognition of the $34,391 and $861,234 non-cash impairment
of goodwill and trade name intangible assets during the period
from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively, has been recorded as a separate
component of Operating expenses and has had a material negative
effect on the Predecessor Companys financial condition and
results of operations during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008. These
impairments will not result in future cash expenditures.
Intangibles
with Definite or Estimable Useful Lives
The triggering events discussed above under ASC 350 also
indicated a triggering event in accordance with ASC 360.
Management conducted an analysis in accordance with ASC 360
of intangibles with definite or estimable useful lives in
conjunction with the ASC 350 testing of intangibles with
indefinite lives.
The Company assesses the recoverability of intangible assets
with definite or estimable useful lives in accordance with
ASC 360 by determining whether the carrying value can be
recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows. If
projected undiscounted future cash flows indicate that the
unamortized carrying value of intangible assets with finite
useful lives will not be recovered, an adjustment would be made
to reduce the carrying value to an amount equal to projected
future cash flows discounted at the Companys incremental
borrowing rate. The cash flow projections used are based on
trends of historical performance and managements estimate
of future performance, giving consideration to existing and
anticipated competitive and economic conditions.
Impairment reviews are conducted at the judgment of management
when it believes that a change in circumstances in the business
or external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses, or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. The Companys initial impairment review
to determine if an impairment test is required is based on an
undiscounted cash flow analysis for asset groups at the lowest
level for which identifiable cash flows exist. The analysis
requires management judgment with respect to changes in
technology, the continued success of product lines and future
volume, revenue and expense growth rates, and discount rates.
F-59
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair
value of this business. (See also Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, for additional information regarding this impairment
charge).
Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest
expense using the effective interest method over the lives of
the related debt agreements.
Included in accounts payable are bank overdrafts, net of
deposits on hand, on disbursement accounts that are replenished
when checks are presented for payment.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
|
|
(m)
|
Foreign
Currency Translation
|
Assets and liabilities of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at
year-end, with revenues, expenses, and cash flows translated at
the average of the monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting
from translation of the financial statements are recorded as a
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(AOCI). Also included in AOCI are the effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature.
As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009,
foreign currency translation adjustment balances of $18,492 and
$5,896, respectively, were reflected in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position in AOCI.
Successor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $13,336 and $(726) for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Predecessor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $4,440 and $3,466 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(n)
|
Shipping
and Handling Costs
|
The Successor Company incurred shipping and handling costs of
$161,148 and $12,866 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred shipping and
handling costs of $135,511 and $183,676 during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. Shipping and handling costs, which are
included
F-60
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
in Selling expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations, include costs incurred with third-party carriers
to transport products to customers and salaries and overhead
costs related to activities to prepare the Companys
products for shipment at the Companys distribution
facilities.
The Successor Company incurred advertising costs of $37,520 and
$3,166 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The
Predecessor Company incurred expenses for advertising of $25,813
and $46,417 during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Such
advertising costs are included in Selling expenses in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(p)
|
Research
and Development Costs
|
Research and development costs are charged to expense in the
period they are incurred.
|
|
(q)
|
Net
(Loss) Income Per Common Share
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing
net (loss) income available to common shareholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the
period. Basic net (loss) income per common share does not
consider common stock equivalents. Diluted net (loss) income per
common share reflects the dilution that would occur if employee
stock options and restricted stock awards were exercised or
converted into common shares or resulted in the issuance of
common shares that then shared in the net (loss) income of the
entity. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common
share uses the if converted and treasury
stock methods to reflect dilution. The difference between
the basic and diluted number of shares is due to the effects of
restricted stock and assumed conversion of employee stock
options awards.
As discussed in Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization under
Chapter 11, the Predecessor Company common stock was
cancelled as a result of the Companys emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
The Successor Company common stock began trading on
September 2, 2009. As such, the earnings per share
information for the Predecessor Company is not meaningful to
shareholders of the Successor Companys common shares, or
to potential investors in such common shares.
Net (loss) income per common share is calculated based upon the
following shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Effect of restricted stock and assumed conversion of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, and the
Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 has not assumed the
exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be
antidilutive.
On June 16, 2010, the Company issued 20,433 shares of
its common stock in conjunction with the Merger. Additionally,
all shares of its wholly owned subsidiary Spectrum Brands, were
converted to shares of SB Holdings on June 16, 2010. (See
also, Note 15, Acquisition, for a more complete discussion
of the Merger.)
F-61
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(r)
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company
principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign
currency and raw material price exposures. The Company does not
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the
Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge
of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and
documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge. The Company formally assesses, both at
the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the
financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are
effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of
the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of
effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying
exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the
derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the
forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.
Any ineffective portion of a financial instruments change
in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For
derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do
not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the
fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
Effective December 29, 2008, the Company adopted ASC Topic
815: Derivatives and Hedging, (ASC
815). ASC 815 amends the disclosure requirements for
derivative instruments and hedging activities. Under the revised
guidance entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures
for derivative and hedging activities.
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
$
|
2,371
|
|
|
$
|
2,861
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
6,544
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments
under ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,228
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
9,698
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
20,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,813
|
|
|
$
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on
the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and
reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses
on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or
hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness
are recognized in current earnings.
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for Fiscal 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(13,059
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,439
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,112
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(4,560
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(14,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,051
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-63
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes $(4,305) reclassified from AOCI associated with the
refinancing of the senior credit facility. (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
Companys refinancing of its senior credit facility.) |
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
530
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(11,288
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
851
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(8,130
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,096
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(11,847
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
9,251
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
9,719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
(1,313
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(12,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(3,347
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,237
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23,799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Included in this amount is $(6,191), reflected in the
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under
ASC 815 table below, as a result of the de-designation of a
cash flow hedge as described below. |
F-64
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2008
(Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(15,949
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(10,521
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(433
|
)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(5,304
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(1,729
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
2,627
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(9,293
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
4,669
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
8,925
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(13,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(11,846
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(610
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
Contracts
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge
the fair value of the Companys third party and
intercompany payments and interest rate payments, the gain
(loss) is recognized in earnings in the period of change
associated with the derivative contract.
During Fiscal 2010 the Successor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(42,039
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(41,886
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
During the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company), the Company recognized the following respective gains
(losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Interest rate contracts(A)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,191
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Amount represents portion of certain future payments related to
interest rate contracts that were de-designated as cash flow
hedges during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases. |
During Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Risk
The Company is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties
with which the Company transacts. The Company monitors
counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically
assessing each such counterpartys credit rating exposure.
The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the
gross asset derivatives which are primarily concentrated with a
foreign financial institution counterparty. The Company
considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on
its derivative assets, which was $75 and $32, respectively, at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009.
Additionally, the Company does not require collateral or other
security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
The Companys standard contracts do not contain credit risk
related contingencies whereby the Company would be required to
post additional cash collateral as a result of a credit event.
However, as a result of the Companys current credit
profile, the Company is typically required to post collateral in
the normal course of business to offset its liability positions.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had posted cash collateral of $2,363 and $1,943,
respectively, related to such liability positions. In addition,
at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company had posted standby letters of credit of $4,000
and $0, respectively, related to such liability positions. The
cash collateral is included in Receivables Other
within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position.
F-66
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Cash Flow
Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate
risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the
changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge
asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically
in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement
period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties
included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively,
and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense
from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At
September 30, 2010, the Company had a portfolio of
U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding
which effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt,
exclusive of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional
principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for
a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012
(the U.S. dollar swaps). During Fiscal 2010, in
connection with the refinancing of its senior credit facilities,
the Company terminated a portfolio of Euro-denominated interest
rate swaps at a cash loss of $3,499 which was recognized as an
adjustment to interest expense. The derivative net (loss) on the
U.S. dollar swaps contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company
at September 30, 2010 was $(2,675), net of tax benefit of
$1,640.
The derivative net gain (loss) on these contracts recorded in
AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2009 was $0. The
derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the
Predecessor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(3,604), net
of tax benefit of $2,209. At September 30, 2010, the
portion of derivative net (losses) estimated to be reclassified
from AOCI into earnings by the Successor Company over the next
12 months is $(1,416), net of tax.
In connection with the Companys merger with Russell Hobbs
and the refinancing of the Companys existing senior credit
facilities associated with the closing of the Merger, the
Company assessed the prospective effectiveness of its interest
rate cash flow hedges during fiscal 2010. As a result, during
fiscal 2010, the Company ceased hedge accounting and recorded a
loss of ($1,451) as an adjustment to interest expense for the
change in fair value of its U.S. dollar swaps from the date
of de-designation until the U.S. dollar swaps were
re-designated. The Company also evaluated whether the amounts
recorded in AOCI associated with the forecasted U.S. dollar
swap transactions were probable of not occurring and determined
that occurrence of the transactions was still reasonably
possible. Upon the refinancing of the existing senior credit
facility associated with the closing of the Merger, the Company
re-designated the U.S. dollar swaps as cash flow hedges of
certain scheduled interest rate payments on the new $750,000
U.S. Dollar Term Loan expiring June 16, 2016. At
September 30, 2010, the Company believes that all
forecasted interest rate swap transactions designated as cash
flow hedges are probable of occurring.
The Companys interest rate swap derivative financial
instruments at September 30, 2010, September 30, 2009
and September 30, 2008 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Notional
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.28 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,029
|
|
|
|
0.07 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.36 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
0.11 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
1.52 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
1.62 years
|
|
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange
contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated
third party and intercompany sales or payments. These
obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign
currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling,
Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or
Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow
F-67
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or
product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is
recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in
AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as
applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the
fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment
to Net sales or purchase price variance in Cost of goods sold.
At September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of
foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June
2012 with a contract value of $299,993. At September 30,
2009 the Successor Company had a series of foreign exchange
derivative contracts outstanding through September 2010 with a
contract value of $92,963. At September 30, 2008 the
Predecessor Company had a series of such derivative contracts
outstanding through September 2010 with a contract value of
$144,776. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded
in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was
$(5,322), net of tax benefit of $2,204. The derivative net
(loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor
Company at September 30, 2009 was $(378), net of tax
benefit of $167. The derivative net gain on these contracts
recorded in AOCI by the Predecessor Company at
September 30, 2008 was $3,591, net of tax expense of
$1,482. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative
net (losses) estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into
earnings by the Company over the next 12 months is
$(4,596), net of tax.
The Company is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw
materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing
processes. The Company hedges a portion of the risk associated
with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The
hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair
value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or
liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value
of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings
when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings.
The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified
quantity of raw materials through a specified date. At
September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of
such swap contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 15
tons with a contract value of $28,897. At September 30,
2009 the Successor Company had a series of such swap contracts
outstanding through September 2011 for 8 tons with a contract
value of $11,830. At September 30, 2008, the Predecessor
Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through
September 2010 for 13 tons with a contract value of $31,030. The
derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the
Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was $2,256, net of
tax expense of $1,201. The derivative net gain on these
contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at
September 30, 2009 was $347, net of tax expense of $183.
The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by
the Successor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(5,396),
net of tax benefit of $2,911. At September 30, 2010, the
portion of derivative net gains estimated to be reclassified
from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the next
12 months is $1,251, net of tax.
The Company was also exposed to fluctuating prices of raw
materials, specifically urea and
di-ammonium
phosphates (DAP), used in its manufacturing
processes in the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. During the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company) $(2,116) of pretax
derivative gains (losses) were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from Discontinued operations, net of tax, for swap or option
contracts settled at maturity. During Fiscal 2008, $8,925 of
pretax derivative gains were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from discontinued operations, by the Predecessor Company for
swap or option contracts settled at maturity. The hedges are
generally highly effective; however, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, $(12,803) and $(177), respectively, of pretax derivative
gains (losses), were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from
discontinued operations, net of tax, by the Predecessor Company.
The amount recorded during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, was due to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and a
determination that the forecasted transactions were probable of
not occurring. The Successor Company had no such swap contracts
outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and no related gain
(loss) recorded in AOCI.
F-68
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Derivative
Contracts
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign
exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third
party and intercompany payments resulting from existing
obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to
exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or
Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are
economic hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The
gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in
earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related
liability or asset at each period end. At September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009 the Company had $333,562 and
$37,478, respectively, of such foreign exchange derivative
notional value contracts outstanding.
During the Predecessor Companys eleven month period ended
August 30, 2009, as a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the
Company determined that previously designated cash flow hedge
relationships associated with interest rate swaps became
ineffective as of the Companys Petition Date. Further, the
Companys senior secured term credit agreement was amended
in connection with the implementation of the Plan, and
accordingly the underlying transactions did not occur as
originally forecasted. As a result, the Predecessor Company
reclassified approximately $(6,191), pretax, of (losses) from
AOCI as an adjustment to Interest expense during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. As a result,
the portion of derivative net losses to be reclassified from
AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months was $0. The
Predecessor Companys related derivative contracts were
terminated during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and
settled at a loss on the Effective Date.
|
|
(s)
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
ASC Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, (ASC 820), establishes a new
framework for measuring fair value and expands related
disclosures. Broadly, the ASC 820 framework requires fair
value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the
asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. ASC 820 establishes market or observable
inputs as the preferred source of values, followed by
assumptions based on hypothetical transactions in the absence of
market inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that
attempt to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. The determination of the fair
values considers various factors, including closing exchange or
over-the-counter
market pricing quotations, time value and credit quality factors
underlying options and contracts. The fair value of certain
derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing
models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling
techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as
using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the
contracts different delivery point. The nominal value of
interest rate transactions is discounted using applicable
forward interest rate curves. In addition, by applying a credit
reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or
published default probabilities for the actual and potential
asset value, the fair value of the Companys derivative
financial instruments assets reflects the risk that the
counterparties to these contracts may default on the
obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a
reserve for non-performance which is calculated based on the
probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its
derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a
potential market participant would be willing to assume the
Companys liabilities. The Company has not changed its
valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of any
financial assets and liabilities during the year.
The valuation techniques required by ASC 820 are based upon
observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while
unobservable inputs reflect
F-69
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
market assumptions made by the Company. These two types of
inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 Unadjusted quoted prices for identical
instruments in active markets.
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments in
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant
value drivers are observable.
Level 3 Significant inputs to the valuation model are
unobservable.
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value
instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In
certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such
cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the
fair value measurement in its entirety falls must be determined
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement. The Companys assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors
specific to the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has
risk management teams that review valuation, including
independent price validation for certain instruments. Further,
in other instances, the Company retains independent pricing
vendors to assist in valuing certain instruments.
The Companys derivatives are valued on a recurring basis
using internal models, which are based on market observable
inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot
prices for currencies and commodities.
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2010, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2009, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity and foreign exchange contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-70
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and
notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt
approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term debt and
derivative financial instruments are generally based on quoted
or observed market prices.
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also
tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates
an impairment loss may have been incurred using fair value
measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). The
Company did not record any impairment charges related to
goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets during
Fiscal 2010. (See also Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies Intangible Assets, for further details on
impairment testing.)
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Companys
financial instruments are summarized as follows
((liability)/asset):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
(1,743,767
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,868,754
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,583,535
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,592,987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity swap and option agreements
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward agreements
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(t)
|
Environmental
Expenditures
|
Environmental expenditures that relate to current ongoing
operations or to conditions caused by past operations are
expensed or capitalized as appropriate. The Company determines
its liability on a
site-by-site
basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and such liability can be
reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for
possible recoveries from insurance carriers. Estimated
environmental remediation expenditures are included in the
determination of the net realizable value recorded for assets
held for sale.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on previously reported results of operations or
accumulated deficit.
Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation of
assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature and transactions designated as a hedge of net foreign
investments, derivative financial instruments designated as cash
flow hedges and additional minimum pension liabilities
associated with the Companys pension. Except for the
currency translation impact of the Companys intercompany
debt of a long-term nature, the Company does not provide income
taxes on currency translation adjustments, as earnings from
international subsidiaries are considered to be permanently
reinvested.
F-71
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Amounts recorded in AOCI on the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit) and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008 are net of the following tax (benefit) expense
amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Cash
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Flow Hedges
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Total
|
|
2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
(6,141
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,659
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,366
|
)
|
2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
582
|
|
2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,286
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,749
|
|
2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(318
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,222
|
)
|
In 1996, the Predecessor Companys board of directors
(Predecessor Board) approved the Rayovac Corporation
1996 Stock Option Plan (1996 Plan). Under the 1996
Plan, stock options to acquire up to 2,318 shares of common
stock, in the aggregate, could be granted to select employees
and non-employee directors of the Predecessor Company under
either or both a time-vesting or a performance-vesting formula
at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common
stock on the date of grant. The 1996 Plan expired on
September 12, 2006.
In 1997, the Predecessor Board adopted the 1997 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (1997 Plan). Under the 1997 Plan, the
Predecessor Company could grant to employees and non-employee
directors stock options, stock appreciation rights
(SARs), restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting will occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 1997 Plan. Up to 5,000 shares
of common stock could have been issued under the 1997 Plan. The
1997 Plan expired in August 31, 2007.
In 2004, the Predecessor Board adopted the 2004 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (2004 Plan). The 2004 Plan
supplements the 1997 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the Predecessor
Company could grant to employees and non-employee directors
stock options, SARs, restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting would occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 2004 Plan. Up to 3,500 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan would have
expired on July 31, 2014.
On the Effective Date all of the existing common stock of the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled. The
Successor Company had no stock options, SARs, restricted stock
or other stock-based awards outstanding as of September 30,
2009.
In September 2009, the Successor Companys board of
directors (the Board) adopted the 2009 Spectrum
Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the 2009 Plan). In
conjunction with the Merger the 2009 Plan was assumed by SB
Holdings. As of September 30, 2010, up to 3,333 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2009 Plan. After October 21,
2010, no further awards may be made under the 2009 Plan,
provided that a majority of the holders of the common stock of
the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (2011
Plan) prior to October 21, 2011.
In conjunction with the Merger, the Company adopted the Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (formerly
known as the Russell Hobbs Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan,
as amended on June 24, 2008) (the 2007 RH
Plan). As of September 30, 2010, up to
600 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and
cancellations, could have been issued under the RH Plan. After
October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under the
2007 RH Plan, provided that a majority of the holders of the
common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the
2011 Plan prior to October 21, 2011.
F-72
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
On October 21, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
adopted the 2011 Plan, subject to shareholder approval prior to
October 21, 2011 and the Company intends to submit the 2011
Plan for shareholder approval in connection with its next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,626 shares of common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While the
Company has begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011
Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval
by a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company
eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011.
Under ASC Topic 718: Compensation-Stock
Compensation, (ASC 718), the Company is
required to recognize expense related to the fair value of its
employee stock awards.
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted
stock awards recognized by the Successor Company during Fiscal
2010 was $16,676 or $10,839, net of taxes. The amounts before
tax are included in General and administrative expenses and
Restructuring and related charges in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $2,141 or
$1,392 net of taxes, was included in Restructuring and
related charges primarily related to the accelerated vesting of
certain awards related to terminated employees. The Successor
Company recorded no stock compensation expense during the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Total stock compensation expense associated with both stock
options and restricted stock awards recognized by the
Predecessor Company during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 was $2,636 and
$5,098 or $1,642 and $3,141, net of taxes, respectively. The
amounts before tax are included in General and administrative
expenses and Restructuring and related charges in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $0
and $433 or $0 and $267, net of taxes, was included in
Restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, primarily related to the accelerated vesting
of certain awards related to terminated employees.
The Successor Company granted approximately 939 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2010. Of these grants, 271
restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the
Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The
remaining 668 shares are restricted stock grants that are
time based and vest as follows: (i) 18 shares vest
over a one year period; (ii) 611 shares vest over a
two year period; and (iii) 39 shares vest over a three
year period. The total market value of the restricted shares on
the date of the grant was approximately $23,299.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 229 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2009. Of these grants, 42 were
time-based and would vest on a pro rata basis over a three year
period and 187 shares were purely performance-based and
would vest only upon achievement of certain performance goals.
All vesting dates were subject to the recipients continued
employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by
the Predecessor Board or if the employee was terminated without
cause. The total market value of the restricted shares on the
date of grant was approximately $150. Upon the Effective Date,
by operation of the Plan, the restricted stock granted by the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 408 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2008. Of these grants,
158 shares were time-based and would vest on a pro rata
basis over a three year period and 250 were purely
performance-based and would vest only upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with the Company, except
as otherwise permitted by the Predecessor Board or if the
employee was terminated without cause. The total market value of
the restricted shares on the date of grant was approximately
$2,165. Upon the Effective Date, by operation of the Plan, the
restricted stock granted by the Predecessor Company was
extinguished and deemed cancelled.
F-73
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the
market price of the Companys shares on the grant date. A
summary of the status of the Successor Companys non-vested
restricted stock as of September 30, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
24.82
|
|
|
|
23,299
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
23.59
|
|
|
|
(5,763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
25.23
|
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
one-time termination benefits such as severance costs and
retention bonuses, and contract termination costs consisting
primarily of lease termination costs. Related charges, as
defined by the Company, include, but are not limited to, other
costs directly associated with exit and integration activities,
including impairment of property and other assets, departmental
costs of full-time incremental integration employees, and any
other items related to the exit or integration activities. Costs
for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating
detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. The Company
presents restructuring and related charges on a combined basis.
(See also Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, for a
more complete discussion of restructuring initiatives and
related costs).
|
|
(y)
|
Acquisition
and Integration Related Charges
|
Acquisition and integration related charges reflected in
Operating expenses include, but are not limited to transaction
costs such as banking, legal and accounting professional fees
directly related to the acquisition, termination and related
costs for transitional and certain other employees, integration
related professional fees and other post business combination
related expenses associated with the Merger of Russell Hobbs.
The following table summarizes acquisition and integration
related charges incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
24,962
|
|
Employee termination charges
|
|
|
9,713
|
|
Integration costs
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
$
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(z) Adoption
of New Accounting Pronouncements
Business
Combinations
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the
FASB) issued new accounting guidance on business
combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated
financial statements. The objective is to improve the relevance,
representational faithfulness and comparability of the
information that a
F-74
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a
business combination and its effects. The guidance applies to
all transactions or other events in which an entity (the
acquirer) obtains control of one or more businesses
(the acquiree), including those sometimes referred
to as true mergers or mergers of equals
and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration.
The guidance, among other things, requires companies to provide
disclosures relating to the gross amount of goodwill and
accumulated goodwill impairment losses. In April 2009, the FASB
issued additional guidance which addresses application issues
arising from contingencies in a business combination. The
Company adopted the new guidance beginning October 1, 2009.
The Company merged with Russell Hobbs during Fiscal 2010. (See
Note 15, Acquisition, for information relating to the
Merger with Russell Hobbs.)
Employers
Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan
Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on
employers disclosures about assets of a defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plan. It requires employers to
disclose information about fair value measurements of plan
assets. The objectives of the disclosures are to provide an
understanding of: (a) how investment allocation decisions
are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an
understanding of investment policies and strategies;
(b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value
of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements
using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets
for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk
within plan assets. The Company adopted this new guidance at
September 30, 2010, the fair value measurement date of its
defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans. (See
Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, for the applicable
disclosures.)
Revenue
Recognition Multiple-Element
Arrangements
In October 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance
addressing the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements
to enable entities to account for products or services
(deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The
provisions establish the accounting and reporting guidance for
arrangements under which the entity will perform multiple
revenue-generating activities. Specifically, this guidance
addresses how to separate deliverables and how to measure and
allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of
accounting. The provisions are effective for the Companys
financial statements for the fiscal year that began
October 1, 2010. The Company is in the process of
evaluating the impact that the guidance may have on its
financial statements and related disclosures.
ASC 855, Subsequent Events, (ASC 855).
ASC 855 establishes general standards of accounting and
disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. The adoption of ASC 855 requires the Company to
evaluate all subsequent events that occur after the balance
sheet date through the date and time the Companys
financial statements are issued. The Company has evaluated
subsequent events through December 14, 2010, which is the
date these financial statements were issued.
F-75
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Inventories consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
62,857
|
|
|
$
|
64,314
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
|
|
27,364
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
439,246
|
|
|
|
249,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
530,342
|
|
|
$
|
341,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land, buildings and improvements
|
|
$
|
79,935
|
|
|
$
|
75,997
|
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
|
157,172
|
|
|
|
135,639
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
24,037
|
|
|
|
6,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261,144
|
|
|
|
217,867
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
59,980
|
|
|
|
5,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,164
|
|
|
$
|
212,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
Intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Small
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
|
Garden Business
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
117,649
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
117,819
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
235,468
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
120,780
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
118,125
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
238,905
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
60,029
|
|
|
|
187,887
|
|
|
|
41,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
180,809
|
|
|
$
|
187,887
|
|
|
$
|
159,364
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Adjustments for release of valuation allowance
|
|
|
(30,363
|
)
|
|
|
(17,080
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,443
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
152,293
|
|
|
$
|
170,807
|
|
|
$
|
160,248
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
483,348
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(2,715
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,892
|
)
|
|
|
2,235
|
|
|
|
(3,372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
149,578
|
|
|
$
|
170,807
|
|
|
$
|
157,356
|
|
|
$
|
122,314
|
|
|
$
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-76
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Small
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
|
Garden Business
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names Not Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
286,260
|
|
|
$
|
57,000
|
|
|
$
|
218,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
561,605
|
|
Reclassification(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
(15,391
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(18,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,391
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
270,629
|
|
|
$
|
44,500
|
|
|
$
|
199,631
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
514,760
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
130,371
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
10,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,000
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
210,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
687,500
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,983
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
212,253
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
690,236
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,930
|
|
|
|
170,930
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(3,878
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,920
|
)
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
|
|
(3,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
398,105
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
205,333
|
|
|
$
|
178,040
|
|
|
$
|
857,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,829
|
|
|
$
|
58,357
|
|
|
$
|
111,018
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
181,204
|
|
Additions(A)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,532
|
|
Disposals(B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
|
(6,297
|
)
|
|
|
(11,827
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,099
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,225
|
|
|
$
|
52,465
|
|
|
$
|
98,600
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
162,290
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
342,775
|
|
|
|
120,535
|
|
|
|
146,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,000
|
|
|
$
|
173,000
|
|
|
$
|
245,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
772,000
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
(729
|
)
|
|
|
(1,256
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,513
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,433
|
|
|
$
|
172,271
|
|
|
$
|
245,005
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
771,709
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,397
|
|
|
|
192,397
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(17,755
|
)
|
|
|
(8,750
|
)
|
|
|
(14,861
|
)
|
|
|
(4,554
|
)
|
|
|
(45,920
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(3,562
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,876
|
)
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
(6,304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
333,116
|
|
|
$
|
163,521
|
|
|
$
|
226,268
|
|
|
$
|
188,977
|
|
|
$
|
911,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Intangible Assets, net at September 30, 2010
(Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
731,221
|
|
|
$
|
239,521
|
|
|
$
|
431,601
|
|
|
$
|
367,017
|
|
|
$
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
During the first quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified $12,000 of trade names intangible assets not
subject to amortization related to the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business to intangible assets subject to
amortization as such trade names had been assigned a useful life
through the term of the shutdown period. The Company completed
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
F-77
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(B) |
|
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business to discontinued operations as the Company completed the
shutdown of the business during that period. The Company
disposed of all intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary
technology, customer relationships and certain trade names. The
carrying value of technology assets was $60,792, net of
accumulated amortization of $6,305 at September 30, 2010
and $62,985, net of accumulated amortization of $515 at
September 30, 2009. The Company trade names subject to
amortization relate to the valuation under fresh-start reporting
and the Merger with Russell Hobbs. The carrying value of these
trade names was $145,939, net of accumulated amortization of
$3,750 at September 30, 2010 and $490, net of accumulated
amortization of $10 at September 30, 2009. Remaining
intangible assets subject to amortization include customer
relationship intangibles. The carrying value of customer
relationships was $705,151, net of accumulated amortization of
$35,865 at September 30, 2010 and $708,234, net of
accumulated amortization of $2,988 at September 30, 2009.
The useful life of the Companys intangible assets subject
to amortization are 8 years for technology assets related
to the Global Pet Supplies segment, 9 to 11 years for
technology assets related to the Small Appliances segment,
17 years for technology assets associated with the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment, 20 years for
customer relationships of Global Batteries & Personal
Care, Home and Garden and Global Pet Supplies, 15 years for
Small Appliances customer relationships, 12 years for a
trade name within the Small Appliances segment and 4 years
for a trade name within the Home and Garden segment.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2010, the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company conducted impairment testing of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing
the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $861,234 in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34,391 recorded during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to
impaired trade name intangible assets. Of the Fiscal 2008
impairment, approximately $601,934 of the charge related to
impaired goodwill and $259,300 related to impaired trade name
intangible assets. (See also Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies Intangible Assets, for further
details on the impairment charges).
The Company has designated the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business and the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business as discontinued operations. In accordance
with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed are recorded at
the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to
sell. During Fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax
charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the
carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to
reflect the estimated fair value of this business. (See also
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for additional information
relating to this impairment charge).
F-78
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The amortization expense related to intangibles subject to
amortization for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, and the Predecessor Company for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
|
Proprietary technology amortization
|
|
$
|
6,305
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
$
|
3,448
|
|
|
$
|
3,934
|
|
Customer list amortization
|
|
|
35,865
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
14,920
|
|
|
|
23,327
|
|
Trade names amortization
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,920
|
|
|
$
|
3,513
|
|
|
$
|
19,099
|
|
|
$
|
27,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes amortization expense related to the year
ended September 30, 2007 (Fiscal 2007), as a
result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business
as a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008. (See also
Note 11, Segment Results, for further details on
amortization expense related to the Home and Garden Business). |
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next
five fiscal years will approximate $55,630 per year.
Debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Term Loan, U.S. Dollar, expiring June 16, 2016
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5% Senior Secured Notes, due June 15, 2018
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan B, U.S. Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
973,125
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
Term Loan, Euro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,874
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
|
|
|
245,031
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
218,076
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring June 16, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Old ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,225
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Supplemental Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
Other notes and obligations
|
|
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
5,919
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
Capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
12,924
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,660,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
(26,624
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment as a result of fresh-start reporting
valuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
20,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,529,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-79
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Successor Companys aggregate scheduled maturities of
debt as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
2012
|
|
|
35,254
|
|
2013
|
|
|
39,902
|
|
2014
|
|
|
39,907
|
|
2015
|
|
|
39,970
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,594,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys aggregate capitalized lease obligations
included in the amounts above are payable in installments of
$990 in 2011, $745 in 2012, $725 in 2013, $740 in 2014, $803 in
2015 and $7,752 thereafter.
In connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands and
Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of a $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016
(the Term Loan), (ii) issued $750,000 in
aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes)
and (iii) entered into a $300,000 U.S. Dollar asset
based revolving loan facility due June 16, 2014 (the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with the
Senior Credit Agreement, the Senior Credit
Facilities and the Senior Credit Facilities together with
the 9.5% Notes, the Senior Secured Facilities).
The proceeds from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to
repay Spectrum Brands then-existing senior term credit
facility (the Prior Term Facility) and Spectrum
Brands then-existing asset based revolving loan facility,
to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and
for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on the Companys ability to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified
payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital
expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a
guarantee and collateral agreement, the Company and its domestic
subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under
the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have
pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure
such obligations.
F-80
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for customary events
of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on
other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15,000 amount incurred. The discount will be
amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal
2010, the Company recorded $25,968 of fees in connection with
the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Term Loan totaled $750,000.
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar
equivalent of $1,391,459, consisting of principal amounts of
$973,125 under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan, 254,970
under the Euro Facility (USD $371,874 at September 30,
2009) as well as letters of credit outstanding under the
L/C Facility totaling $46,460.
9.5% Notes
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding
principal of $750,000 under the 9.5% Notes maturing
June 15, 2018.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes,
upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at
specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing
the 9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires
the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a
portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified
redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the
occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in
such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10,245 amount incurred. The discount will
be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010, the
Company recorded $20,823 of fees in connection with the issuance
of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt issuance
costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.
F-81
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, the Company issued $218,076 in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay
interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest would be added to principal upon
the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior
Term Facility, the Company agreed to make interest payments on
the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility the Company is no longer required to make
interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual
interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010 the Company gave notice
to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28,
2011 would be made in cash. During Fiscal 2010, the Company
reclassified $26,955 of accrued interest from Other long term
liabilities to principal in connection with the PIK provision of
the 12% Notes.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon
not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes require the Company
to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had outstanding principal of $245,031 and $218,076,
respectively, under the 12% Notes.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the
trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least
25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due
under those notes.
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the
Companys Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019
Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum
Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant
additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit
Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to
provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no
assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, the Company obtained the consent
of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(the Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental
Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among
other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition
of change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together
F-82
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
with the HCP Funds, the Harbinger Parties) and
increased the Companys ability to incur indebtedness up to
$1,850,000.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $2,966 of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 12% Notes effective with the closing
of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of the Company and its
subsidiaries, restructuring costs, and other general
corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
the Companys option, which is subject to change based on
availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base
rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the
reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate)
plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required
with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations
under the ABL credit agreement are secured by certain current
assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit
accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $9,839 of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment
to interest expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, the Company had
aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225,255, net
of lender reserves of $28,972.
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding letters
of credit of $36,969 under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
At September 30, 2009, the Company had an aggregate amount
outstanding under its then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility of $84,225 which included a supplemental loan of
$45,000 and $6,000 in outstanding letters of credit.
F-83
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Income tax (benefit) expense was calculated based upon the
following components of (loss) income from continuing operations
before income tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Pretax (loss) income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(230,262
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,043
|
)
|
|
$
|
936,379
|
|
|
$
|
(654,003
|
)
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
106,079
|
|
|
|
8,043
|
|
|
|
186,975
|
|
|
|
(260,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pretax (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
44,481
|
|
|
$
|
3,111
|
|
|
$
|
24,159
|
|
|
$
|
20,964
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
2,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
47,388
|
|
|
|
3,393
|
|
|
|
23,795
|
|
|
|
23,053
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
22,119
|
|
|
|
49,790
|
|
|
|
(1,599
|
)
|
|
|
27,109
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(6,514
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
1,581
|
|
|
|
(63,064
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(724
|
)
|
|
|
(1,166
|
)
|
|
|
3,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
15,801
|
|
|
|
47,800
|
|
|
|
(1,184
|
)
|
|
|
(32,513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
$
|
63,189
|
|
|
$
|
51,193
|
|
|
$
|
22,611
|
|
|
$
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-84
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate
with the Companys effective tax rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
Permanent items
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Foreign statutory rate vs. U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Net nondeductible (deductible) interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
ASC 350 Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting valuation adjustment(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees incurred in connection with Bankruptcy Filing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residual tax on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)
|
|
|
(284.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Valuation allowance(B)
|
|
|
(73.3
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(23.5
|
)
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Inflationary adjustments
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax correction of immaterial prior period error
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(256.0
|
)%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from fresh-start reporting. |
|
(B) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from the Plan. |
F-85
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
21,770
|
|
|
$
|
20,908
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
6,486
|
|
|
|
11,396
|
|
Inventories and receivables
|
|
|
13,484
|
|
|
|
9,657
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
5,783
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
Other
|
|
|
22,712
|
|
|
|
13,107
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(28,668
|
)
|
|
|
(16,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
44,113
|
|
Current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(1,947
|
)
|
|
|
(11,560
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(3,885
|
)
|
|
|
(4,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(5,832
|
)
|
|
|
(15,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
35,735
|
|
|
$
|
28,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
17,599
|
|
|
$
|
3,564
|
|
Restructuring and purchase accounting
|
|
|
20,541
|
|
|
|
26,921
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
845
|
|
Net operating loss and credit carry forwards
|
|
|
513,779
|
|
|
|
291,642
|
|
Prepaid royalty
|
|
|
9,708
|
|
|
|
14,360
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
Unrealized losses
|
|
|
4,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,335
|
|
|
|
17,585
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(302,268
|
)
|
|
|
(116,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
282,414
|
|
|
|
241,440
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
(13,862
|
)
|
|
|
(19,552
|
)
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,275
|
)
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(544,478
|
)
|
|
|
(430,815
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,296
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(560,257
|
)
|
|
|
(468,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(277,843
|
)
|
|
$
|
(227,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(242,108
|
)
|
|
$
|
(199,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $26,600 of distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $9,312. The distributions were primarily non-cash
deemed distributions under U.S. tax law. During the period
from
F-86
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company recorded residual U.S. and foreign taxes
on approximately $165,937 of actual and deemed distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $58,295. The Company made these distributions,
which were primarily non-cash, to reduce the U.S. tax loss
for Fiscal 2009 as a result of Section 382 considerations.
Remaining undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
operations amounting to approximately $302,447 and $156,270 at
September 30, 2010 and September 2009, respectively, are
intended to remain permanently invested. Accordingly, no
residual income taxes have been provided on those earnings at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. If at some
future date, these earnings cease to be permanently invested the
Company may be subject to U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding and other taxes on such amounts. If such earnings
were not considered permanently reinvested, a deferred tax
liability of approximately $109,189 would be required.
The Company, as of September 30, 2010, has
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,087,489 and $936,208, respectively. These net
operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031. The Company has foreign loss carryforwards of
approximately $195,456 which will expire beginning in 2011.
Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite
carryforward periods. The Company is subject to an annual
limitation on the use of its net operating losses that arose
prior to its emergence from bankruptcy. The Company has had
multiple changes of ownership, as defined under IRC
Section 382, that subject the Companys
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of the
Companys stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date
of the ownership change, its net unrealized built in gain
position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains
in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of
subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if
any. Based on these factors, the Company projects that $296,160
of the total U.S. federal and $462,837 of the state net
operating loss carryforwards will expire unused. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit the
Companys utilization of the acquired Russell Hobbs
U.S. federal and state net operating losses to future
income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup. The Company also projects
that $37,542 of the total foreign loss carryforwards will expire
unused. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance
against these deferred tax assets.
The Predecessor Company recognized income tax expense of
approximately $124,054 related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. The Company,
has, in accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced its net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from its emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, under IRC Section 382(1)(6).
A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than
not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not
be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets
depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient
taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in
the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. As of September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009, the Companys valuation
allowance, established for the tax benefit that may not be
realized, totaled approximately $330,936 and $132,688,
respectively. As of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009, approximately $299,524 and $108,493,
respectively related to U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $31,412 and $24,195, respectively, related to
foreign net deferred tax assets. The increase in the allowance
during Fiscal 2010 totaled approximately $198,248, of which
approximately $191,031 related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $7,217 related to a decrease in the valuation
allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection
with the Merger, the Company established additional valuation
allowance of approximately $103,790 related to acquired net
deferred tax assets as part of purchase accounting. This amount
is included in the $198,248 above.
F-87
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits on the Successor
Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are $12,808
and $7,765, respectively, that if recognized will affect the
effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. The Successor Company as of September 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2010 had approximately $3,021 and $5,860,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions. The impact related to interest and
penalties on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
(Predecessor Company) and the period from August 31, 2009
through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) was not
material. The impact related to interest and penalties on the
Consolidated Statement of Operations for Fiscal 2010 was a net
increase to income tax expense of $1,527. In connection with the
Merger, the Company recorded additional unrecognized tax
benefits of approximately $3,299 as part of purchase accounting.
As of September 30, 2010, certain of the Companys
Canadian, German, and Hong Kong legal entities are undergoing
tax audits. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of
the examinations; however, it is reasonably possible that during
the next 12 months some portion of previously unrecognized
tax benefits could be recognized.
The following table summarizes the changes to the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits of the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and the Successor Company for the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
6,755
|
|
Gross increase tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
26
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,636
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
174
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,765
|
|
Russell Hobbs acquired unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
3,251
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(904
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
3,390
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2010 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
12,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions
and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing
authorities. The Companys major taxing jurisdictions are
the U.S., United Kingdom, and Germany. In the U.S., federal tax
filings for years prior to and including the Companys
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 are closed. However,
the federal net operating loss carryforwards from the
Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and
prior are subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
examination until the year that such net operating loss
carryforwards are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
The Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2007,
2008 and 2009 remain open to examination by the IRS. Filings in
various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject
to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.
F-88
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and
including Russell Hobbs year ended June 30, 2008 are
closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforward for
Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 is subject to
examination by the IRS until the year that such net operating
losses are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Predecessor
Company, as a result of its testing, recorded non-cash pre tax
impairment charges of $34,391 and $861,234, respectively. The
tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of $12,965 and $142,877 during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively,
as a result of a significant portion of the impaired assets not
being deductible for tax purposes in 2008.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded the correction of an immaterial
prior period error in our consolidated financial statements
related to deferred taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions. We
believe the correction of this error to be both quantitatively
and qualitatively immaterial to our annual results for fiscal
2010 or to any of our previously issued financial statements.
The impact of the correction was an increase to income tax
expense and a decrease to deferred tax assets of approximately
$5,900.
|
|
(9)
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
On November 1, 2007, the Predecessor Company sold the
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business, which
operated under the name Nu-Gro, to a new company formed by
RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds
received at closing, net of selling expenses, totaled $14,931
and were used to reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are
included in net cash provided by investing activities of
discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows. On February 5, 2008, the
Predecessor Company finalized the contractual working capital
adjustment in connection with this sale which increased proceeds
received by the Predecessor Company by $500. As a result of the
finalization of the contractual working capital adjustments the
Predecessor Company recorded a loss on disposal of $1,087, net
of tax benefit.
On November 11, 2008, the Predecessor Board approved the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision
to shutdown the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was made only after the Predecessor Company was unable
to successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was completed during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009.
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The
following amounts have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for
Fiscal 2010, the
F-89
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period From
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,306
|
|
|
$
|
261,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2,512
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
$
|
(91,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,124
|
)
|
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,491
|
)
|
|
|
(2,182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
$
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,942
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. The following
amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are
reflected as discontinued operations for Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1,896
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(651
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of
$1,087 in 2008), net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of by sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying
value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008 the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect such intangible
assets at their estimated fair value.
|
|
(10)
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
Pension
Benefits
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering
some of its employees in the United States and certain employees
in other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Germany.
Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year
of service. The Company funds its U.S. pension plans in
accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit pension
plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to satisfy
the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws.
Additionally, in compliance with the Companys funding
policy, annual contributions to
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or
statutory requirements in the respective countries.
The Company also sponsors or participates in a number of other
non-U.S. pension
arrangements, including various retirement and termination
benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or
coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not
significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in
the information presented below. The Company also has various
nonqualified deferred
F-90
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
compensation agreements with certain of its employees. Under
certain of these agreements, the Company has agreed to pay
certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent
to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is
managements intent that life insurance contracts owned by
the Company will fund these agreements. Under the remaining
agreements, the Company has agreed to pay such deferred amounts
in up to 15 annual installments beginning on a date specified by
the employee, subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a
designated beneficiary upon death.
Other
Benefits
Under the Rayovac postretirement plan the Company provides
certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible
retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care
benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding
years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65.
The plan is contributory; retiree contributions have been
established as a flat dollar amount with contribution rates
expected to increase at the active medical trend rate. The plan
is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition obligation
over a
20-year
period.
Under the Tetra U.S. postretirement plan the Company
provides postretirement medical benefits to full-time employees
who meet minimum age and service requirements. The plan is
contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and
contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles,
coinsurance and copayments.
The recognition and disclosure provisions of ASC Topic 715:
Compensation-Retirement Benefits,
(ASC 715) requires recognition of the
overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit pension and
postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement
of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded
status in AOCI in the year in which the adoption occurs. The
measurement date provisions of ASC 715, became effective
during Fiscal 2009 and the Company now measures all of its
defined benefit pension and postretirement plan assets and
obligations as of September 30, which is the Companys
fiscal year end.
F-91
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following tables provide additional information on the
Companys pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
112,444
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
402
|
|
Obligations assumed from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
54,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2,479
|
|
|
|
2,279
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
25,140
|
|
|
|
17,457
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(2,070
|
)
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, end of year
|
|
$
|
214,977
|
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
527
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
70,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Assets acquired from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
38,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
7,613
|
|
|
|
1,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
6,234
|
|
|
|
9,749
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Plan expenses paid
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
|
|
$
|
125,566
|
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
(89,411
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54,407
|
)
|
|
$
|
(527
|
)
|
|
$
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
4.2%-13.6%
|
|
5.0%-11.8%
|
|
5.0%
|
|
5.5%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
4.5%-8.8%
|
|
4.5%-8.0%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
0%-5.5%
|
|
0%-4.6%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
The net underfunded status as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 of $89,411 and $54,407, respectively, is
recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position within Employee benefit obligations, net of
current portion. Included in the Successor Companys AOCI
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are
unrecognized net (losses) gains of $(17,197), net of tax benefit
(expense) of $5,894 and $576 net of tax benefit (expense)
of $(247), respectively, which have not yet been recognized as
components of net periodic pension cost. The net loss in AOCI
expected to be recognized during Fiscal 2011 is $(388).
At September 30, 2010, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $214,977 consisted
of $62,126 associated with U.S. plans and $152,851
associated with international plans.
F-92
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of the Companys assets of $125,566
consisted of $44,284 associated with U.S. plans and $81,282
associated with international plans. The weighted average
discount rate used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 5% and approximately 4.8% for its international
plans. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used
for the Companys domestic plans was approximately 7.5% and
approximately 3.3% for its international plans.
At September 30, 2009, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $132,752 consisted
of $44,842 associated with U.S. plans and $87,910
associated with international plans. The fair value of the
Companys assets of $78,345 consisted of $33,191 associated
with U.S. plans and $45,154 associated with international
plans. The weighted average discount rate used for the
Companys domestic and international plans was
approximately 5.5%. The weighted average expected return on plan
assets used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 8.0% and approximately 5.4% for its international
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2,479
|
|
|
$
|
211
|
|
|
$
|
2,068
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
6,517
|
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
(5,774
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
(4,253
|
)
|
|
|
(4,589
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of transition obligation
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtailment loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic cost (benefit)
|
|
$
|
6,299
|
|
|
$
|
406
|
|
|
$
|
4,871
|
|
|
$
|
5,020
|
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The discount rate is used to calculate the projected benefit
obligation. The discount rate used is based on the rate of
return on government bonds as well as current market conditions
of the respective countries where such plans are established.
Below is a summary allocation of all pension plan assets along
with expected long-term rates of return by asset category as of
the measurement date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Allocation
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Equity Securities
|
|
|
0-60
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
0-40
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0-100
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on total
assets is 6.5%.
The Company has established formal investment policies for the
assets associated with these plans. Policy objectives include
maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels,
diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among
investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk
parameters within each asset
F-93
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
class. Specific asset class targets are based on the results of
periodic asset liability studies. The investment policies permit
variances from the targets within certain parameters. The
weighted average expected long-term rate of return is based on a
Fiscal 2010 review of such rates. The plan assets currently do
not include holdings of SB Holdings common stock.
The Companys Fixed Income Securities portfolio is invested
primarily in commingled funds and managed for overall return
expectations rather than matching duration against plan
liabilities; therefore, debt maturities are not significant to
the plan performance.
The Companys Other portfolio consists of all pension
assets, primarily insurance contracts, in the United Kingdom,
Germany and the Netherlands.
The Companys expected future pension benefit payments for
Fiscal 2011 through its fiscal year 2020 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
6,979
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,384
|
|
2013
|
|
|
7,716
|
|
2014
|
|
|
8,009
|
|
2015
|
|
|
8,366
|
|
2016 to 2020
|
|
|
50,826
|
|
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys pension plan assets as of September 30, 2010
segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (See
Note 3(s), Significant Accounting Policies Fair
Value of Financial Instruments, for discussion of the fair value
hierarchy and fair value principles):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,325
|
|
Insurance contracts general fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its
domestic salaried employees, which allows participants to make
contributions by salary reduction pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to
April 1, 2009 the Company contributed annually from 3% to
6% of participants compensation based on age or service,
and had the ability to make additional discretionary
contributions. The Company suspended all contributions to its
U.S. subsidiaries defined contribution pension plans
effective April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
Effective January 1, 2010 the Company reinstated its annual
contribution as described above. The Company also sponsors
defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain
foreign subsidiaries. Successor Company contributions charged to
operations, including discretionary amounts, for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009 were $3,464 and $44, respectively. Predecessor Company
contributions charged to operations, including discretionary
amounts,
F-94
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and Fiscal 2008 were $2,623 and $5,083, respectively.
The Company manages its business in four vertically integrated,
product-focused reporting segments; (i) Global
Batteries & Personal Care; (ii) Global Pet
Supplies; (iii) the Home and Garden Business; and
(iv) Small Appliances.
On June 16, 2010, the Company completed the Merger with
Russell Hobbs. The results of Russell Hobbs operations since
June 16, 2010 are in included in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations . The financial results are
reported as a separate business segment, Small Appliances.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment.
Net sales and Cost of goods sold to other business segments have
been eliminated. The gross contribution of intersegment sales is
included in the segment selling the product to the external
customer. Segment net sales are based upon the segment from
which the product is shipped.
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
interest expense, interest income, impairment charges and income
tax expense. Corporate expenses include primarily general and
administrative expenses associated with corporate overhead and
global long-term incentive compensation plans. All depreciation
and amortization included in income from operations is related
to operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are identified
to operating segments or corporate expense according to the
function of each cost center.
All capital expenditures are related to operating segments.
Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment
reporting.
Segment information for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 and the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008 is as follows:
Net
sales to external customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,427,870
|
|
|
$
|
146,139
|
|
|
$
|
1,188,902
|
|
|
$
|
1,493,736
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
560,501
|
|
|
|
56,270
|
|
|
|
517,601
|
|
|
|
598,618
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
341,064
|
|
|
|
17,479
|
|
|
|
304,145
|
|
|
|
334,217
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
237,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-95
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
51,374
|
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
|
$
|
21,933
|
|
|
$
|
32,535
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
19,832
|
|
|
|
22,891
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
14,418
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
11,073
|
|
|
|
21,636
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
6,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
100,513
|
|
|
|
8,628
|
|
|
|
52,838
|
|
|
|
77,062
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
16,905
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
5,642
|
|
|
|
7,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
117,418
|
|
|
$
|
8,671
|
|
|
$
|
58,480
|
|
|
$
|
85,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business as a continuing
operation during Fiscal 2008. |
Segment
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
152,757
|
|
|
$
|
5,675
|
|
|
$
|
159,400
|
|
|
$
|
162,889
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
55,646
|
|
|
|
3,178
|
|
|
|
61,455
|
|
|
|
68,885
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
50,881
|
|
|
|
(4,573
|
)
|
|
|
46,458
|
|
|
|
29,458
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
13,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
272,365
|
|
|
|
4,280
|
|
|
|
267,313
|
|
|
|
261,232
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
41,017
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
32,037
|
|
|
|
45,246
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
24,118
|
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
44,080
|
|
|
|
39,337
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items
income taxes
|
|
$
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business from a
discontinued operation to a continuing operation during Fiscal
2008. |
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of the Companys second
quarter of Fiscal 2010, the Company
F-96
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
determined that Venezuela meets the definition of a highly
inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result, beginning
January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the functional
currency for the Companys Venezuelan subsidiary.
Accordingly, going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments
for this subsidiarys financial statements and other
transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in
earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to being
designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments
related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in
Shareholders equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of the
Companys imported products fall into the essential
classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, the
Companys overall results in Venezuela were reflected at
the 4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations
beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, the
Company remeasured the local statement of financial position of
its Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to
reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange
activity, the Company determined on September 30, 2010 that
the most likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for
U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan
government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME
rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate
as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte
per U.S. dollar. Therefore, the Company changed the rate
used to remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an ongoing
immaterial impact related to measuring the Companys
Venezuelan statement of operations at the new exchange rate of
5.3 to the U.S. dollar.
The designation of the Companys Venezuela entity as a
highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar
fuerte resulted in a $1,486 reduction to the Companys
operating income during Fiscal 2010. The Company also reported a
foreign exchange loss in Other expense (income), net, of $10,102
during Fiscal 2010.
Segment
total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,629,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,608,269
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
826,382
|
|
|
|
866,901
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
493,511
|
|
|
|
504,448
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
863,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
3,812,425
|
|
|
|
2,979,618
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
61,179
|
|
|
|
41,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at year end
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-97
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Segment
long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,042,670
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,907
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
641,934
|
|
|
|
679,009
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
421,891
|
|
|
|
432,200
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
511,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
2,617,777
|
|
|
|
2,164,116
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
56,115
|
|
|
|
37,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
25,015
|
|
|
$
|
2,311
|
|
|
$
|
6,642
|
|
|
$
|
8,198
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
7,920
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
8,231
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
3,890
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
2,102
|
|
Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
3,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
40,306
|
|
|
|
2,718
|
|
|
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,531
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
40,316
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic
Disclosures Net sales to external
customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,444,779
|
|
|
$
|
113,407
|
|
|
$
|
1,166,920
|
|
|
$
|
1,272,100
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
1,122,232
|
|
|
|
106,481
|
|
|
|
843,728
|
|
|
|
1,154,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-98
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Geographic
Disclosures Long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,884,995
|
|
|
$
|
1,410,459
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
788,897
|
|
|
|
791,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with
environmental remediation activities at some of its current and
former manufacturing sites. The Company believes that any
additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of
approximately $9,648, which may result from resolution of these
matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the
Company.
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against the Company, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against the Company claiming that the
Company had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company is
a defendant in NACCO Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica
Incorporated et al., Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was
filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in
November 2006. The original complaint in this action alleged a
claim for, among other things, breach of contract against
Applica and a number of tort claims against certain entities
affiliated with the Harbinger Master Fund and Harbinger Special
Fund and, together with Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds.
The claims against Applica related to the alleged breach of the
merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc.
(NACCO) and one of its affiliates, which agreement
was terminated following Applicas receipt of a superior
merger offer from the HCP Funds. On October 22, 2007, the
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against
Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach
of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the
termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various
tort claims against Applica and the HCP Funds. The original
complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily
to enjoin the HCP Funds acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the HCP Funds in
January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), the Company believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
F-99
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. The Company
may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without
incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell
Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its
subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3,000 incurred with respect to this
litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the
indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters
which form the basis of this litigation. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. The Company believes that these actions are
without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes
successfully without incurring significant expenses which we are
unable to estimate at this time. At this time, the Company does
not believe it has coverage under its insurance policies for the
asbestos lawsuits.
The Company is a defendant in various other matters of
litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of
business.
The Company does not believe that any other matters or
proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations, financial condition,
liquidity or cash flows.
The Companys minimum rent payments under operating leases
are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable
operating leases, principally pertaining to land, buildings and
equipment, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
34,665
|
|
2012
|
|
|
32,824
|
|
2013
|
|
|
27,042
|
|
2014
|
|
|
19,489
|
|
2015
|
|
|
15,396
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
48,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
177,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of the leases expire between Fiscal 2011 through January
2030. Successor Companys total rent expense was $30,218
and $2,351 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. Predecessor Companys total rent expense was
$22,132 and $37,068 for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
|
|
(13)
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), SB
Holdings completed a business combination transaction pursuant
to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Mergers),
dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1,
2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among
SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of
F-100
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Russell Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties), in which the
Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to vote their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired before the date
of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers and against any
alternative proposal that would impede the Mergers.
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. Harbinger Group, Inc.
(HRG) and the Harbinger Parties are parties to a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement), pursuant to the terms of which the Harbinger
Parties will contribute 27,757 shares of SB Holdings common
stock to HRG and received in exchange for such shares an
aggregate of 119,910 shares of HRG common stock (the
Share Exchange). Immediately following the
consummation of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG will own
27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock and the Harbinger
Parties will own 6,500 shares of SB Holdings common stock,
approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB
Holdings common stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger
Parties will own 129,860 shares of HRG common stock, or
approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HRG will become a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to
all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and
F-101
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain
demand and so-called piggy back registration rights
with respect to their shares of SB Holdings common stock. On
September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered
into a joinder to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share
Exchange, HRG will become a party to the SB Holdings
Registration Rights Agreement, entitled to the rights and
subject to the obligations of a holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (D.E. Shaw),
pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to their
Spectrum Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
due 2019.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement was $50,000 less any amounts paid by
Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. No such amounts became due under the
Indemnification Agreement. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to
indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3,000 in the aggregate that become
payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to
the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs business
combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
|
|
(14)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated
with manufacturing and related initiatives in Cost of goods
sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Cost of
goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and
related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset
impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other
costs directly related to the restructuring or integration
initiatives implemented.
The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating
to administrative functions in Operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the functional areas described above, and other
costs directly related to the initiatives implemented as well as
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing.
F-102
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
3,275
|
|
|
$
|
173
|
|
|
$
|
11,857
|
|
|
$
|
16,159
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,332
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Operating expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
8,393
|
|
|
|
12,012
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
4,411
|
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
8,419
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
5,323
|
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
5,381
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
12,764
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in operating expense
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-103
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by type of charge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(830
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
8,461
|
|
|
|
15,169
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,273
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Breitenbach, France facility closure:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
6,994
|
|
|
|
12,338
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1,841
|
)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4,268
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9,272
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
10,716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-104
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
2009
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment, the Global
Pet Supplies segment and the Home and Garden segment to reduce
operating costs as well as evaluate the Companys
opportunities to improve its capital structure (the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives). These initiatives include
headcount reductions within each of the Companys segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies segment. These initiatives also included
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure.
The Successor Company recorded $18,443 and $1,550 of pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $18,850 of
pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to the
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred
through March 31, 2014, are projected at approximately
$65,500.
Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives Summary
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives and
activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
4,180
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
4,264
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
5,107
|
|
|
|
10,208
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(3,712
|
)
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
(5,205
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,447
|
|
|
$
|
4,005
|
|
|
$
|
10,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,796
|
|
|
$
|
6,439
|
|
|
$
|
8,235
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries and
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
2,437
|
|
|
$
|
6,754
|
|
|
$
|
9,252
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,443
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
7,039
|
|
|
$
|
10,210
|
|
|
$
|
14,004
|
|
|
$
|
7,591
|
|
|
$
|
38,844
|
|
Total future estimated restructuring and related charges
expected to be incurred
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,300
|
|
|
$
|
6,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,800
|
|
2008
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in China to reduce
operating costs and rationalize the Companys manufacturing
structure. These initiatives, which are complete, include the
plan to exit the Companys Ningbo battery manufacturing
facility in China (the Ningbo
F-105
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Exit Plan). The Successor Company recorded $2,162 and $165
of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $10,652 and $16,399 of pretax restructuring and related
charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. The Company has recorded
pretax restructuring and related charges of $29,378 since the
inception of the Ningbo Exit Plan.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Ningbo Exit Plan and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Ningbo
Exit Plan Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Costs
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
461
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(278
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
2007
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company has implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). These initiatives, which are substantially
complete, include the reduction of certain manufacturing
operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales,
marketing and support functions. The Successor Company recorded
no pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 related to the Latin American
Initiatives. The Predecessor Company recorded $207 and $317 of
pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, in connection with the Latin American
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $11,447 since the inception of the Latin
American Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the accrual balance associated
with the Latin American Initiatives and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Latin
American Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
(282
|
)
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(613
|
)
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, the Company began managing its business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business.
F-106
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
As part of this realignment, the Companys Global
Operations organization, previously included in corporate
expense, consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments.
In connection with these changes the Company undertook a number
of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions,
at the corporate and operating segment levels (the Global
Realignment Initiatives). The Successor Company recorded
$3,605 and $138 of restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $11,635 and $20,161 of pretax restructuring and related
charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to
the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred
through June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and
are projected at approximately $89,000, the majority of which
are cash costs.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives and activity
that have occurred during Fiscal 2010:
Global
Realignment Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
14,581
|
|
|
$
|
3,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,259
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
1,720
|
|
|
|
(1,109
|
)
|
|
|
611
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(7,657
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(7,976
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,721
|
|
|
$
|
2,281
|
|
|
$
|
11,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
3,828
|
|
|
$
|
(834
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives
by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries and
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
(981
|
)
|
|
$
|
(796
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,382
|
|
|
$
|
3,605
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
46,669
|
|
|
$
|
6,762
|
|
|
$
|
35,156
|
|
|
$
|
88,587
|
|
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
2006
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to
reduce operating costs and rationalize the Companys
manufacturing structure (the European Initiatives).
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
relocation of certain operations at the Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center to the Dischingen, Germany battery plant,
transferring private label battery production at the
Companys Dischingen, Germany battery plant to the
Companys manufacturing facility in China and restructuring
its sales, marketing and support functions. The Company recorded
$(92) and $7 of pretax restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $11 and $(707) during the
F-107
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the European
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $26,965 since the inception of the European
Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the 2006 initiatives and activity that have
occurred during Fiscal 2010:
European
Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,623
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
2,942
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(528
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,801
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
1,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On June 16, 2010, the Company merged with Russell Hobbs.
Headquartered in Miramar, Florida, Russell Hobbs is a designer,
marketer and distributor of a broad range of branded small
household appliances. Russell Hobbs markets and distributes
small kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and
personal care products. Russell Hobbs has a broad portfolio of
recognized brand names, including Black & Decker,
George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Toastmaster, LitterMaid,
Farberware, Breadman and Juiceman. Russell Hobbs customers
include mass merchandisers, specialty retailers and appliance
distributors primarily in North America, South America, Europe
and Australia.
The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010
are included in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations. The financial results of Russell Hobbs are reported
as a separate business segment, Small Appliances. Russell Hobbs
contributed $237,576 in Net sales, and recorded Operating loss
of $320 for the period from June 16, 2010 through the
period ended September 30, 2010, which includes $13,400 of
Acquisition and integration related charges.
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business
Combinations (ASC 805), the Company
accounted for the Merger by applying the acquisition method of
accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that
the consideration transferred in a business combination be
measured at fair value as of the closing date of the
acquisition. After consummation of the Merger, the stockholders
of Spectrum Brands, inclusive of Harbinger, own approximately
60% of SB Holdings and the stockholders of Russell Hobbs own
approximately 40% of SB Holdings. Inasmuch as Russell Hobbs is a
private company and its common stock was not publicly traded,
the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the purchase price. The
total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was approximately $597,579
determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs
allocation 20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-108
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the Merger Agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
Preliminary
Purchase Price Allocation
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets based upon their
preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 as set forth
below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net
tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon
a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject
to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the
certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including
deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and
net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated
limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. The Company
expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in
determining the fair values of the net assets acquired at the
acquisition date during the measurement period. The preliminary
purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill(A)
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
$
|
822,117
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of $25,426 of tax deductible Goodwill. |
Preliminary
Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed
The Company has evaluated and continues to evaluate
pre-acquisition contingencies relating to Russell Hobbs that
existed as of the acquisition date. Based on the evaluation to
date, the Company has preliminarily determined that certain
pre-acquisition contingencies are probable in nature and
estimable as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company
has preliminarily recorded its best estimates for these
contingencies as part of the preliminary purchase price
allocation for Russell Hobbs. The Company continues to gather
information relating to all pre-acquisition contingencies that
it has assumed from Russell Hobbs. Any changes to the
pre-acquisition contingency amounts recorded during the
measurement period will be included in the purchase price
allocation. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period any
adjustments to pre-acquisition contingency amounts will be
reflected in the Companys results of operations.
F-109
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Certain estimated values are not yet finalized and are subject
to change, which could be significant. The Company will finalize
the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary
to complete its analysis during the measurement period. The
following items are provisional and subject to change:
|
|
|
|
|
amounts for legal contingencies, pending the finalization of the
Companys examination and evaluation of the portfolio of
filed cases;
|
|
|
|
amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts,
amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss
carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations; and
|
|
|
|
the final allocation of Goodwill.
|
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that most assets acquired
and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of
the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a
preliminary valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell
Hobbs at June 16, 2010. Significant adjustments as a result
of that preliminary valuation are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $1,721 was
recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Finished goods were
valued at estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of
disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the selling
effort.
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net An
adjustment of $43,086 was recorded to adjust deferred taxes for
the preliminary fair value allocations.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An
adjustment of $(455) was recorded to adjust the net book value
of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving
consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions
used in the valuation of the Companys property, plant and
equipment were based on the cost approach.
|
|
|
|
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships and
certain definite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets
are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. The
total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles
was $363,327 as of June 16, 2010. A summary of the
significant key inputs were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of
approximately 93% which was supported by historical retention
rates. Income taxes were estimated at 36% and amounts were
discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The customer relationships
were valued at $38,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including prior transactions
of Russell Hobbs related trademarks and trade names, other
similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the
relative profitability and perceived contribution of the
trademarks and trade names. Royalty rates used in the
determination of the fair values of trade names and trademarks
ranged from 2.0% to 5.5% of expected net sales related to the
respective trade names and trademarks. The Company
|
F-110
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
anticipates using the majority of the trade names and trademarks
for an indefinite period as demonstrated by the sustained use of
each subjected trademark. In estimating the fair value of the
trademarks and trade names, Net sales for significant trade
names and trademarks were estimated to grow at a rate of 1%-14%
annually with a terminal year growth rate of 3%. Income taxes
were estimated at a range of 30%-38% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 15.5%-16.5%. Trade name and trademarks were
valued at $170,930 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued a trade name license agreement using the
income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings
method. In determining the fair value of the trade name license
agreement, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the
intangible asset at the present value of the incremental
after-tax cash flows attributable only to the trade name license
agreement after deducting contributory asset charges. The
incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject
intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. In
estimating the fair value of the trade name license agreement
net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (3)%-1% annually.
The Company assumed a twelve year useful life of the trade name
license agreement. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and
amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The trade name
license agreement was valued at $149,200 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs
related licensing agreements and the importance of the
technology and profit levels, among other considerations.
Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of
technologies were 2% of expected net sales related to the
respective technology. The Company anticipates using these
technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and
therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to
the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from
9 to 11 years. In estimating the fair value of the
technologies, net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of
3%-12% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts
were discounted using the rate of 15.5%. The technology assets
were valued at $4,100 under this approach.
|
F-111
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Supplemental
Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
The following reflects the Companys pro forma results had
the results of Russell Hobbs been included for all periods
beginning after September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
543,952
|
|
|
|
64,641
|
|
|
|
711,046
|
|
|
|
909,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Net sales
|
|
$
|
3,110,963
|
|
|
$
|
284,529
|
|
|
$
|
2,721,694
|
|
|
$
|
3,335,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported (Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(5,504
|
)
|
|
|
(2,284
|
)
|
|
|
(25,121
|
)
|
|
|
(43,480
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(192,876
|
)
|
|
$
|
(73,477
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,075,622
|
|
|
$
|
(948,838
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations(A):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
|
(0.85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
20.96
|
|
|
$
|
(18.63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Company has not assumed the exercise of common stock
equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. |
|
|
(16)
|
Quarterly
Results (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
July 4,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
788,999
|
|
|
$
|
653,486
|
|
|
$
|
532,586
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
274,499
|
|
|
|
252,869
|
|
|
|
209,580
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(24,317
|
)
|
|
|
(86,507
|
)
|
|
|
(19,034
|
)
|
|
|
(60,249
|
)
|
Basic net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
Diluted net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
F-112
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
June 29, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
through
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
August 30,
|
|
June 28,
|
|
March 29,
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
369,522
|
|
|
$
|
589,361
|
|
|
$
|
503,262
|
|
|
$
|
548,503
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
146,817
|
|
|
|
230,297
|
|
|
|
184,834
|
|
|
|
189,871
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
1,223,568
|
|
|
|
(36,521
|
)
|
|
|
(60,449
|
)
|
|
|
(112,657
|
)
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
F-113
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the year ended September 30, 2010, the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A
|
|
Column B
|
|
Column C Additions
|
|
Column D Deductions
|
|
Column E
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
End of
|
Descriptions
|
|
of Period
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Adjustments(A)
|
|
Period
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
September 30, 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
3,340
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351
|
|
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
$
|
1,763
|
|
|
$
|
3,848
|
|
|
$
|
16,017
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
17,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
$
|
462
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Other Adjustment in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, represents
the elimination of Accounts receivable allowances through
fresh-start reporting as a result of the Companys
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
F-114
Annex A
RISK
FACTORS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex A or the
context requires otherwise, in this Annex A, the
Company, SB Holdings, we,
our or us are used to refer to Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. Harbinger Parties refers,
collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. Merger means the
business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and
Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB
Holdings. Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum Brands,
Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
The term 9.5% Notes refers to Spectrum
Brands $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
due June 15, 2018. The term 12% Notes
refers to Spectrum Brands 12% Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes due 2019. The term ABL Revolving Credit
Facility refers to Spectrum Brands $300 million
ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014. The term
Term Loan refers to Spectrum Brands $750
million Term Loan due June 16, 2016. The term Senior
Credit Facilities refers, collectively, to the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan. The term
Senior Secured Facilities refers, collectively, to
the Senior Credit Facilities and the 9.5% Notes.
Any of the following factors could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Risks
Related to the Merger
Significant
costs have been incurred in connection with the consummation of
the Merger and are expected to be incurred in connection with
the integration of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a
combined company, including legal, accounting, financial
advisory and other costs.
We expect to incur one-time costs of approximately
$23 million in connection with integrating the operations,
products and personnel of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into
a combined company, in addition to costs related directly to
completing the Merger described below. These costs may include
costs for:
|
|
|
|
|
employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
|
|
|
|
integration of information systems;
|
|
|
|
combination of research and development teams and
processes; and
|
|
|
|
reorganization or closures of facilities.
|
In addition, we expect to incur a number of non-recurring costs
associated with combining our operations with those of Russell
Hobbs, which cannot be estimated accurately at this time. We
incurred approximately $85 million of transaction fees and
other costs related to the Merger. Additional unanticipated
costs may yet be incurred as we integrate our business with that
of Russell Hobbs. Although we expect that the elimination of
duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other
efficiencies related to the integration of our operations with
those of Russell Hobbs, may offset incremental transaction and
transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be
achieved in the near term, or at all. There can be no assurance
that we will be successful in our integration efforts. In
addition, while we expect to benefit from leveraging
distribution channels and brand names across both companies, we
cannot assure you that we will achieve such benefits.
We may
not realize the anticipated benefits of the
Merger.
The Merger involved the integration of two companies that
previously operated independently. The integration of our
operations with those of Russell Hobbs is expected to result in
financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues
and cost savings. There can be no assurance, however, regarding
when or the extent to which we will be able to realize these
increased revenues, cost savings or other benefits.
A-1
Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to
delay because of possible company culture conflicts and
different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps.
We must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems,
including those involving management information, purchasing,
accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits,
payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are dissimilar.
In some instances, we and Russell Hobbs have served the same
customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to
have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated
with integration could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.
Integrating
our business with that of Russell Hobbs may divert our
managements attention away from operations.
Successful integration of our and Russell Hobbs
operations, products and personnel may place a significant
burden on our management and other internal resources. The
diversion of managements attention, and any difficulties
encountered in the transition and integration process, could
harm our business, financial conditions and operating results.
Risks
Related To Our Emergence From Bankruptcy
Because
our consolidated financial statements are required to reflect
fresh-start reporting adjustments to be made upon emergence from
bankruptcy, financial information in our financial statements
prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to
our financial information from prior periods.
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start
reporting were met upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code) on
August 28, 2009 (the Effective Date). However,
in light of the proximity of that date to our accounting period
close immediately following the Effective Date, which was
August 30, 2009, we elected to adopt a convenience date of
August 30, 2009 for recording fresh-start reporting. We
adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852)
pursuant to which our reorganization value, which is intended to
reflect the fair value of the entity before considering
liabilities and approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay
for the assets of the entity immediately after the
reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in
conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 141, Business Combinations, using
the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. We
stated liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at a present
value of amounts expected to be paid. The amount remaining after
allocation of the reorganization value to the fair value of
identified tangible and intangible assets was reflected as
goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation for
impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the
accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, our future statements
of financial position and results of operations are not be
comparable in many respects to statements of financial position
and consolidated statements of operations data for periods prior
to the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The lack of comparable
historical information may discourage investors from purchasing
our securities. Additionally, the financial information included
in this prospectus may not be indicative of future financial
information.
Risks
Related To Our Business
We are
a parent company and our primary source of cash is and will be
distributions from our subsidiaries.
We are a parent company with limited business operations of our
own. Our main asset is the capital stock of our subsidiaries. We
conduct most of our business operations through our direct and
indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, our primary sources of cash
are dividends and distributions with respect to our ownership
interests in our subsidiaries that are derived from their
earnings and cash flow. Our subsidiaries might not generate
sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or
distributions in the future. Our subsidiaries payments to
us will be contingent upon their earnings and upon other
business considerations. In addition, our senior credit
facilities, the indentures governing our notes and other
agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or
other distributions to us. We expect that future credit
facilities will contain similar restrictions.
A-2
Our
substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating
flexibility, and we may incur additional debt, which could
increase the risks associated with our substantial
indebtedness.
We have, and we expect to continue to have, a significant amount
of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, we had total
indebtedness under our Senior Secured Facilities, the
12% Notes and other debt of approximately
$1.8 billion. Our substantial indebtedness has had, and
could continue to have, material adverse consequences for our
business, and may:
|
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a large portion of our cash flow to pay
principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce
the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and
other business activities;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business and the industry in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions,
dispositions or exploiting business opportunities;
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less debt; and
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional funds (even when
necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
|
Under the Senior Secured Facilities and the indenture governing
the 12% Notes (the 2019 Indenture), we may
incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our
existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would
increase.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our debt bears interest at
variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest
rate on our variable rate debt will increase and will create
higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect
our cash flow and could adversely impact our results of
operations. While we may enter into agreements limiting our
exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such
agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
Restrictive
covenants in the Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019
Indenture may restrict our ability to pursue our business
strategies.
The Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture each
restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and
acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions,
other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock,
loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. The
Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture also contain
customary events of default. These covenants, among other
things, limit our ability to fund future working capital and
capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or
development activities, or otherwise realize the value of our
assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a
portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In
addition, the Senior Secured Facilities contain financial
covenants relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest
coverage. Such covenants could limit the flexibility of our
restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in
the industries in which they operate. Our ability to comply with
these covenants is subject to certain events outside of our
control. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, the
lenders under our Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes
could terminate their commitments and the lenders under our
Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes could accelerate
repayment of our outstanding borrowings, and, in either case, we
may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing outstanding
borrowings on favorable terms. If we are unable to repay
outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Senior
Secured Facilities or 12% Notes will also have the right to
proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the
indebtedness owed to them. If our obligations under the Senior
Secured Facilities and the 12% Notes are accelerated, we
cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay
in full such indebtedness.
A-3
The
sale or other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc.
(HRG), the holder of a majority of the outstanding
shares of SB Holdings common stock, to non-affiliates of a
sufficient amount of the common stock of SB Holdings would
constitute a change of control under the agreements governing
Spectrum Brands debt.
HRG owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common
stock of SB Holdings. Any sale or other disposition by HRG to
non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of SB
Holdings could constitute a change of control under the
agreements governing Spectrum Brands debt, including any
foreclosure on or sale of SB Holdings common stock pledged
as collateral by HRG pursuant to the indenture governing
HRGs $350 million 10.625% Senior Secured Notes
due 2015. Under the Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a
change of control were to occur, Spectrum Brands would be
required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a
default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an amendment,
the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the
Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
In addition, under the indentures governing the 9.5% Notes
and the 12% Notes, upon a change of control of SB Holdings,
Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes
from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of
the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default
from the holders of such notes. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
make the change of control offer or obtain a waiver of default,
it would be an event of default under the indentures that could
allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the
notes. See Risks Related to SB Holdings Common
Stock The Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise
significant influence over us and their interests in our
business may be different from the interest of our
stockholders.
We
face risks related to the current economic
environment.
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the
global financial system has had and may continue to have an
impact on our business and financial condition. Global economic
conditions have significantly impacted economic markets within
certain sectors, with financial services and retail businesses
being particularly impacted. Our ability to generate revenue
depends significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is
difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could
impact consumer and customer demand for our products or our
ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our
customers, suppliers and creditors. The recent continuation of a
number of negative economic factors, including constraints on
the supply of credit to households, uncertainty and weakness in
the labor market and general consumer fears of a continuing
economic downturn could have a negative impact on discretionary
consumer spending. If the economy continues to deteriorate or
fails to improve, our business could be negatively impacted,
including as a result of reduced demand for our products or
supplier or customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary
consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our
revenues, results of operations and financial condition. In
addition, our ability to access the capital markets may be
restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial to
do so, which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to
changing economic and business conditions.
In 2010, concern over sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland and
certain other European Union countries caused significant
fluctuations of the Euro relative to other currencies, such as
the U.S. Dollar. Destabilization of the European economy
could lead to a decrease in consumer confidence, which could
cause reductions in discretionary spending and demand for our
products. Furthermore, sovereign debt issues could also lead to
further significant, and potentially longer-term, economic
issues such as reduced economic growth and devaluation of the
Euro against the U.S. Dollar, any of which could adversely
affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.
We may
not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional
qualified personnel whether as a result of the Merger or
otherwise, which could materially affect our business and
require us to incur substantial additional costs to recruit
replacement personnel.
We are highly dependent on the continuing efforts of our senior
management team and other key personnel. As a result of the
Merger, our current and prospective employees could experience
uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may
adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key
management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any
failure to attract and retain key personnel, whether as a result
of
A-4
the Merger or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on
our business. In addition, we currently do not maintain
key person insurance covering any member of our
management team.
We
participate in very competitive markets and we may not be able
to compete successfully, causing us to lose market share and
sales.
The markets in which we participate are very competitive. In the
consumer battery market, our primary competitors are Duracell
(a brand of Procter & Gamble), Energizer
and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita). In the
electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product
markets, our primary competitors are Braun (a brand of
Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a brand of
Philips), and Vidal Sassoon and Revlon (brands of
Helen of Troy). In the pet supplies market, our primary
competitors are Mars, Hartz and Central Garden & Pet.
In the Home and Garden Business, our principal national
competitors are Scotts, Central Garden & Pet and S.C.
Johnson. Our principal national competitors within our Small
Appliances segment include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America,
Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville,
NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In
each of these markets, we also face competition from numerous
other companies. In addition, in a number of our product lines,
we compete with our retail customers, who use their own private
label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of
unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased
competition from existing competitors may adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of our operations.
We compete with our competitors for consumer acceptance and
limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived
product quality, price, performance, product features and
enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well
as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies,
and new product introductions. Our ability to compete in these
consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number
of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We compete against many well-established companies that may have
substantially greater financial and other resources, including
personnel and research and development, and greater overall
market share than us.
|
|
|
|
In some key product lines, our competitors may have lower
production costs and higher profit margins than us, which may
enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail
discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
|
|
|
|
Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by
competitors may weaken consumer demand for our products.
|
|
|
|
Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels
where we do not have a strong presence.
|
|
|
|
Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or
products other than those we market.
|
|
|
|
We may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and
manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be
able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations
to our existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve
market acceptance.
|
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept
lower profit margins to compete with us. As a result of this
competition, we could lose market share and sales, or be forced
to reduce our prices to meet competition. If our product
offerings are unable to compete successfully, our sales, results
of operations and financial condition could be materially and
adversely affected.
We may
not be able to realize expected benefits and synergies from
future acquisitions of businesses or product
lines.
We may acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may
acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or
lines of products. The acquisition of a business or of the
rights to market specific products or use specific product names
may involve a financial commitment by us, either in the form of
cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such
commitments are usually in the form of prepaid
A-5
royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no
guarantee that we will acquire businesses or product
distribution rights that will contribute positively to our
earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost
savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not
meet expectations, and acquired businesses may carry unexpected
liabilities.
Sales
of certain of our products are seasonal and may cause our
operating results and working capital requirements to
fluctuate.
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. As a result of
this seasonality, our inventory and working capital needs
fluctuate significantly during the year. In addition, orders
from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the
applicable peak season, making forecasting of production
schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If we are unable to
accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or our
working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in
business or economic conditions during these periods, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
We are
subject to significant international business risks that could
hurt our business and cause our results of operations to
fluctuate.
Approximately 44% of our net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 were from customers outside of the
U.S. Our pursuit of international growth opportunities may
require significant investments for an extended period before
returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Our
international operations are subject to risks including, among
others:
|
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations, including, without limitation,
fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or
demand for our products in these markets;
|
|
|
|
the risk that because our brand names may not be locally
recognized, we must spend significant amounts of time and money
to build brand recognition without certainty that we will be
successful;
|
|
|
|
labor unrest;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist
attacks, natural disasters or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
lack of developed infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting
accounts;
|
|
|
|
restrictions on transfers of funds;
|
|
|
|
import and export duties and quotas, as well as general
transportation costs;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting our
ability to hire and retain employees;
|
|
|
|
inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign
countries;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in complying with foreign law;
|
A-6
|
|
|
|
|
difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
|
|
|
|
adverse tax consequences.
|
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on our
ability to increase or maintain our supply of products,
financial condition or results of operations.
Adverse
weather conditions during our peak selling season for our home
and garden control products could have a material adverse effect
on our Home and Garden Business.
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on
the timing and volume of sales of certain of our lawn and garden
and household insecticide and repellent products. Periods of
dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods
of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides.
Our
products utilize certain key raw materials; any increase in the
price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw
materials could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and profits.
The principal raw materials used to produce our
products including zinc powder, electrolytic
manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic materials,
steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for
packaging) are sourced either on a global or
regional basis by us or our suppliers, and the prices of those
raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to
supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs,
government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in currency
exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and
other unforeseen circumstances. In particular, during 2007 and
2008, and to date in 2010, we experienced extraordinary price
increases for raw materials, particularly as a result of strong
demand from China. Although we may increase the prices of
certain of our goods to our customers, we may not be able to
pass all of these cost increases on to our customers. As a
result, our margins may be adversely impacted by such cost
increases. We cannot provide any assurance that our sources of
supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide
supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that
interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on our
profitability and results of operations.
We regularly engage in forward purchase and hedging derivative
transactions in an attempt to effectively manage and stabilize
some of the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next
12 to 24 months; however, our hedging positions may not be
effective, or may not anticipate beneficial trends, in a
particular raw material market or may, as a result of changes in
our business, no longer be useful for us. In addition, for
certain of the principal raw materials we use to produce our
products, such as electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there
are no available effective hedging markets. If these efforts are
not effective or expose us to above average costs for an
extended period of time, and we are unable to pass our raw
materials costs on to our customers, our future profitability
may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with
respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are
subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the
current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established
agreed upon costs. We may be unable to pass these fuel
surcharges on to our customers, which may have an adverse effect
on our profitability and results of operations.
In addition, we have exclusivity arrangements and minimum
purchase requirements with certain of our suppliers for the Home
and Garden Business, which increase our dependence upon and
exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include
caps on the price we pay for our supplies and in certain
instances, these caps have allowed us to purchase materials at
below market prices. When we attempt to renew those contracts,
the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include
or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to
impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below
market prices paid by us prior to the renewal of the agreement.
Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive
prices could materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We may
not be able to fully utilize our U.S. net operating loss
carryforwards.
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,087 million and $923 million,
respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire
A-7
through years ending in 2030. As of September 30, 2010, our
management determined that it continues to be more likely than
not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain
indefinite lived intangibles, would not be realized in the
future and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset
the net U.S. deferred tax asset, including Spectrum
Brands net operating loss carryforwards. In addition,
Spectrum Brands has had changes of ownership, as defined under
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the IRC), that continue to subject a
significant amount of Spectrum Brands U.S. net
operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. We estimate that approximately $296 million of
our federal and $463 million of our state net operating
losses will expire unused due to the limitation in
Section 382 of the IRC.
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica
Incorporated in December 2007, as well as earlier business
combinations and issuances of common stock consummated by both
companies, use of the tax benefits of Russell Hobbs loss
carryforwards is also subject to limitations imposed by
Section 382 of the IRC. The determination of the
limitations is complex and requires significant judgment and
analysis of past transactions. Our analysis to determine what
portion of Russell Hobbs carryforwards are restricted or
eliminated by that provision is ongoing and, pursuant to such
analysis, we expect that a significant portion of these
carryforwards will not be available to offset future taxable
income, if any. In addition, use of Russell Hobbs net
operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon both
Russell Hobbs and us achieving profitable results in the future.
If we are unable to fully utilize our net operating losses,
other than those restricted under Section 382 of the IRC,
as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated in the
future, our results of operations could be materially and
negatively impacted.
Consolidation
of retailers and our dependence on a small number of key
customers for a significant percentage of our sales may
negatively affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends
toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of
our sales are attributable to a very limited group of customers.
Our largest customer accounted for approximately 22% of our
consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010. As these mass merchandisers and
retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may
demand lower pricing, special packaging, or impose other
requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may
relate to inventory practices, logistics, or other aspects of
the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of
these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions,
reductions in their purchases, changes in their financial
condition or loss of their accounts could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Although we have long-established relationships with many of our
customers, we do not have long-term agreements with them and
purchases are generally made through the use of individual
purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure
to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of
orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure
to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Additionally, a significant deterioration
in the financial condition of the retail industry in general
could have a material adverse effect on our sales and
profitability.
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more
closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among
them to purchase products on a
just-in-time
basis. Due to a number of factors, including
(i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing
patterns and (iii) the potential for material price
increases, we may be required to shorten our lead-time for
production and more closely anticipate our retailers and
customers demands, which could in the future require us to
carry additional inventories and increase our working capital
and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost
of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming
difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In addition, if our
retailers significantly change their inventory management
strategies, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer
orders or in liquidating excess inventories, or may find that
customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may
have a material adverse effect on our business.
A-8
Furthermore, we primarily sell branded products and a move by
one or more of our large customers to sell significant
quantities of private label products, which we do not produce on
their behalf and which directly compete with our products, could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
As a
result of our international operations, we face a number of
rusks related to exchange rates and foreign
currencies.
Our international sales and certain of our expenses are
transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010, approximately 44% of both our net sales
and our operating expenses were denominated in foreign
currencies. We expect that the amount of our revenues and
expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as our
Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and, as a
result, our exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies
could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of
the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will
affect our cost of goods sold and our operating margins and
could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect
our sales to, purchases from and loans to our subsidiaries as
well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with
our customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in
foreign currencies.
We source many products from, and sell many products in, China
and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi
(RMB) or other currencies appreciate with respect to
the U.S. dollar, we may experience fluctuations in our
results of operations. Since 2005, the RMB has no longer been
pegged to the U.S. dollar at a constant exchange rate and
instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the
Peoples Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign
exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations
in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate
within a flexible peg range against the U.S. dollar in the
medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future
Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the
RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign
exchange market.
While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the
availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be
limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our
exposure to currency fluctuations. Further, we may not be
successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in
an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and,
thus, our results of operations may be adversely impacted.
A
deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a
substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese
origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of
our products.
We purchase a number of our products and supplies from suppliers
located in China. China gained Permanent Normal Trade Relations
(PNTR) with the U.S. when it acceded to the
World Trade Organization (WTO), effective January
2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest applicable tariffs on
exports from PNTR countries to the U.S. In order to
maintain its WTO membership, China has agreed to several
requirements, including the elimination of caps on foreign
ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs and publicizing
its laws. China may not meet these requirements, it may not
remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading status may not
be maintained. If Chinas WTO membership is withdrawn or if
PNTR status for goods produced in China were removed, there
could be a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of
Chinese origin entering the U.S. which could have a
material negative adverse effect on our sales and gross margin.
Our
international operations may expose us to risks related to
compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign
countries.
We are subject to three European Union (EU)
Directives that may have a material impact on our business:
Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic
Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and
Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction of the Use of
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
requires us to eliminate specified hazardous materials from
products we sell in EU member states. Waste of
A-9
Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires us to collect and
treat, dispose of or recycle certain products we manufacture or
import into the EU at our own expense. The EU Directive on
Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries bans heavy metals
in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of heavy metals
in batteries and mandates waste management of these batteries,
including collection, recycling and disposal systems, with the
costs imposed upon producers and importers such as us. Complying
or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm our
business. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
Although contracts with our suppliers address related compliance
issues, we may be unable to procure appropriate Restriction of
the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic
Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality
and/or be
able to incorporate it into our product procurement processes
without compromising quality
and/or
harming our cost structure.
|
|
|
|
We may face excess and obsolete inventory risk related to
non-compliant inventory that we may continue to hold in fiscal
2010 for which there is reduced demand, and we may need to write
down the carrying value of such inventories.
|
|
|
|
We may be unable to sell certain existing inventories of our
batteries in Europe.
|
Many of the developing countries in which we operate do not have
significant governmental regulation relating to environmental
safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other
business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. or may not
rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their
economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or
increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the
expense of doing business in these countries. In addition,
social legislation in many countries in which we operate may
result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor
costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing
manufacturing facilities. Increases in our costs as a result of
increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could
materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We may
not be able to adequately establish and protect our intellectual
property rights, and the infringement or loss of our
intellectual property rights could harm our
business.
To establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we
rely upon a combination of national, foreign and multi-national
patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses,
confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements.
The measures that we take to protect our intellectual property
rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from
infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property. We may
need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend our
intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator
files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by
us, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service
mark or trade dress also used by us, in order to protect our
rights, we may have to participate in expensive and time
consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign
agency. Similarly, our intellectual property rights may be
challenged by third parties or invalidated through
administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with
protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation
costs, may be material. For example, our Small Appliances
segment has spent several million dollars on protecting its
patented automatic litter box business over the last few years.
Furthermore, even if our intellectual property rights are not
directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to
the weakening or invalidation of our intellectual property
rights, or our competitors may independently develop
technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to
our technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual
property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may
require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion
of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we
operate or may operate in the future do not protect, and the
governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce,
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws
and government of the U.S., which may negate our competitive or
technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the
technology underlying our products is the subject of
nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this
technology could be made available to our
A-10
competitors at any time. If we are unable to establish and then
adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
We license various trademarks, trade names and patents from
third parties for certain of our products. These licenses
generally place marketing obligations on us and require us to
pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically,
these licenses may be terminated if we fail to satisfy certain
minimum sales obligations or if we breach the terms of the
license. The termination of these licensing arrangements could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
In our Small Appliances segment, we license the use of the
Black & Decker brand for marketing in certain
small household appliances in North America, South America
(excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean. Sales of
Black & Decker branded products represented
approximately 53% of the total consolidated revenue of our Small
Appliances segment in both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009. In
December 2007, The Black & Decker Corporation
(BDC) extended the license agreement through
December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014
if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product
return. The failure to renew the license agreement with BDC or
to enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity
and results of operations.
Claims
by third parties that we are infringing their intellectual
property and other litigation could adversely affect our
business.
From time to time in the past we have been subject to claims
that we are infringing the intellectual property of others. We
currently are the subject of such claims and it is possible that
third parties will assert infringement claims against us in the
future. An adverse finding against us in these or similar
trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit,
could be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to
incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the
resources of management and technical personnel, cause product
delays or require us to enter into licensing or other agreements
in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable
intellectual property. If we are deemed to be infringing a third
partys intellectual property and are unable to continue
using that intellectual property as we had been, our business
and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to
successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual
property on a timely basis or license non-infringing
alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially
reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in
intellectual property litigation could subject us to significant
liability, as well as require us to cease developing,
manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the
affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on
our proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes
our ability to develop and commercialize our products could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Our
dependence on a few suppliers and one of our U.S. facilities for
certain of our products makes us vulnerable to a disruption in
the supply of our products.
Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our
suppliers, we generally do not have long-term contracts with
them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified
suppliers;
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions upon which we purchase products from
our suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport
costs and other costs, our suppliers willingness to extend
credit to us to finance our inventory purchases and other
factors beyond our control;
|
|
|
|
the financial condition of our suppliers;
|
|
|
|
political instability in the countries in which our suppliers
are located;
|
|
|
|
our ability to import outsourced products;
|
A-11
|
|
|
|
|
our suppliers noncompliance with applicable laws, trade
restrictions and tariffs; or
|
|
|
|
our suppliers ability to manufacture and deliver
outsourced products according to our standards of quality on a
timely and efficient basis.
|
If our relationship with one of our key suppliers is adversely
affected, we may not be able to quickly or effectively replace
such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or
other specialized production equipment or processes used by such
supplier in the manufacture of our products.
In addition, we manufacture the majority of our foil cutting
systems for our shaving product lines, using specially designed
machines and proprietary cutting technology, at our Portage,
Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or prolonged
interruption in the operations of this facility for repairs, as
a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons, could have
a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture and sell
our foil shaving products which could in turn harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
We
face risks related to our sales of products obtained from
third-party suppliers.
We sell a significant number of products that are manufactured
by third party suppliers over which we have no direct control.
While we have implemented processes and procedures to try to
ensure that the suppliers we use are complying with all
applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such
suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and
procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations.
Noncompliance could result in our marketing and distribution of
contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could
subject us to liabilities and could result in the imposition by
governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could
restrict or eliminate our ability to purchase products from
non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of these effects could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Class
action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations,
regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We and certain of our officers and directors have been named in
the past, and may be named in the future, as defendants of class
action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, we have also
received requests for information from government authorities.
Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action
lawsuits and other government investigations may result in
significant cost to us, which may not be covered by insurance,
may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
We may
be exposed to significant product liability claims which our
insurance may not cover and which could harm our
reputation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may be named as a
defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any
such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and
sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the matters may
remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition if we are unable to successfully defend
against or settle these matters or if our insurance coverage is
insufficient to satisfy any judgments against us or settlements
relating to these matters. Although we have product liability
insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, our insurance
policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any, claims
against us or may not be sufficient to cover all possible
liabilities. Additionally, we do not maintain product recall
insurance. We may not be able to maintain such insurance on
acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any
adverse publicity arising from claims made against us, even if
the claims were not successful, could adversely affect the
reputation and sales of our products. In particular, product
recalls or product liability claims challenging the safety of
our products may result in a decline in sales for a particular
product. This could be true even if the claims themselves are
ultimately settled for immaterial amounts. This type of adverse
publicity could occur and product liability claims could be made
in the future.
A-12
We may
incur material capital and other costs due to environmental
liabilities.
We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local,
foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the
environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
|
|
|
|
|
discharges to the air, water and land;
|
|
|
|
the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and
wastes; and
|
|
|
|
remediation of contamination associated with release of
hazardous substances at our facilities and at off-site disposal
locations.
|
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in our business. As
a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future.
In particular, we may incur capital and other costs to comply
with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement
policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment,
Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive
on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed
above. Moreover, there are proposed international accords and
treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and
regulations, that would attempt to control or limit the causes
of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas
emissions on the environment. In the event that the
U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate
change laws or regulations or make changes to existing laws or
regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may
result in increased manufacturing costs for our products, such
as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or
changing the ways in which certain of our products are made. We
may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed
on to us from our third-party suppliers. Although we believe
that we are substantially in compliance with applicable
environmental laws and regulations at our facilities, we may not
always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any
new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect
of historic activities on the environmental condition of our
properties or former properties. We have not conducted invasive
testing at all of our facilities to identify all potential
environmental liability risks. Given the age of our facilities
and the nature of our operations, material liabilities may arise
in the future in connection with our current or former
facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property
underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is
discovered, we could be required to incur material unforeseen
expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects
at a few of our facilities and any liabilities arising from such
investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a
material effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
We are also subject to proceedings related to our disposal of
industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations
or similar disposals made by other parties for which we are
responsible as a result of our relationship with such other
parties. These proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA) or similar state or foreign jurisdiction
laws that hold persons who arranged for the disposal
or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs
incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of
hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the
lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is
typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be
responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and
remediating contamination at a site. We occasionally are
identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a
potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated
at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where we have
been notified of our status as a potentially responsible party,
it is either premature to determine if our potential liability,
if any, will be material or we do not believe that our
liability, if any, will be material. We may be named as a
potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or
foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not
currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated
with these sites may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
A-13
Compliance
with various public health, consumer protection and other
regulations applicable to our products and facilities could
increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional
requirements with which we may be unable to
comply.
Certain of our products sold through, and facilities operated
under, each of our business segments are regulated by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (the EPA), the U.S.
Food & Drug Administration (the FDA) or other
federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are
subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by
similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and
regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing
pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases,
similar state and foreign agencies before they can be
manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain, or the
cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The severity of the effect would depend on which products were
involved, whether another product could be substituted and
whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to
anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations
of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients,
but we may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of
our products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety
Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety
Commission (the Consumer Commission) to exclude from
the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous.
Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could
require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of
one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so. For
example, Russell Hobbs, in cooperation with the Consumer
Commission, voluntarily recalled approximately 9,800 units
of a thermal coffeemaker sold under the Black &
Decker brand in August 2009 and approximately 584,000
coffeemakers in June 2009. Any additional repurchases or recalls
of our products could be costly to us and could damage the
reputation or the value of our brands. If we are required to
remove, or we voluntarily remove our products from the market,
our reputation or brands could be tarnished and we may have
large quantities of finished products that could not be sold.
Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of
a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being
assessed against us. Additionally, laws regulating certain
consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other
countries in which we sell our products, and more restrictive
laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products that are
sold through the Home and Garden Business continue to be
evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible
that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may
decide that a pesticide we use in our products will be limited
or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the outcome or the
severity of the effect of the EPAs continuing evaluations
of active ingredients used in our products.
In addition, the use of certain pesticide and fertilizer
products that are sold through our global pet supplies business
and through the Home and Garden Business may, among other
things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and
foreign environmental and public health agencies. These
regulations may require that only certified or professional
users apply the product, that users post notices on properties
where products have been or will be applied or that certain
ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health
regulations could increase our cost of doing business and expose
us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to
comply.
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the
terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in us
incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and
other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales
of our pest control products. Environmental law requirements,
and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to
become more stringent over time and could require us to incur
significant expenses.
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification
by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., an independent,
not-for-profit
corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance
with certain public
A-14
safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior
to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also
have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer
products. Our products may not meet the specifications required
by these authorities. A determination that any of our products
are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could
result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to
private litigants.
Public
perceptions that some of the products we produce and market are
not safe could adversely affect us.
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have
alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations
or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property.
Public perception that any of our products are not safe, whether
justified or not, could impair our reputation, damage our brand
names and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
If we
are unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing
or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, we
may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and our
results of operations and financial condition may
suffer.
Approximately 20% of our total labor force is employed under
collective bargaining agreements. One of these agreements, which
covers approximately 12% of the labor force under collective
bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor
force, is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2011. While
we currently expect to negotiate continuations to the terms of
these agreements, there can be no assurances that we will be
able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to us or otherwise to
reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition,
in the course of our business, we may also become subject to
additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements
may be on terms that are less favorable than those under our
current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to
collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less
favorable than existing collective bargaining agreements, could
adversely affect the operation of our business, including
through increased labor expenses. While we intend to comply with
all collective bargaining agreements to which we are subject,
there can be no assurances that we will be able to do so and any
noncompliance could subject us to disruptions in our operations
and materially and adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition.
Significant
changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount
rates and other factors could affect our results of operations,
equity and pension contributions in future
periods.
Our results of operations may be positively or negatively
affected by the amount of income or expense we record for our
defined benefit pension plans. U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) requires that we
calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial
valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial
market and other economic conditions, which may change based on
changes in key economic indicators. The most significant
year-end assumptions we used to estimate pension income or
expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets. In addition, we are required to make an
annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may
result in a significant change to equity. Although pension
expense and pension funding contributions are not directly
related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would
also likely affect the amount of cash we would contribute to
pension plans as required under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
If our
goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term
assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional
impairment charges, which may be significant.
A significant portion of our long-term assets consist of
goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and
finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past
acquisitions. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on a
periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. We
consider whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest
that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived
assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions
exist, further steps are required in order to
A-15
determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual
assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that
an individual assets carrying value does exceed its fair
market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the
excess of the individual assets carrying value over its
fair value.
The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of
judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances
that may indicate that there is impairment and which may
indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include,
but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business
or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic;
political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic
environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions
that drive valuation considerations by market participants; our
internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and
the assumptions we make when performing impairment reviews; a
significant decrease in the market price of our assets; a
significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which our
assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors
or the business climate that could affect our assets; an
accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and
significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset.
As a result of such circumstances, we may be required to record
a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements
during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill,
indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is
determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.
Risks
Related to SB Holdings Common Stock
The
Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise significant influence
over us and their interests in our business may be different
from the interests of our stockholders.
As of the date hereof, HRG owns approximately 54.54% of our
outstanding common stock and the remaining Harbinger Parties own
approximately 12.77% of our outstanding common stock. The
Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of the outstanding
common stock of HRG. The Harbinger Parties and HRG, both
separately and in conjunction with the Harbinger Parties, will
have the ability to influence the outcome of any corporate
action by us, which requires stockholder approval, including,
but not limited to, the election of directors, approval of
merger transactions and the sale of all or substantially all of
our assets. In addition, we are a party to a stockholder
agreement with HRG and the Harbinger Parties.
This influence and actual control may have the effect of
discouraging offers to acquire SB Holdings because any such
consummation would likely require the consent of HRG and perhaps
HRG and the Harbinger Parties. HRG and the Harbinger Parties may
also delay or prevent a change in control of SB Holdings. See
Risks Related to our Business The sale or
other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc. (HRG),
the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of SB
Holdings common stock, to non-affiliates of a significant amount
of the common stock of SB Holdings would constitute a change of
control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands
debt.
In addition, because HRG owns more than 50% of the voting power
of SB Holdings, SB Holdings is considered a controlled company
under the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing
standards. As such, the NYSE corporate governance rules
requiring that a majority of SB Holdings board of
directors and SB Holdings entire compensation committee be
independent do not apply. As a result, the ability of SB
Holdings independent directors to influence its business
policies and affairs may be reduced.
If HRG
and/or the
Harbinger Parties sell substantial amounts of SB Holdings
common stock in the public market, or investors perceive that
these sales could occur, the market price of SB Holdings
common stock could be adversely affected. SB Holdings has
entered into a registration rights agreement (the
Registration Rights Agreement) with HRG, the
Harbinger Parties and certain other stockholders. If requested
properly under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement,
these stockholders have the right to require SB Holdings to
register all or some of such shares for sale under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in certain circumstances and
also have the right to include those shares in a registration
initiated by SB Holdings. If SB Holdings is required to include
the shares of its common stock held by these stockholders
pursuant to these registration rights in a registration
initiated by SB Holdings, sales made by such stockholders may
adversely affect the price of SB Holdings common stock and
SB Holdings ability to raise needed capital. In
A-16
addition, if these stockholders exercise their demand
registration rights and cause a large number of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market or demand that SB
Holdings register their shares on a shelf registration
statement, such sales or shelf registration may have an adverse
effect on the market price of SB Holdings common stock.
The interests of HRG and the Harbinger Parties, which have
investments in other companies, may from time to time diverge
from the interests of other SB Holdings stockholders and from
each other, particularly with regard to new investment
opportunities. Neither HRG nor the Harbinger Parties are
restricted from investing in other businesses involving or
related to the marketing or distribution of household products,
pet and pest products and personal care products. Both HRG and
the Harbinger Parties may also engage in other businesses that
compete or may in the future compete with SB Holdings.
Even
though SB Holdings common stock is currently traded on the
NYSE, it has less liquidity than many other stocks quoted on a
national securities exchange.
The trading volume in SB Holdings common stock on the NYSE
has been relatively low when compared with larger companies
listed on the NYSE or other stock exchanges. Because of this, it
may be more difficult for stockholders to sell a substantial
number of shares for the same price at which stockholders could
sell a smaller number of shares. We cannot predict the effect,
if any, that future sales of SB Holdings common stock in
the market, or the availability of shares of its common stock
for sale in the market, will have on the market price of SB
Holdings common stock. We can give no assurance that sales
of substantial amounts of SB Holdings common stock in the
market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the
market, would not cause the price of SB Holdings common
stock to decline or impair SB Holdings future ability to
raise capital through sales of its common stock. Furthermore,
because of the limited market and generally low volume of
trading in SB Holdings common stock that could occur, the
share price of its common stock could be more likely to be
affected by broad market fluctuations, general market
conditions, fluctuations in our operating results, changes in
the markets perception of our business, and announcements
made by SB Holdings, its competitors or parties with whom SB
Holdings has business relationships. The lack of liquidity in SB
Holdings common stock may also make it difficult for us to
issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or
to otherwise arrange for any financing we may need in the
future. In addition, we may experience other adverse effects,
including, without limitation, the loss of confidence in us by
current and prospective suppliers, customers, employees and
others with whom we have or may seek to initiate business
relationships.
The
market price of SB Holdings common stock is likely to be
highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response
to various factors, many of which are beyond our
control.
Factors that may influence the price of the common stock
include, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
loss of any of our key customers or suppliers;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
sales of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
our ability to execute our business plan;
|
|
|
|
operating results that fall below expectations;
|
|
|
|
additional issuances of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
low volume of sales due to concentrated ownership of the common
stock;
|
|
|
|
intellectual property disputes;
|
|
|
|
industry developments;
|
|
|
|
economic and other external factors;
|
A-17
|
|
|
|
|
period-to-period
fluctuations in our financial results; and
|
|
|
|
market concerns with respect to the potential indirect impact of
matters not directly involving SB Holdings but impacting HRG or
the Harbinger Parties.
|
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely
affect the market price of the common stock. You should also be
aware that price volatility might be worse if the trading volume
of shares of the common stock is low.
Additional
issuances of SB Holdings common stock may result in
dilution to its existing stockholders.
As of September 30, 2010, we had two active equity
incentive plans under which shares of the Company could be
issued, the 2009 Spectrum Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the
2009 Plan) and the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the RH Plan). On
October 21, 2010, the our Board of Directors adopted the
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
(2011 Plan), subject to shareholder approval prior
to October 21, 2011 and we intend to submit the 2011 Plan
for shareholder approval in connection with our next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,625,676 shares of our common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While we have
begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011 Plan (and
awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval by a
majority of the holders of our common stock eligible to vote
thereon prior to October 21, 2011. As December 10,
2010, we have issued 667,933 restricted shares and 1,694,048
restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan, the RH Plan and the
2011 Plan and are authorized to issue up to a total of
3,202,590 shares of our common stock, or options or
restricted stock units exercisable for shares of common stock.
In addition, our board of directors has the authority to issue
additional shares of capital stock to provide additional
financing or for other purposes in the future. The issuance of
any such shares or exercise of any such options may result in a
reduction of the book value or market price of the outstanding
shares of common stock. If we do issue any such additional
shares or any such options are exercised, such issuance or
exercise also will cause a reduction in the proportionate
ownership and voting power of all other stockholders. As a
result of such dilution, the proportionate ownership interest
and voting power of a holder of shares of common stock could be
decreased. Further, any such issuance or exercise could result
in a change of control. Under our certificate of incorporation,
holders of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock or capital
stock into which any shares of common stock may be converted
have certain rights to purchase their pro rata share of certain
future issuances of securities.
Spectrum
Brands has historically not paid dividends on its public common
stock and we do not anticipate paying dividends on our public
common stock in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, any
return on investment may be limited to the value of the common
stock.
Spectrum Brands, prior to the Merger had not declared or paid
dividends on its common stock since the stock commenced public
trading in 1997, we have not declared or paid dividends on our
common stock since the stock commenced public trading in 2010,
and while we continue to evaluate the potential payment of
dividends, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends in
the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on outstanding
common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and
other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as
our board of directors may consider relevant, including the
ability to do so under our credit and other debt agreements. If
we do not pay dividends, returns on an investment in our common
stock will only occur if the stock price appreciates.
A-18
Annex B
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex B or the
context requires otherwise, in this Annex B, the
Company, SB Holdings, we,
our or us are used to refer to Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger (as defined below) and
Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and, where applicable, its
consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. Merger means the
business combination of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs
consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB Holdings.
Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and,
where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following selected historical financial data is derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements. Only our
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and 2009 and our Consolidated Statements
of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders
Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The information presented below as of and for
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 also includes that
of Russell Hobbs since the Merger on June 16, 2010.
On November 5, 2008, Spectrum Brands board of
directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products
portion of our Home and Garden segment (the Home and
Garden Business), which includes the manufacturing and
marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed,
following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability
and the projected input costs and significant working capital
demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden
Business during Fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of Fiscal
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business and, accordingly, began
reporting the results of operations of the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued
operations. As of October 1, 2005, we began reporting the
results of operations of Nu-Gro Pro and Tech as discontinued
operations. We also began reporting the results of operations of
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations as of October 1, 2006, which
business was sold on November 1, 2007. Therefore, the
presentation of all historical continuing operations has been
changed to exclude the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the Nu-Gro Pro and Tech and the Canadian
division of the Home and Garden Business but to include the
remaining control products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. The following selected financial data should be read
in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the information contained in the
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
included as Annex C to this prospectus (the Spectrum
MD&A).
B-1
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, including the notes thereto, and the Spectrum
MD&A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010(14)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567.0
|
|
|
$
|
219.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,010.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,426.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,332.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,228.5
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921.4
|
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
751.8
|
|
|
|
920.1
|
|
|
|
876.7
|
|
|
|
871.2
|
|
Operating income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
168.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
156.8
|
|
|
|
(684.6
|
)
|
|
|
(251.8
|
)
|
|
|
(289.1
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124.2
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,123.4
|
|
|
|
(914.8
|
)
|
|
|
(507.2
|
)
|
|
|
(460.9
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(86.8
|
)
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)
|
|
|
(33.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
Net (loss) income(3)(4)(5)(6)(7 )
|
|
|
(190.1
|
)
|
|
|
(70.8
|
)
|
|
|
1,013.9
|
|
|
|
(931.5
|
)
|
|
|
(596.7
|
)
|
|
|
(434.0
|
)
|
Restructuring and related charges cost of goods
sold(8)
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
Restructuring and related charges operating
expenses(8)
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
66.7
|
|
|
|
33.6
|
|
Other expense (income), net(9)
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
Interest expense(13)
|
|
$
|
277.0
|
|
|
$
|
17.0
|
|
|
$
|
172.9
|
|
|
$
|
229.0
|
|
|
$
|
255.8
|
|
|
$
|
175.9
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
19.76
|
|
|
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Diluted(10)
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Cash Flow and Related Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
$
|
57.3
|
|
|
$
|
75.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
(10.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
44.5
|
|
Capital expenditures(11)
|
|
|
40.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
55.6
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt
issuance costs)(11)
|
|
|
117.4
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
|
|
|
77.4
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
|
Statement of Financial Position Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
170.6
|
|
|
$
|
97.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
104.8
|
|
|
$
|
69.9
|
|
|
$
|
28.4
|
|
Working capital(12)
|
|
|
536.9
|
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371.5
|
|
|
|
370.2
|
|
|
|
397.2
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,873.6
|
|
|
|
3,020.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,247.5
|
|
|
|
3,211.4
|
|
|
|
3,549.3
|
|
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,723.1
|
|
|
|
1,530.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,474.8
|
|
|
|
2,416.9
|
|
|
|
2,234.5
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,743.8
|
|
|
|
1,583.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,523.4
|
|
|
|
2,460.4
|
|
|
|
2,277.2
|
|
Total shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
1,046.4
|
|
|
|
660.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,027.2
|
)
|
|
|
(103.8
|
)
|
|
|
452.2
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During Fiscal 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, pursuant to the
Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we conducted
our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets. As a result of these analyses we recorded
non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million, $861 million, $362 million and
$433 million in the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and our
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 (Fiscal
2006), respectively. See the Critical Accounting
Policies |
B-2
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of Assets and Asset Impairment section of
the Spectrum MD&A as well as Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on these impairment charges. |
|
(2) |
|
Fiscal 2007 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately
$45 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets,
principally consisting of goodwill and intangible assets,
relating to our Canadian Division of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business. Fiscal 2008 loss from discontinued operations, net of
tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
approximately $8 million to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets relating to our growing products portion of
the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated
fair value of this business. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for information relating to these
impairment charges. |
|
(3) |
|
Fiscal 2010 income tax expense of $63 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $91.9 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(4) |
|
Included in the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 for the Successor Company is a non-cash
tax charge of $58 million related to the residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $166 million of actual and
deemed distributions of foreign earnings. The period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 income tax
expense includes a non-cash adjustment of approximately
$52 million which reduced the valuation allowance against
certain deferred tax assets. Included in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 for the
Predecessor Company is a non-cash charge of $104 million
related to the tax effects of the fresh start adjustments. In
addition, Predecessor Company includes the tax effect on the
gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the
senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the
senior term credit facility resulting in approximately
$124 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles. Due to the
Companys full valuation allowance position as of
August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles, the tax effect of the
gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility is offset by a corresponding
adjustment to the valuation allowance of $124 million. The
tax effect of the fresh start adjustments, the gain on the
cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured
credit facility, net of corresponding adjustments to the
valuation allowance, are netted against reorganization items. |
|
(5) |
|
Fiscal 2008 income tax benefit of $10 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $222 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(6) |
|
Fiscal 2007 income tax expense of $56 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $180 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(7) |
|
Fiscal 2006 income tax benefit of $29 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $29 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(8) |
|
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further discussion. |
|
(9) |
|
Fiscal 2006 includes a $8 million net gain on the sale of
our Bridgeport, CT manufacturing facility, acquired as part of
the Remington Products Company, L.L.C. acquisition and
subsequently closed in Fiscal 2004, and our Madison, WI
packaging facility, which was closed in our fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003. |
|
(10) |
|
Each of Fiscal 2010, the period from August 31, 2009
through September 30, 2009, the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006
does not assume the exercise of common stock equivalents as the
impact would be antidilutive. |
|
(11) |
|
Amounts reflect the results of continuing operations only. |
B-3
|
|
|
(12) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
|
(13) |
|
Fiscal 2010 includes a non-cash charge of $83 million
related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and
the write off of unamortized discounts and premiums related to
the extinguishment of debt that was refinanced in conjunction
with the Merger. |
|
(14) |
|
Fiscal 2010, includes the results of Russell Hobbs
operations since June 16, 2010. Russell Hobbs contributed
$238 million in Net Sales and recorded operating income of
$1 million for the period from June 16, 2010 through
September 30, 2010, which includes $13 million of
acquisition and integration related charges. In addition, Fiscal
2010 includes $26 million of Acquisition and integration
related charges associated with the Merger. |
B-4
Annex C
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Introduction
The following is managements discussion of the financial
results, liquidity and other key items related to our
performance and should be read in conjunction with Annex B,
Selected Historical Financial Information of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc., and our Consolidated Financial Statements and
related notes included in this prospectus. Certain prior year
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation. All references to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer
to fiscal year periods ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a global branded small appliance company, to form
a new combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with
the Term Loan, the Senior Credit Facilities and the
Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the
Senior Secured Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, we
converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date. The term New
Spectrum, however, refers only to Spectrum Brands, Inc.,
our Delaware successor, and its subsidiaries after the Effective
Date, and the term Old Spectrum, refers only to
Spectrum Brands, our Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries
prior to the Effective Date.
Business
Overview
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet
supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and
grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable
lighting.
We manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of the Companys worldwide battery, shaving and
grooming, personal care and portable lighting business
(Global Batteries & Personal Care);
(ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide
pet supplies business (Global Pet Supplies);
(iii) the Home and Garden Business, which consists of our
home and garden control product offerings, including household
insecticides, repellants and herbicides (the Home
C-1
and Garden Business); and (iv) Small Appliances,
which consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the
kitchen and home product categories (Small
Appliances).
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design and market rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. With
the addition of Russell Hobbs we design, market and distribute a
broad range of branded small household appliances and personal
care products. Our manufacturing and product development
facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin
America and Asia. Substantially all of our rechargeable
batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small
household appliances, personal care products and portable
lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers,
primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing
and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic
market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy
and fuel prices; and our general competitive position,
especially as impacted by our competitors advertising and
promotional activities and pricing strategies.
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, we determined that in
view of the difficulty in predicting the timing or probability
of a sale of the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the requirements of Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) necessary to classify
the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business
as discontinued operations were no longer met and that it was
appropriate to present the remaining U.S. portion of the
Home and Garden Business as held and used in the Companys
continuing operations as of our second quarter of Fiscal 2008
and going forward. The presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations includes the Home and Garden Business
excluding the Canadian division, which was sold on
November 1, 2007, for all periods presented.
In the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, we entered into a
definitive agreement, subject to the consent of our lenders
under our senior credit facilities, to sell the assets related
to Global Pet Supplies. We were unable to obtain the consent of
the lenders, and on July 13, 2008, we entered into a
termination agreement regarding the agreement to sell the assets
related to Global Pet Supplies. Pursuant to the termination
agreement, as a condition to the termination, we paid the
proposed buyer $3 million as a reimbursement of expenses.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown was consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29,
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation
herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all
periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
C-2
On December 15, 2008, we were advised that our common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. We were advised that
the decision to suspend our common stock was reached in view of
the fact that we had recently fallen below the NYSEs
continued listing standard regarding average global market
capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not
less than $25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on
the NYSE. Our common stock was delisted from the NYSE effective
January 23, 2009.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
Chapter 11
Proceedings
As a result of its substantial leverage, the Company determined
that, absent a financial restructuring, it would be unable to
achieve future profitability or positive cash flows on a
consolidated basis solely from cash generated from operating
activities or to satisfy certain of its payment obligations as
the same may become due and be at risk of not satisfying the
leverage ratios to which it was subject under its then existing
senior secured term loan facility, which ratios became more
restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, on February 3,
2009, we announced that we had reached agreements with certain
noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70%
of the face value of our then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce our outstanding debt. On the same
day, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the
Bankruptcy Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy
Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the Proposed
Plan) that detailed the Debtors proposed terms for
the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly
administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the 12% Notes
to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old Spectrums
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes),
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). For a further
discussion of the 12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the Petition Date, our financial statements are
prepared in accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852).
ASC 852 does not change the application of GAAP in the
preparation of our financial statements. However, ASC 852
does require that financial statements, for periods including
and subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition,
distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated
with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the
business. In accordance with ASC 852 we have done the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, we have separated liabilities that are subject
to compromise from liabilities that are not subject to
compromise;
|
C-3
|
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Operations included in this
prospectus, we have distinguished transactions and events that
are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing
operations of the business;
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus, we have separately disclosed Reorganization items
expense (income), net;
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Senior Subordinated
Notes; and
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
As required by ASC 852 we adopted fresh-start reporting
upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code as of
our monthly period ended August 30, 2009 as is reflected in
this prospectus.
Since the reorganization value of the assets of Old Spectrum
immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less
than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed
claims and the holders of Old Spectrums voting shares
immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than
50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity the
Company adopted fresh-start reporting as of the close of
business on August 30, 2009 in accordance with
ASC 852. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as of August 30, 2009 gives effect to allocations to the
carrying value of assets or amounts and classifications of
liabilities that were necessary when adopting fresh-start
reporting.
We analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, through August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting
date, and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as they represented less than
one-percent of the total Net sales for the entire fiscal year
ended September 30, 2009. As such, we determined that
August 30, 2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start
reporting date to coincide with our normal financial period
close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start
reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were
adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly,
the reported historical financial statements of Old Spectrum
prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended
prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of New
Spectrum.
Cost
Reduction Initiatives
We continually seek to improve our operational efficiency, match
our manufacturing capacity and product costs to market demand
and better utilize our manufacturing resources. We have
undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and
operating costs.
Fiscal 2009. In connection with our
announcement to reduce our headcount within each of our segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies segment, we implemented a number of cost
reduction initiatives (the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives). These initiatives also included
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of our capital structure.
Fiscal 2008. In connection with our decision
to exit our zinc carbon and alkaline battery manufacturing and
distribution facility in Ninghai, China, we undertook cost
reduction initiatives (the Ningbo Exit Plan). These
initiatives include fixed cost savings by integrating production
equipment into our remaining production facilities and headcount
reductions.
Fiscal 2007. In connection with our
announcement that we would manage our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments our
costs related to research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain, which had previously been included in our
corporate reporting segment are now included in each of the
operating segments on a direct as incurred basis. In connection
with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives), including a headcount reduction of
approximately 200 employees.
We also implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin America
Initiatives). These initiatives include the
C-4
reduction of certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the
restructuring of management, sales, marketing and support
functions. As a result, we reduced headcount in Latin America by
approximately 100 employees.
Fiscal 2006. As a result of our continued
concern regarding the European economy and the continued shift
by consumers from branded to private label alkaline batteries,
we announced a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). These initiatives include the
reduction of certain operations at our Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center and relocating those operations to our
Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label
battery production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to
our manufacturing facility in China and restructuring the sales,
marketing and support functions. As a result, we have reduced
headcount in Europe by approximately 350 employees or 24%.
Meeting
Consumer Needs through Technology and Development
We continue to focus our efforts on meeting consumer needs for
our products through new product development and technology
innovations. Research and development efforts associated with
our electric shaving and grooming products allow us to deliver
to the market unique cutting systems. Research and development
efforts associated with our electric personal care products
allow us to deliver to our customers products that save them
time, provide salon alternatives and enhance their in-home
personal care options. We are continuously pursuing new
innovations for our shaving, grooming and hair care products
including foil and rotary shaver improvements, trimmer
enhancements and technologies that deliver skin and hair care
benefits.
During Fiscal 2010, we launched our Rayovac Platinum Nickel
Metal Hydride rechargeable batteries. These batteries are ready
to use directly out of the package, and stay charged up to 3
times longer than other rechargeable batteries. We also
introduced Instant Ocean aquatic food and chemical products and
additional products under the Dingo and Natures Miracle
brands.
During Fiscal 2009, we introduced the Roughneck Flex 360
flashlight. We also launched a long lasting zero-mercury hearing
aid battery. This product provides the same long lasting
performance as conventional hearing aid batteries, but with an
environmentally friendly formula. During Fiscal 2009, we also
introduced a line of Tetra marine aquatic products, new dog
treat items and enhanced Natures Miracle Stain &
Odor products.
During Fiscal 2008, we introduced longer lasting alkaline
batteries in cell sizes AA and AAA. We also launched several new
products targeted at specific niche markets such as Hot Shot
Spider Trap, Cutter Mosquito Stakes, Spectracide Destroyer
Wasp & Hornet and Spectracide Weed Stop. We also
introduced a new line of mens rotary shavers with
360° Flex & Pivot Technology. The
flex and pivot technology allows the cutting blades to follow
the contour of a persons face and neck. In addition, we
added
Teflon®
coated heads to our blades to reduce redness and irritation from
shaving. We also introduced The Short Cut Clipper.
The product is positioned as the worlds first clipper with
exclusive curved cutting technology. We also launched
Shine Therapy, a hair straightener with vitamin
conditioning technology: Vitamin E, Avocado Oil and conditioners
infused into the ceramic plates.
During Fiscal 2007, advancements in shaver blade coatings
continued to be significant with further introductions of
Titanium, Nano-Diamond, Nano-Silver and Tourmaline on a variety
of products, which allowed us to continue to launch new products
or product enhancements into the market place.
During Fiscal 2006, in the lawn and garden category, we
introduced the only termite killing stakes product for the
do-it-yourself market.
Competitive
Landscape
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products;
electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric
personal care; and portable lighting.
The consumer battery product category consists of
non-rechargeable alkaline or zinc carbon batteries in cell sizes
of AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt, and specialty batteries, which
include rechargeable batteries, hearing
C-5
aid batteries, photo batteries and watch/calculator batteries.
Most consumer batteries are marketed under one of the following
brands: Rayovac/VARTA, Duracell, Energizer or Panasonic. In
addition, some retailers market private label batteries,
particularly in Europe. The majority of consumers in North
America and Europe purchase alkaline batteries. The Latin
America market consists primarily of zinc carbon batteries but
is gradually converting to higher-priced alkaline batteries as
household disposable income grows.
We believe that we are the largest worldwide marketer of hearing
aid batteries and that we continue to maintain a leading global
market position. We believe that our close relationship with
hearing aid manufacturers and other customers, as well as our
product performance improvements and packaging innovations,
position us for continued success in this category.
Our global pet supplies business comprises aquatics equipment
(aquariums, filters, pumps, etc.), aquatics consumables (fish
food, water treatments and conditioners, etc.) and specialty pet
products for dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals.
The pet supply market is extremely fragmented, with no
competitor holding a market share greater than twenty percent.
We believe that our brand positioning, including the leading
global aquatics brand in Tetra, our diverse array of innovative
and attractive products and our strong retail relationships and
global infrastructure will allow us to remain competitive in
this fast growing industry.
Products in our home and garden category are sold through the
Home and Garden Business. The Home and Garden Business
manufactures and markets outdoor and indoor insect control
products, rodenticides, herbicides and plant foods. The Home and
Garden Business operates in the U.S. market under the brand
names Spectracide, Cutter and Garden Safe. The Home and Garden
Business marketing position is primarily that of a value
brand, enhanced and supported by innovative products and
packaging to drive sales at the point of purchase. The Home and
Garden Business primary competitors include The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet Company and
S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
We also operate in the shaving and grooming and personal care
product category, consisting of electric shavers and
accessories, electric grooming products and hair care
appliances. Electric shavers include mens and womens
shavers (both rotary and foil design) and electric shaver
accessories consisting of shaver replacement parts (primarily
foils and cutters), pre-shave products and cleaning agents.
Electric shavers are marketed primarily under one of the
following global brands: Remington, Braun and Norelco. Electric
grooming products include beard and mustache trimmers, nose and
ear trimmers, body groomers and haircut kits and related
accessories. Hair care appliances include hair dryers,
straightening irons, styling irons and hair-setters. Europe and
North America account for the majority of our worldwide product
category sales. Our major competitors in the electric personal
care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper
Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited.
Products in our small appliances category consist of small
electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product
categories. Primary competitive brands in the small appliance
category include Hamilton Beach, Procter Silex, Sunbeam,
Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi,
Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood,
Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal.
The following factors contribute to our ability to succeed in
these highly competitive product categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Strong Diversified Global Brand Portfolio. We
have a global portfolio of well-recognized consumer product
brands. We believe that the strength of our brands positions us
to extend our product lines and provide our retail customers
with strong sell-through to consumers.
|
|
|
|
Strong Global Retail Relationships. We have
well-established business relationships with many of the top
global retailers, distributors and wholesalers, which have
assisted us in our efforts to expand our overall market
penetration and promote sales.
|
|
|
|
Expansive Distribution Network. We distribute
our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of
trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and OEMs.
|
C-6
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative New Products, Packaging and
Technologies. We have a long history of product
and packaging innovations in each of our seven product
categories and continually seek to introduce new products both
as extensions of existing product lines and as new product
categories.
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team. Our management
team has substantial consumer products experience. On average,
each senior manager has more than 20 years of experience at
Spectrum, VARTA, Remington, Russell Hobbs or other branded
consumer product companies such as Newell Rubbermaid, H.J. Heinz
and Schering-Plough.
|
Seasonal
Product Sales
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season.
The seasonality of our sales during the last three fiscal years
is as follows:
Percentage
of Annual Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Fiscal Quarter Ended
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
March
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
June
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
September
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2009
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Highlights
of Consolidated Operating Results
We have presented the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business as discontinued operations. The board of
directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in
November 2008 and the shutdown was completed during the second
quarter of our Fiscal 2009. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated,
all discussions regarding Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 only
reflect results from our continuing operations.
Year over year historical comparisons are influenced by the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs, which is included in our Fiscal
2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations from
June 16, 2010, the date of the Merger, through the end of
the period. The results of Russell Hobbs are not included in our
Fiscal 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations. See
Note 16, Acquisition of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in this prospectus for supplemental pro
forma information providing additional year over year
comparisons of the impact of the acquisition.
C-7
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2010 increased
to $2,567 million from $2,231 million in Fiscal 2009,
a 15.1% increase. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal
2010 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
Addition of small appliances
|
|
|
238
|
|
Increase in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
33
|
|
Increase in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
27
|
|
Increase in home and garden control product sales
|
|
|
19
|
|
Increase in lighting product sales
|
|
|
6
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2010 and 2009
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
866
|
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2010 increased
$47 million, or 6%, compared to Fiscal 2009, primarily
driven by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $15 million
coupled with increased sales in North America and Latin
America. The sales increase in North America was driven by
increased volume with a major customer and the increased sales
in Latin America were a result of increased specialty battery
sales, driven by the successfully leveraging our value
proposition, that is, products that work as well as or better
than our competitors, at a lower price. These gains were
partially offset by decreased consumer battery sales of
$22 million in Europe, primarily due to our continued exit
of low margin private label battery sales.
Pet product sales during Fiscal 2010 decreased $13 million,
or 2%, compared to Fiscal 2009. The decrease of $13 million
is attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $11 million
and decreased specialty pet products of $6 million. These
decreases were partially offset by favorable foreign exchange
impacts of $3 million. The $11 million decrease in
aquatic sales is due to decreases within the United States and
Pacific Rim of $6 million and $5 million,
respectively, as a result of reduction in demand in this product
category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our
market share in the category. The $6 million decrease in
companion animal sales is due to $9 million decline in the
United States, primarily driven by a distribution loss of at a
major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of
a product recall, which was tempered by increases of
$3 million in Europe.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2010
versus Fiscal 2009 increased $19 million, or 6%. This
increase is a result of additional sales to major customers that
was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns
during the year in both lawn and garden control products and
household control products.
C-8
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $32 million, or 14%, compared to Fiscal 2009
primarily due to increased sales within Europe of
$25 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange
translation of $5 million. The increase in Europe sales is
a result of new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $5 million, or 2%, when compared to Fiscal 2009.
The increase of $5 million during Fiscal 2010 was
attributable to favorable foreign exchange impacts of
$2 million coupled with modest sales increases within Latin
America and North America of $3 million and
$1 million, respectively. These sales increases were
partially offset by modest declines in Europe of $2 million.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2010 increased
$8 million, or 10%, compared to Fiscal 2009 as a result of
increases in North America of $3 million coupled with
favorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. Sales
of portable lighting products also increased modestly in both
Europe and Latin America.
Small appliances contributed $238 million or 9% of total
net sales for Fiscal 2010. This represents sales related to
Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the merger,
June 16, 2010 through the close of the Fiscal 2010.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2010 was
$921 million versus $816 million for Fiscal 2009. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2010 decreased to 35.9% from
36.6% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in our gross profit margin is
primarily a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon the
adoption of fresh-start reporting, in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,
Business Combinations,
(SFAS 141), inventory balances were
revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in
such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the
inventory revaluation, we recognized $34 million in
additional cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010 compared to
$15 million of additional cost of goods sold recognized in
Fiscal 2009. The impact of the inventory revaluation was offset
by lower Restructuring and related charges in Cost of goods sold
during Fiscal 2010, which included $7 million of
Restructuring and related charges whereas Fiscal 2009 included
$13 million of Restructuring and related charges. The
Restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 were
primarily associated with cost reduction initiatives announced
in 2009. The $13 million of Restructuring and related
charges incurred in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the
shutdown of our Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
See Restructuring and Related Charges below,
as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2010 totaled $753 million versus $659 million
for Fiscal 2009. The $94 million increase in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 was partially driven
by $38 million of Acquisition and integration related
charges as a result of our combination with Russell Hobbs
pursuant to the Merger. During Fiscal 2010 we also incurred
$36 million of selling expense and $16 million of
general and administrative expense incurred by Russell Hobbs,
which is included in the Small Appliances segment, subsequent to
the acquisition on June 16, 2010. Also included in
Operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 was additional depreciation
and amortization as a result of the revaluation of our long
lived assets in connection with our adoption of fresh-start
reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code and unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$7 million. This increase was partially offset by the
non-recurrence of the non-cash impairment charge to certain long
lived intangible assets of $34 million in Fiscal 2009 and
lower Restructuring and related charges of approximately
$15 million as $17 million of such charges were
incurred in Fiscal 2010 compared to $32 million in Fiscal
2009. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related
Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Adjusted EBITDA. Management believes that
certain non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in certain
instances to provide additional meaningful comparisons between
current results and results in prior operating periods. Adjusted
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(Adjusted EBITDA) is a metric used by management and
frequently used by the financial community. Adjusted
C-9
EBITDA provides insight into an organizations operating
trends and facilitates comparisons between peer companies, since
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization can differ
greatly between organizations as a result of differing capital
structures and tax strategies. Adjusted EBITDA can also be a
useful measure of a companys ability to service debt and
is one of the measures used for determining the Companys
debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain items
that are unusual in nature or not comparable from period to
period. While the Companys management believes that
non-GAAP measurements are useful supplemental information, such
adjusted results are not intended to replace the Companys
GAAP financial results.
Adjusted EBITDA, which includes the results of Russell
Hobbs businesses as if it was combined with Spectrum for
all periods presented (see reconciliation of GAAP Net
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by
segment below) was $432 million for Fiscal 2010 compared
with $391 million for Fiscal 2009.
Operating Income. Operating income of
approximately $169 million was recognized in Fiscal 2010
compared to Fiscal 2009 operating income of $157 million.
The increase in operating income is attributable to Small
Appliances income of $13 million, increased sales in our
remaining segments and the non-reoccurrence of the previously
discussed non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in
Fiscal 2009. This was partially offset by $39 million
Acquisition and integration related charges incurred in Fiscal
2010 related to the Merger.
Segment Results. As discussed in Annex D,
Description of the Business of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
we manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care,
(ii) Global Pet Supplies; (iii) Home and Garden
Business; and (iv) Small Appliances.
Operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
interest expense, interest income, impairment charges,
reorganization items and income tax expense. Expenses associated
with global operations, consisting of research and development,
manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations
and inbound supply chain are included in the determination of
operating segment profits. In addition, certain general and
administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating
segments on a standalone basis have been included in the
determination of operating segment profits. Corporate expenses
include primarily general and administrative expenses associated
with corporate overhead and global long-term incentive
compensation plans.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 11, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
C-10
Below is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) from
Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by segment for Fiscal
2010 and Fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Garden
|
|
Small
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Business
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(416
|
)
|
|
$
|
(190
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Write-off unamortized discounts and financing fees(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Fresh-start inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Russell Hobbs inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
C-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Garden
|
|
Small
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Business
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
(52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
828
|
|
|
$
|
943
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
Intangibles impairment
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Fresh-start inventory and other fair value adjustment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
164
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(33
|
)
|
|
$
|
324
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(30
|
)
|
|
$
|
391
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
It is our policy to record Income tax expense (benefit) and
interest expense on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, such
amounts are not reflected in the operating results of the
operating segments. |
|
(b) |
|
Adjustment reflects the following: (i) $61 million
write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts
associated with our restructured capital structure, refinanced
on June 16, 2010; (ii) $4 million related to
pre-payment premiums associated with the paydown of our old
asset based revolving credit facility and supplemental loan
extinguished on June 16, 2010; and
(iii) $17 million related to the termination of
interest swaps and commitment fees. |
|
(c) |
|
Adjustment reflects restricted stock amortization and
accelerated depreciation associated with certain restructuring
initiatives. Inasmuch as this amount is included within
Restructuring and related charges, this adjustment negates the
impact of reflecting the add-back of depreciation and
amortization. |
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,428
|
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
10.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
1,629
|
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 increased
$93 million to $1,428 million from $1,335 million
during Fiscal 2009, representing a 7% increase. Favorable
foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in
Fiscal 2010 by approximately $24 million in comparison to
Fiscal 2009. Consumer battery sales for Fiscal 2010 increased to
$866 million when compared to Fiscal 2009 sales of
$819 million, primarily due to increased specialty battery
sales of $26 million and increased alkaline battery sales
of $6 million, coupled with favorable foreign exchange
translation of $15 million. The $26 million increase
in specialty battery sales is driven by growth in Latin America
driven by the successfully leveraging our value proposition,
that is, products that work as well as or better than our
competitors, at a lower price. The $6 million increase in
alkaline sales is driven by the increased sales in North
America, attributable to an
C-12
increase in market share, as consumers opt for our value
proposition during the weakening economic conditions in the U.S,
which was tempered by a decline in alkaline battery sales in
Europe as we continued efforts to exit from unprofitable or
marginally profitable private label battery sales, as well as
certain second tier branded battery sales. We are continuing our
efforts to promote profitable growth and therefore, expect to
continue to exit certain low margin business as appropriate to
create a more favorable mix of branded versus private label
products. Net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in
Fiscal 2010 increased by $32 million, a 14% increase,
compare to Fiscal 2009. This increase was primarily due to an
increase of $25 million in Europe, excluding foreign
exchange translation, as a result of successful promotions and
operational execution. Positive foreign exchange translation
impacted net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in
Fiscal 2010 by $5 million. Electric personal care sales
increased by $5 million, an increase of 3%, over Fiscal
2009. Favorable foreign exchange translation impacted net sales
by approximately $3 million. Excluding favorable foreign
exchange, we experienced modest electric personal care product
sales increases within all geographic regions. Net sales of
portable lighting products for Fiscal 2010 increased to
$88 million as compared to sales of $80 million for
Fiscal 2009, an increase of 10%. The portable lighting product
sales increase was primarily driven by favorable foreign
exchange impact of $2 million, coupled with increased sales
in North America of $3 million, driven by increased sales
with a major customer as a result of new product introductions.
Segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 decreased to
$153 million from $165 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales decreased to 10.7% in
Fiscal 2010 compared to 12.4% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in
segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 was mainly attributable
to a $19 million increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory coupled with approximately a
$16 million increase in intangible asset amortization due
to our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Offsetting this decrease
to segment profitability was higher sales, as discussed above,
and savings from our restructuring and related initiatives
announced in Fiscal 2009. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
our restructuring and related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $206 million
compared to $193 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA is mainly driven by the efficient cost structure
now in place from our cost reduction initiatives announced in
Fiscal 2009 coupled with increases in market share in certain of
our product categories.
Segment assets at September 30, 2010 increased to
$1,629 million from $1,608 million at
September 30, 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which
are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start
reporting, at September 30, 2010 decreased to
$881 million from $909 million at September 30,
2009. The decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite
lived intangible assets of $18 million and foreign exchange
impacts of $10 million.
Foreign
Currency Translation Venezuela Impacts
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of our second quarter of
Fiscal 2010, we determined that Venezuela meets the definition
of a highly inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result,
beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the
functional currency for our Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly,
going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this
subsidiarys financial statements and other transactional
foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in earnings.
Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as
highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the
Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in Shareholders
equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of our
imported products fall
C-13
into the essential classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate;
however, our overall results in Venezuela were reflected at the
4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations
beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, we
remeasured the local statement of financial position of our
Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to
reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange
activity, we determined on September 30, 2010 that the most
likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for
U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan
government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME
rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate
as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte
per U.S. dollar. Therefore, we changed the rate used to
remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an immaterial
ongoing impact related to measuring our Venezuelan statement of
operations at the new exchange rate of 5.3 to the
U.S. dollar.
The designation of our Venezuela entity as a highly inflationary
economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar fuerte resulted in a
$1 million reduction to our operating income during Fiscal
2010. We also reported a foreign exchange loss in Other expense
(income), net, of $10 million during Fiscal 2010.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
826
|
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 decreased
to $561 million from $574 million in Fiscal 2009,
representing a decrease of $13 million or 2%. The
$13 million decrease was attributable to lower aquatics
sales of $11 million, lower specialty pet product sales of
$6 million and favorable foreign exchange impacts of
$3 million. The decrease in aquatics sales was primarily
due to general softness in this category. The decrease in
specialty pet product sales was driven by a distribution loss at
a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact
of a product recall.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 decreased to
$56 million from $65 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010 also
decreased to 9.9% from 11.3% during Fiscal 2009. This decrease
in segment profitability and profitability margin was primarily
attributable to an increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory and the increase in intangible asset
amortization in accordance with SFAS 141, as was required
when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The decrease in Fiscal
2010 segment profitability was tempered by improved pricing and
lower manufacturing and operating costs as a result of our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $98 million
compared to $93 million in Fiscal 2009. Despite decreased
net sales during Fiscal 2010 of $13 million, our successful
efforts to create a lower cost structure including the closure
and consolidation of some of our pet facilities, and improved
product mix, resulted in Adjusted EBITDA increase of
$5 million. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus, for further detail on our Fiscal
2009 initiatives.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$826 million from $867 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting,
decreased to $589 million at September 30, 2010 from
$618 million at September 30, 2009. The
C-14
decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite lived
intangible assets of $15 million and foreign exchange
impacts of $14 million.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 increased
$19 million, or 6%, was driven by incentives to retailers
and promotional campaigns during the year in both lawn and
garden control products and household control products.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 increased to
$51 million compared to $42 million in Fiscal 2009.
Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010
increased to 14.9% from 13.0% in Fiscal 2009. This increase in
segment profitability was attributable to savings from our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges. The increase in profitability during Fiscal
2010 was tempered by a $2 million increase in cost of goods
sold due to the revaluation of inventory and increased
intangible asset amortization due to the revaluation of our
customer relationships in accordance with SFAS 141 as was
required when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $67 million
compared to $54 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA during Fiscal 2010 was mainly driven by expanded
promotions at our top retailers and strong sales growth.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$494 million from $504 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, at
September 30, 2010 decreased to $410 million from
$419 million at September 30, 2009. The decrease of
$9 million is driven by amortization associated with
definite lived intangible assets.
Small
Appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 were
$238 million. This represents sales related to Russell
Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger,
June 16, 2010, through the close of Fiscal 2010.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 was $13 million, which
includes an increase to Cost of goods sold as a result of the
inventory
write-up in
conjunction with the Merger in accordance with ASC Topic 805:
Business Combinations, (ASC 805).
This represents segment profit from the operations of Russell
Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger,
June 16, 2010 through the close of Fiscal 2010.
C-15
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $90 million
compared to $81 million in Fiscal 2009. The $9 million
increase in Fiscal 2010 is mainly driven by Russell Hobbs
voluntarily exiting certain non-profitable brands and stock
keeping units and implementing cost reduction initiatives.
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and
liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the
acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a valuation
of the assets and liabilities of Russell Hobbs at June 16,
2010. See Note 15, Acquisitions, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding the assets acquired in the Merger. Segment
assets at September 30, 2010 were $863 million. At
September 30, 2010 goodwill and intangible assets recorded
in connection with the Merger totaled $489 million.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2010 increased to $41 million from $34 million
in Fiscal 2009. Our corporate expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2010 increased slightly to 1.6%
from 1.5%. The increase is primarily due to stock compensation
expense of $17 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to
$3 million of stock compensation expense in Fiscal 2009.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
C-16
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
17.0
|
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24.1
|
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment,
our global operations organization, which had previously been
included in corporate expense, consisting of research and
development, manufacturing management, global purchasing,
quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in
each of the operating segments. In connection with these changes
we undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily
headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment
levels (the Global Realignment Initiatives). We
recorded approximately $4 million and $11 million of
pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and
Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection with the Global
Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through
June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are
projected at approximately $89 million.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang
China (Ningbo) (the
C-17
Ningbo Exit Plan). We recorded approximately
$2 million and $11 million of pretax restructuring and
related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009,
respectively, in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We have
recorded pretax and restructuring and related charges of
approximately $29 million since the inception of the Ningbo
Exit Plan.
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment
and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment. These
initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting
fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure. We
recorded $18 million and $20 million of pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal
2009, respectively, related to the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are
expected to be incurred through March 31, 2014, are
projected at approximately $65 million.
Acquisition and integration related
charges. Acquisition and integration related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and
accounting professional fees directly related to the
acquisition, termination and related costs for transitional and
certain other employees, integration related professional fees
and other post business combination related expenses associated
with the Merger of Russell Hobbs. We incurred $38 million
of Acquisition and integration related charges during Fiscal
2010, which consisted of the following:
(i) $25 million of legal and professional fees;
(ii) $10 million of employee termination charges; and
(iii) $4 million of integration costs.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010 and 2009, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million in Fiscal 2009. The $34 million non-cash
pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade
name intangible asset impairments of the following:
$18 million related to Global Pet Supplies;
$15 million related to the Global Batteries and Personal
Care segment; and $1 million related to the Home and Garden
Business. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies
and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on this impairment charge.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2010 increased to $277 million from $190 million in
Fiscal 2009. The increase was driven primarily by the following
unusual items: (i) $55 million representing the
write-off of the unamortized portion of discounts and premiums
related to debt that was paid off in conjunction with our
refinancing, a non-cash charge; (ii) $13 million
related to bridge commitment fees while we were refinancing our
debt; (iii) $7 million representing the write-off of
the unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt that was
paid off, a non-cash charge; (iv) $4 million related
to a prepayment premium; and (v) $3 million related to
the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2010, we,
in connection with our reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net of approximately $4 million, which primarily
consisted of legal and professional fees. During Fiscal 2009 Old
Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net,
which represents a gain of approximately $(1,143) million.
Reorganization items expense (income), net included the
following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of
$(147) million; (ii) gains in connection with
fresh-start reporting adjustments of $(1,088) million;
(iii) legal and professional fees of $75 million;
(iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the
Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million; and (v) a
provision for rejected leases of $6 million. During Fiscal
2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net which represents expense of $4 million
related to professional fees. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to our reorganization under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on income
from continuing operations was approximately (50.9)% for Fiscal
2010. Our effective tax rate on losses from continuing
operations is approximately 2.0% for Old
C-18
Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. The
primary drivers of the effective rate as compared to the
U.S. statutory rate of 35% for Fiscal 2010 include tax
expense recorded for an increase in the valuation allowance
associated with our net U.S. deferred tax asset.
As of September 30, 2010, we have U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,087 million and $936 million, respectively. These
net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031, and we have foreign loss carryforwards of approximately
$195 million, which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain
of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our U.S. net operating losses that arose prior to our
emergence from bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of
ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code
(IRC) Section 382, that subject our
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of our stock
(as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership
change, our net unrealized built in gain position on that date,
the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to
the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership
changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit our utilization
of the acquired Russell Hobbs U.S. federal and state net
operating losses to future income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup.
Based on these factors, we project that $296 million of the
total U.S. federal and $463 million of the state net
operating loss will expire unused. In addition, we project that
$38 million of the total foreign net operating loss
carryforwards will expire unused. We have provided a full
valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We have, in
accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced our net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC Topic 740: Income
Taxes (ASC 740) requires the establishment
of a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we periodically
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate.
Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of
deferred tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$331 million at September 30, 2010. Of this amount,
approximately $300 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $31 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection with the
Merger, we established an additional valuation allowance of
approximately $104 million related to acquired net deferred
tax assets as part of acquisition accounting. In 2009, Old
Spectrum recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance against
the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite
lived intangible assets primarily as a result of utilizing net
operating losses to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities
subject to compromise and the impact of the fresh start
reporting adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the
domestic valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction
to goodwill as a result of New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash
deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million
related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred
tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a
non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately
$4 million related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus
recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the
C-19
valuation allowance previously established. Our total valuation
allowance, established for the tax benefit of deferred tax
assets that may not be realized, is approximately
$496 million at September 30, 2008. Of this amount,
approximately $468 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $28 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded a non- cash pretax
impairment charge of approximately $34 million. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million. See Goodwill and
Intangibles Impairment above, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges.
In addition, our income tax provision for the year ended
September 30, 2010 reflects the correction of a prior
period error which increases our income tax provision by
approximately $6 million.
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the
technical merits of the position. As a result, we recognized no
cumulative effect adjustment at the time of adoption. As of
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the total
amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods was
$13 million and $8 million, respectively. See
Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
C-20
Highlights
of consolidated operating results
During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we have presented the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. During Fiscal 2008 we have presented
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. Our board of directors of Old Spectrum
committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in November 2008 and the shutdown was
completed during the second quarter of our Fiscal 2009. The
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business was sold on
November 1, 2007. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the shutdown of
the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated, all
discussions regarding Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 only reflect
results from our continuing operations.
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $2,231 million from $2,427 million in Fiscal 2008,
an 8.1% decrease. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal
2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
4
|
|
Decrease in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in lighting product sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in home and garden product sales
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Decrease in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2009 and 2008
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
|
$
|
916
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$97 million, or 11%, compared to Fiscal 2008, primarily
driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$70 million coupled with decreased consumer battery sales
of $50 million and $15 million in Latin America and
Europe, respectively. These declines were partially offset by
increased consumer battery sales, mainly alkaline batteries, in
North America of $38 million. The alkaline battery sales
increase in North America is mainly due to higher volume at a
major customer coupled with new distribution. The decreased
consumer battery sales in Latin America continues to be a result
of a slowdown in economic conditions in all countries and
inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Zinc carbon
batteries decreased $35 million while alkaline battery
sales are down $15 million in Latin America. The decreased
consumer battery sales within Europe are primarily attributable
to the decline in alkaline battery sales due to a slowdown in
economic conditions and our continued efforts to exit
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales.
C-21
Pet supplies product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$25 million, or 4%, compared to Fiscal 2008. The decrease
of $25 million is primarily attributable to decreased
aquatics sales of $27 million coupled with unfavorable
foreign exchange impacts of $11 million. These decreases
were partially offset by increases of $13 million within
specialty pet products. The decrease in aquatics sales of
$27 million during Fiscal 2009 was attributable to declines
in the U.S., Europe and Pacific Rim of $14 million,
$10 million and $3 million, respectively. The declines
in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of large
equipment, such as aquariums, driven by softness in this product
category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our
market share in the category. The declines in Europe were due to
inventory de-stocking at retailers and weak filtration product
sales, both a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. The
declines the Pacific Rim were also a result of the slowdown in
economic conditions. The increase of $13 million in
specialty pet products is a result of increased sales of our
Dingo brand dog treats coupled with price increases on select
products, primarily in the U.S.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 decreased $12 million, or 4%, primarily
due to our retail customers managing their inventory levels to
unprecedented low levels, combined with such retailers ending
their outdoor lawn and garden control season six weeks early as
compared to prior year seasons and our decision to exit certain
unprofitable or marginally profitable products. This decrease in
sales within lawn and garden control products was partially
offset by increased sales of household insect control products.
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $22 million, or 9%, compared to Fiscal 2008
primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$19 million. The decline of $3 million, excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, was due to a $7 million
decrease of sales within North America, which was partially
offset by slight increases within Europe and Latin America of
$3 million and $1 million, respectively. The decreased
sales of electric shaving and grooming products within North
America were a result of delayed inventory stocking at certain
of our major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. We anticipate the first quarter sales of Fiscal 2010 to be
positively impacted versus our historical results due to this
delay. The increases within Europe and Latin America were driven
by new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $20 million, or 9%, when compared to Fiscal 2008.
The decrease of $20 million during Fiscal 2009 was
attributable to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$24 million and declines in North America of
$7 million. These decreases were partially offset by
increases within Europe and Latin America of $8 million and
$3 million, respectively. Similar to our electric shaving
and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of electric
personal care products within North America was a result of
delayed holiday inventory stocking by our customers which in
turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that
historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter
of our fiscal year. We expect the first quarter sales of Fiscal
2010 to be positively impacted versus our historical results due
to this delay. The increased sales within Europe and Latin
America were a result of successful product launches, mainly in
womens hair care.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$20 million, or 20%, compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of
unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $5 million coupled
with declines in North America, Latin America and Europe of
$9 million, $3 million and $1 million,
respectively. The decreases across all regions are a result of
the slowdown in economic conditions and decreased market demand.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2009 was
$817 million versus $920 million for Fiscal 2008. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to 36.6%
from 37.9% in Fiscal 2008. Gross profit was lower in Fiscal 2009
due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $58 million.
As a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations, (SFAS 141), inventory
balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in
an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a
result of the inventory revaluation, New Spectrum recognized
$16 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal
2009. The remaining $33 million of the inventory
revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal
2010. These
C-22
inventory revaluation adjustments are non-cash charges. In
addition, in connection with our adoption of fresh-start
reporting, and in accordance with ASC 852, we revalued our
property, plant and equipment as of August 30, 2009 which
resulted in an increase to such assets of $34 million. As a
result of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment,
during Fiscal 2009 we incurred an additional $2 million of
depreciation charges within cost of goods sold. We anticipate
higher cost of goods sold in future years as a result of the
revaluation of our property, plant and equipment. Furthermore,
as a result of emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, we anticipate lower interest costs in future years which
should enable us to invest more in capital expenditures into our
business and, as a result, such higher future capital spending
would also increase our depreciation expense in future years.
See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for more information related to our reorganization
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fresh-start
reporting. Offsetting the unfavorable impacts to our gross
margin, we incurred $13 million of Restructuring and
related charges, within Costs of goods sold, during Fiscal 2009,
compared to $16 million in Fiscal 2008. The
$13 million in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the 2009
Cost Reduction Initiatives and the Ningbo Exit Plan, while the
Fiscal 2008 charges were primarily related to the Ningbo Exit
Plan. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related
Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2009 totaled $659 million versus $1,605 million
for Fiscal 2008. This $946 million decrease in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 was primarily driven
by lower impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2009 versus
Fiscal 2008. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded non-cash impairment
charges of $34 million versus $861 million of non-cash
impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009
impairment charges related to the write down of the carrying
value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value while
the Fiscal 2008 impairment charges related to the write down of
the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets to fair value. These impairment charges were recorded in
accordance with both ASC Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, (ASC
350) and ASC Topic 360: Property, Plant and
Equipment, (ASC 360). See Goodwill
and Intangibles Impairment below, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges. The decrease in operating expenses in Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 is also attributable to the positive impact
related to foreign exchange of $37 million in Fiscal 2009
coupled with the non-recurrence of a charge in Fiscal 2008 of
$18 million associated with the depreciation and
amortization related to the assets of the Home and Garden
Business incurred as a result of our reclassification of the
Home and Garden Business from discontinued operations to
continuing. See Introduction above and
Segment Results Home and Garden
below, as well as Note 1, Description of Business, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business. Tempering the
decrease in operating expenses from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009
was an increase in restructuring and related charges.
Restructuring and related charges included in operating expenses
were $32 million in Fiscal 2009 and $23 million in
Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 Restructuring and related charges
are primarily attributable to the 2009 Cost Reduction
Initiatives, while the Fiscal 2008 charges are primarily
attributable to various cost reduction initiatives in connection
with our global realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Income (Loss). Operating income of
approximately $157 million was recognized in Fiscal 2009
compared to an operating loss in Fiscal 2008 of
$685 million. The change in operating income (loss) is
directly attributable to the impact of the previously discussed
non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to the non-cash impairment charge of $861 million
during Fiscal 2008.
Segment Results. Operating segment profits do
not include restructuring and related charges, interest expense,
interest income, impairment charges, reorganization items and
income tax expense. Expenses associated with global operations,
consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain are included in the determination of operating
C-23
segment profits. In addition, certain general and administrative
expenses necessary to reflect the operating segments on a
standalone basis have been included in the determination of
operating segment profits. Corporate expenses include primarily
general and administrative expenses associated with corporate
overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 12, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
|
$
|
1,494
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
|
$
|
1,183
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$159 million to $1,335 million from
$1,494 million during Fiscal 2008, representing an 11%
decrease. Unfavorable foreign currency exchange translation
impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 by approximately
$118 million in comparison to Fiscal 2008. Consumer battery
sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $819 million when
compared to Fiscal 2008 sales of $916 million, principally
due to a negative foreign currency impact of $70 million
coupled with a decline in zinc carbon battery sales of
$32 million. The $32 million decrease in zinc carbon
batteries is primarily concentrated in Latin America, as Latin
American sales were down $35 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of a slowdown in economic
conditions and inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in
Brazil. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange
translation, sales of alkaline batteries increased
$5 million as we experienced gains in North America of
$37 million, which were offset by declines within Europe
and Latin America of $17 million and $15 million,
respectively. The increased alkaline battery sales in North
America were driven by an increase in market share, as consumers
opt for our value proposition during the weakening economic
conditions in the U.S. The decreased alkaline battery sales
in Europe were the result of our continued efforts to exit from
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales, as well as certain second tier branded battery sales. We
are continuing our efforts to promote profitable growth and
therefore, expect to continue to exit certain low margin
business as appropriate to create a more favorable mix of
branded versus private label products. The decrease in Latin
American alkaline battery sales was again due to the slowdown in
economic activity coupled with inventory de-stocking at
retailers mainly in Brazil. Net sales of electric shaving and
grooming products in Fiscal 2009 decreased by $21 million,
or 8%, primarily as a result of negative foreign exchange
impacts of $19 and declines in North America of $7 million.
These declines were partially offset by increases within Europe
and Latin America of $3 million and $2 million,
respectively. The declines within North America are primarily
attributable to delayed inventory stocking at certain of our
major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. The slight increases in Europe and Latin America are a
result of successful new product launches. Electric personal
care sales decreased by $20 million, a decrease of 9% over
Fiscal 2008. Unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacted
net sales by approximately $24 million. Excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, we experienced an increase of
$4 million within electric personal care products. Europe
and Latin America increased $8 million and $3 million,
respectively, while North American electric personal care
product sales decreased $8 million.
C-24
Similar to our electric shaving and grooming products sales, the
decreased sales of electric personal care products within North
America was a result of delayed holiday inventory stocking at
certain of our customers which in turn has resulted in a delay
of our product shipments that historically would have been
recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The
increased sales within Europe and Latin America were due to
strong growth in our womens hair care products. Net sales
of portable lighting products for Fiscal 2009 decreased to
$80 million as compared to sales of $100 million for
Fiscal 2008. The portable lighting product sales decrease was
driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impact of
$5 million, coupled with declines in sales in North
America, Europe and Latin America of $9 million,
$3 million and $2 million, respectively. The decrease
across all regions was driven by softness in the portable
lighting products category as a result of the global economic
slowdown.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased slightly to
$165 million from $163 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.4% in
Fiscal 2009 as compared with 10.9% in Fiscal 2008. The increase
in segment profitability during Fiscal 2009 was primarily the
result of cost savings from the Ningbo Exit Plan and our global
realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges. Tempering the increase in
segment profitability were decreased sales during Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 which was primarily driven by
unfavorable foreign exchange and softness in certain product
categories due to the global economic slowdown. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global
Batteries & Personal Care inventory balances of
$27 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation,
Global Batteries & Personal Care recognized
$10 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal
2009. The remaining $17 million of the inventory
revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal
2010. See Net Sales above for further discussion on
our Fiscal 2009 sales.
Segment assets at September 30, 2009 increased to
$1,608 million from $1,183 million at
September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of
the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information related to fresh-start
reporting. Partially offsetting this increase in assets was a
non-cash impairment charge of certain intangible assets in
Fiscal 2009 of $15 million. See Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices Intangible Assets,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding this impairment
charge and the amount attributable to Global
Batteries & Personal Care. Goodwill and intangible
assets at September 30, 2009 totaled approximately
$909 million and are directly a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets
at September 30, 2008 total approximately $416 million
and primarily relate to the ROV Ltd., VARTA AG, Remington
Products Company, L.L.C. (Remington Products) and
Microlite S.A. (Microlite) acquisitions.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $574 million from $599 million in Fiscal 2008,
representing a decrease of $25 million, or 4%. Unfavorable
foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in
Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 by approximately
$11 million. Worldwide aquatic sales for Fiscal 2009
decreased to $360 million when compared to sales of
$398 million in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in worldwide
aquatic sales was a result of unfavorable foreign exchange
impacts of $11 million coupled with declines of
$14 million, $10 million and $3 million in the
United States, Europe and the Pacific
C-25
Rim, respectively. The declines in the U.S. were a result
of decreased sales of large equipment, primarily aquariums, due
to the slowdown in economic conditions. The declines in Europe
were due to inventory de-stocking at retailers and the poor
weather season, which impacted our outdoor pond product sales.
The declines the Pacific Rim were as a result of the slowdown in
economic conditions. Companion animal net sales increased to
$214 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $201 million
in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $13 million, or 6%. We
continued to see strong growth, and foresee further growth in
Fiscal 2010, in companion animal related product sales in the
U.S., driven by our Dingo brand dog treats, coupled with
increased volume in Europe and the Pacific Rim associated with
the continued introductions of companion animal products.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to
$65 million from $69 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 also
decreased slightly to 11.3% from 11.5% during Fiscal 2008. This
decrease in segment profitability and profitability margin was
primarily due to decreased sales, as discussed above, coupled
with increases in cost of goods sold driven by higher input
costs, which negatively impacted margins, as price increases
lagged behind such cost increases. Tempering the decrease in
profitability and profitability margin were lower operating
expenses, principally selling related expenses. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global Pet
Supplies inventory balances of $19 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Global Pet Supplies recognized
$5 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $14 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$867 million from $700 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Partially
offsetting this increase in assets was a non-cash impairment
charge of certain intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 of
$19 million. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding this impairment charge and
the amount attributable to Global Pet Supplies. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $618 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2008 total
approximately $447 million and primarily relate to the
acquisitions of Tetra and the United Pet Group division of
United.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 decreased
$12 million, or 4%, primarily due to our retail customers
managing their inventory levels to unprecedented low levels,
combined with such retailers ending their outdoor lawn and
garden control season six weeks early as compared to prior year
seasons and our decision to exit certain unprofitable or
marginally profitable products. This decrease in sales within
lawn and garden control products were partially offset by
increased sales of household insect control products, driven by
increased sales to a major customer.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased to
$42 million from $29 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 increased
to 13.0% from 8.7% in Fiscal 2008. The increase in segment
profit for Fiscal 2009 was the result of declining commodity
costs associated with our lawn and garden control products and
the non-recurrence of a charge incurred during Fiscal 2008 of
approximately
C-26
$11 million that related to depreciation and amortization
expense related to Fiscal 2007. From October 1, 2006
through December 30, 2007, the Home and Garden Business was
designated as discontinued operations. In accordance with
generally excepted accounting principles, while designated as
discontinued operations we ceased recording depreciation and
amortization expense associated with the assets of this
business. As a result of our reclassification of that business
to a continuing operation we recorded a
catch-up of
depreciation and amortization expense, which totaled
$14 million, for the five quarters during which this
business was designated as discontinued operations. In addition,
as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued
as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Home
and Garden inventory balances of $3 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Home and Garden recognized
$1 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $2 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$504 million from $290 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $419 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Intangible assets
as of September 30, 2008 total approximately
$115 million and primarily relate to the acquisition of the
United Industries division of United.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2009 decreased to $34 million from $45 million
in Fiscal 2008. Our corporate expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2009 decreased to 1.5% from
1.9%. The decrease in expense is partially a result of the
non-recurrence of a $9 million charge incurred in Fiscal
2008 to write off professional fees incurred in connection with
the termination of substantive negotiations with a potential
purchaser of our Global Pet Supplies business.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
C-27
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in 2009 and 2008 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
$
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the acquisitions of United and Tetra in
Fiscal 2005, we implemented a series of initiatives to optimize
the global resources of the combined companies. These
initiatives included: integrating all of Uniteds home and
garden administrative services, sales and customer service
functions into our operations in Madison, Wisconsin; converting
all information systems to SAP; consolidating Uniteds home
and garden manufacturing and distribution locations in North
America; rationalizing the North America supply chain; and
consolidating administrative, manufacturing and distribution
facilities at our Global Pet Supplies business. In addition,
certain corporate functions were shifted to our global
headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia.
C-28
We have recorded approximately $(1) million of
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009, to adjust
prior estimates and eliminate the accrual, and no charges during
Fiscal 2008.
Effective October 1, 2006, we suspended initiatives to
integrate the activities of the Home and Garden Business into
our operations in Madison, Wisconsin. We recorded
$1 million of restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2009 and de minimis restructuring and related charges in
Fiscal 2008 in connection with the integration of the United
home and garden business.
Integration activities within Global Pet Supplies were
substantially complete as of September 30, 2007. Global Pet
Supplies integration activities consisted primarily of the
rationalization of manufacturing facilities and the optimization
of our distribution network. As a result of these integration
initiatives, two pet supplies facilities were closed in 2005,
one in Brea, California and the other in Hazleton, Pennsylvania,
one pet supply facility was closed in 2006, in Hauppauge, New
York and one pet supply facility was closed in 2007 in Moorpark,
California. We recorded approximately $2 million and
$3 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
We have implemented a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). In connection with the
European Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we
implemented a series of initiatives within the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives include the relocation of certain operations
at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to our Dischingen,
Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery
production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to our
manufacturing facility in China and restructuring Europes
sales, marketing and support functions. In connection with the
European Initiatives, we recorded de minimis pretax
restructuring and related charges in Fiscal 2009 and
approximately $(1) million in pretax restructuring and
related charges, representing the
true-up of
reserve balances, during Fiscal 2008.
We have implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). In connection with the Latin American
Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we implemented a
series of initiatives within the Global Batteries &
Personal Care segment in Latin America to reduce operating
costs. The initiatives include the reduction of certain
manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring of
management, sales, marketing and support functions. We recorded
de minimis pretax restructuring and related charges during both
Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 in connection with the Latin
American Initiatives.
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment,
our global operations organization, which had previously been
included in corporate expense, consisting of research and
development, manufacturing management, global purchasing,
quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in
each of the operating segments. See also Note 12, Segment
Results, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus for additional discussion on the realignment
of our operating segments. In connection with these changes we
undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily
headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment
levels (the Global Realignment Initiatives). We
recorded approximately $11 million and $20 million of
pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Global
Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives
relate primarily to severance.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang
China (Ningbo) (the Ningbo Exit Plan).
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment
and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet
C-29
Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation,
legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our
capital structure.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2009 and 2008, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million non-cash pretax
impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade name
intangible asset impairments of the following: $18 million
related to Global Pet Supplies; $15 million related to the
Global Batteries and Personal Care segment; and $1 million
related to the Home and Garden Business. The $861 million
non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2008
reflects $602 million related to the impairment of goodwill
and $265 million related to the impairment of trade name
intangible assets. Of the $602 million goodwill impairment;
$426 million was associated with our Global Pet Supplies
segment, $160 million was associated with the Home and
Garden Business and $16 million was associated with our
Global Batteries and Personal Care segment. Of the
$265 million trade name intangible assets impairment;
$98 million was within our Global Pet Supplies segment,
$86 million was within our Global Batteries and Personal
Care segment and $81 million was within the Home and Garden
segment. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on these impairment charges.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2009 decreased to $190 million from $229 million in
Fiscal 2008. The decrease in Fiscal 2009 is primarily due to
ceasing the accrual of interest on Old Spectrums Senior
Subordinated Notes, partially offset by the accrual of the
default interest on our U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and Euro
facility and ineffectiveness related to interest rate derivative
contracts. Contractual interest not accrued on the Senior
Subordinated Notes during Fiscal 2009 was $56 million. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources Debt Financing
Activities and Note 8, Debt, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding our outstanding debt.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2009, Old
Spectrum, in connection with our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization
items expense (income), net, which represents a gain of
approximately $(1,143) million. Reorganization items
expense (income), net included the following: (i) gain on
cancellation of debt of $(147) million; (ii) gains in
connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of
$(1,088) million; (iii) legal and professional fees of
$75 million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs
related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million;
and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $6 million.
During Fiscal 2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items
expense (income), net which represents expense of
$4 million related to professional fees. See Note 2,
Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for more information related to our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on losses
from continuing operations is approximately 2.0% for Old
Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. Our
effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was
approximately 1.0% for Fiscal 2008. The primary drivers of the
change in our effective rate for New Spectrum for Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 relate to residual income taxes recorded
on the actual and deemed distribution of foreign earnings in
Fiscal 2009. The change in the valuation allowance related to
these dividends was recorded against goodwill as an adjustment
for release of valuation allowance. The primary drivers for
Fiscal 2008 include tax expense recorded for an increase in the
valuation allowance associated with our net U.S. deferred
tax asset and the tax impact of the impairment charges.
As of September 30, 2009, we had U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $598 and
$643 million, respectively, which will expire between 2010
and 2029, and we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $138 million, which will expire beginning
in 2010. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have
indefinite carryforward periods. As of September 30, 2008
we had U.S. federal, foreign and state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $960, $854 and $142 million,
respectively, which, at that time, were scheduled to expire
between 2009 and 2028. Certain of the
C-30
foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our net operating losses that arose prior to its emergence from
bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of ownership, as
defined under Internal Revenue Code (IRC)
Section 382, that subject us to U.S. federal and state
net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of
factors including the value of our stock (as defined for tax
purposes) on the date of the ownership change, our net
unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence
of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership
change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as
defined for tax purposes) if any. Based on these factors, we
project that $149 million of the total U.S. federal
and $311 million of the state net operating loss will
expire unused. We have provided a full valuation allowance
against the deferred tax asset.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We intend to
reduce our net operating loss carryforwards for any cancellation
of debt income in accordance with IRC Section 108 that
arises from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC 740 requires the
establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we
periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets
will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation
allowance are appropriate. In 2009, Old Spectrum recorded a
reduction in the valuation allowance against the U.S. net
deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangible
assets primarily as a result of utilizing net operating losses
to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to
compromise and the impact of the fresh start reporting
adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the domestic
valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction to
goodwill as a result of the recognition of pre-fresh start
deferred tax assets to offset New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized was approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million related
to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash
deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million
related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred
tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a
non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately
$4 million related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus
recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the valuation
allowance previously established. Our total valuation allowance,
established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may
not be realized, was approximately $496 million at
September 30, 2008. Of this amount, approximately
$468 million related to U.S. net deferred tax assets
and approximately $28 million related to foreign net
deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we recorded
non- cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million and $861 million, respectively. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million and $143 million,
respectively. See Goodwill and Intangibles
Impairment above, as well as Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices
Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
these non-cash impairment charges.
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained
C-31
on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. We
adopted this provision on October 1, 2007. As a result of
the adoption, we recognized no cumulative effect adjustment. As
of September 30, 2009, August 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax
benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income
tax rate in future periods is $8 million, $8 million
and $7 million, respectively. See Note 8, Income
Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus for additional information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
261.4
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27.1
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, we recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $6 million in discontinued
operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets
related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business.
On November 1, 2007, we sold the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business, which operated under the name Nu-Gro,
to a new company formed by RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and
Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds received at closing, net of selling
expenses, totaled approximately $15 million and was used to
reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are included in net cash
provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in
our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus. On February 5, 2008, we finalized the
contractual working capital adjustment in connection with this
sale which increased our received proceeds by approximately
$1 million. As a result of the finalization of the
contractual working capital adjustments we recorded a loss on
disposal of approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit.
Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations excludes the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business.
C-32
The following amounts related to the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during
Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 represents results from discontinued operations from
October 1, 2007 through November 1, 2007, the date of
sale. Included in the Fiscal 2008 loss is a loss on disposal of
approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit. |
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by
operating activities was $57 million during Fiscal 2010
compared to $77 million during Fiscal 2009. Cash provided
by operating activities from continuing operations was
$69 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to $98 million
during Fiscal 2009. The $29 million decrease in cash
provided by operating activities was primarily due to payments
of $47 million related to professional fees from our
Bankruptcy Filing and $25 million of payments related to
the Merger. This was partially offset by an increase in income
from continuing operations after adjusting for non-cash items of
$40 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. Cash
used by operating activities from discontinued operations was
$11 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to a use of
$22 million in Fiscal 2009. The operating activities of
discontinued operations were related to the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business. See
Discontinued Operations, above, as well as
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further
details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business.
We expect to fund our cash requirements, including capital
expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2010
through a combination of cash on hand and cash flows from
operations and available borrowings under our ABL Revolving
Credit Facility. Going forward our ability to satisfy financial
and other covenants in our senior credit agreements and senior
subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or
prepayments on our debt and other financial obligations will
depend on our future financial and operating performance. There
can be no assurances that our business will generate sufficient
cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be available in an amount
sufficient to satisfy our debt maturities or to fund our other
liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could
have a further negative impact on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows. See Annex A, Risk
Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., for further
discussion of the risks associated with our ability to service
all of our existing indebtedness, our ability to maintain
compliance with financial and other covenants related to our
indebtedness and the impact of the current economic crisis.
Investing Activities. Net cash used by
investing activities was $43 million for Fiscal 2010. For
Fiscal 2009 investing activities used cash of $20 million.
The $23 million increase in cash used in Fiscal 2010 was
primarily due to a $30 million increase of capital
expenditures during Fiscal 2010 and payments related to the
Russell Hobbs Merger, net of cash acquired from Russell Hobbs.
These items were partially offset by $9 million of cash
paid in Fiscal 2009 related to performance fees from the
Microlite acquisition.
Debt
Financing Activities
In connection with the Merger, we (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of the $750 million Term Loan, (ii) issued
$750 million in aggregate principal amount of
9.5% Notes and (iii) entered into the
$300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds
from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to repay our then-
C-33
existing senior term credit facility (the Prior Term
Facility) and our then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the
refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness,
create liens, make investments or specified payments, give
guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge
or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and
collateral agreement, we and our domestic subsidiaries have
guaranteed their respective obligations under the Senior Credit
Agreement and related loan documents and have pledged
substantially all of their respective assets to secure such
obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15 million amount incurred. The discount will
be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal
2010, we recorded $26 million of fees in connection with
the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to
interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit
Agreement.
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Term Loan totaled $750 million.
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar
equivalent of $1,391 million, consisting of principal
amounts of $973 million under the U.S. Dollar Term B
Loan, 255 million under the Euro Facility
($372 million at September 30, 2009) as well as
letters of credit outstanding under the L/C Facility totaling
$46 million.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.
9.5% Notes
At September 30, 2010, we had outstanding principal of
$750 million under the 9.5% Notes maturing
June 15, 2018.
We may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not
less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified
redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the
9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires us to
make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control, as defined in such indenture.
C-34
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 2018 Indenture.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10 million amount incurred. The
discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying
value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest
expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During
Fiscal 2010, we recorded $21 million of fees in connection
with the issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an
adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the
9.5% Notes.
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, we issued $218 million in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at our option, we may elect to pay interest on the
12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest would be added to principal upon
the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior
Term Facility, we agreed to make interest payments on the
12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility we are no longer required to make interest
payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest
payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with the payment
date of August 28, 2010 we gave notice to the trustee that
the interest payment due February 28, 2011 would be made in
cash. During Fiscal 2010, we reclassified $27 million of
accrued interest from Other long term liabilities to principal
in connection with the PIK provision of the 12% Notes.
We may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less
than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes requires us to make
an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control, as defined in such indenture.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had
outstanding principal of $245 million and
$218 million, respectively, under the 12% Notes.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture
C-35
occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 12% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 12% Notes. We, however, are subject to
certain limitations as a result of our Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio under the 2019 Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test
is satisfied, we and certain of our subsidiaries are limited in
our ability to make significant acquisitions or incur
significant additional senior credit facility debt beyond the
Senior Credit Facilities. We do not expect our inability to
satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair our
ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and
long-term liquidity requirements of our existing businesses,
although no assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, we obtained the consent of the
note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(collectively, the Supplemental Indenture). The
Supplemental Indenture became effective upon the closing of the
Merger. Among other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended
the definition of change in control to exclude Harbinger Master
Fund and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund,
L.P. (Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together with the HCP
Funds, the Harbinger Parties), and their affiliates,
including Harbinger Group Inc., and increased the Companys
ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850 million.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $3 million of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to
interest expense over the remaining life of the 12% Notes
effective with the closing of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of us and our subsidiaries,
restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
our option, which is subject to change based on availability
under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus
currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the reserve- adjusted
LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate) plus currently
3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required with respect
to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit
Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $10 million of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an
adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, we had aggregate
borrowing availability of approximately $225 million, net
of lender reserves of $29 million.
C-36
At September 30, 2010, we had an aggregate amount
outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility of
$37 million for outstanding letters of credit of
$37 million.
At September 30, 2009, we had an aggregate amount
outstanding under our then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility of $84 million which included a supplemental loan
of $45 million and $6 million in outstanding letters
of credit.
Interest
Payments and Fees
In addition to principal payments on our Senior Credit
Facilities, we have annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $71 million in the aggregate under our
9.5% Notes and annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $29 million in the aggregate under our
12% Notes. We also incur interest on our borrowings under
the Senior Credit Facilities and such interest would increase
borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility if cash were
not otherwise available for such payments. Interest on the
9.5% Notes and interest on the 12% Notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Senior Credit
Facilities is payable on various interest payment dates as
provided in the Senior Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit
Agreement. Interest is payable in cash, except that interest
under the 12% Notes is required to be paid by increasing
the aggregate principal amount due under the subject notes
unless we elect to make such payments in cash. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010, we elected to make the
semi-annual interest payment scheduled for February 28,
2011 in cash. Thereafter, we may make the semi-annual interest
payments for the 12% Notes either in cash or by further
increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the notes
subject to certain conditions. Based on amounts currently
outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, and using market
interest rates and foreign exchange rates in effect at
September 30, 2010, we estimate annual interest payments of
approximately $61 million in the aggregate under our Senior
Credit Facilities would be required assuming no further
principal payments were to occur and excluding any payments
associated with outstanding interest rate swaps. We are required
to pay certain fees in connection with the Senior Credit
Facilities. Such fees include a quarterly commitment fee of up
to 0.75% on the unused portion of the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility and certain additional fees with respect to the letter
of credit subfacility under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
Equity Financing Activities. During Fiscal
2010, we granted approximately 0.9 million shares of
restricted stock. Of these grants, 0.3 million restricted
stock units were granted in conjunction with the Merger and are
time-based and vest over a one year period. The remaining
0.6 million shares are restricted stock grants primarily
vest over a two year period. The total market value of the
restricted shares on the date of the grant was approximately
$23 million. During Fiscal 2009, Old Spectrum granted
approximately 0.2 million shares of restricted stock. Of
these grants, approximately 18% of the shares were time-based
and vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 82% of
the shares were performance-based and vest upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with us. The total market
value of the restricted stock on the date of the grant was
approximately $0.1 million which has been recorded as
unearned restricted stock compensation. On the Effective Date,
all of the existing common stock of Old Spectrum was
extinguished and deemed cancelled. Subsequent to
September 30, 2009, we granted an aggregate of
approximately 0.6 million shares of restricted common stock
of New Spectrum to certain employees and non-employee directors.
All such shares are subject to time-based vesting. All vesting
dates are subject to the recipients continued employment,
or service as a director, with us.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures
or capital resources that are material to investors.
C-37
Contractual
Obligations & Other Commercial Commitments
Contractual
Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of
September 30, 2010 and the effect such obligations are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future
periods. The table excludes other obligations we have reflected
on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, such as pension obligations. See Note 10,
Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete
discussion of our employee benefit plans (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, excluding capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
1,587
|
|
|
$
|
1,759
|
|
Capital lease obligations(1)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Interest payments on debt
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
231
|
|
|
$
|
226
|
|
|
$
|
215
|
|
|
$
|
207
|
|
|
$
|
1,987
|
|
|
$
|
3,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Capital lease payments due by fiscal year include executory
costs and imputed interest not reflected in the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus. |
Other
Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our other commercial commitments
as of September 30, 2010, consisting entirely of standby
letters of credit that back the performance of certain of our
entities under various credit facilities, insurance policies and
lease arrangements (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Letters of credit
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly
present our financial position and results of operations. We
believe the following accounting policies are critical to an
understanding of our financial statements. The application of
these policies requires managements judgment and estimates
in areas that are inherently uncertain.
Valuation
of Assets and Asset Impairment
We evaluate certain long-lived assets to be held and used, such
as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible
assets for impairment based on the expected future cash flows or
earnings projections associated with such assets. Impairment
reviews are conducted at the judgment of management when it
believes that a change in circumstances in the business or
external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. An assets value is deemed impaired if
the discounted cash flows or earnings projections
C-38
generated do not substantiate the carrying value of the asset.
The estimation of such amounts requires managements
judgment with respect to revenue and expense growth rates,
changes in working capital and selection of an appropriate
discount rate, as applicable. The use of different assumptions
would increase or decrease discounted future operating cash
flows or earnings projections and could, therefore, change
impairment determinations.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we
tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a
result of this testing, we recorded no impairment charges in
Fiscal 2010 and non-cash pretax impairment charges of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million impairment charge
incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects an impairment of trade name
intangible assets consisting of the following:
(i) $18 million related to the Global Pet Supplies
Business; (ii) $15 million related to the Global
Batteries and Personal Care segment; and
(iii) $1 million related to the Home and Garden
Business. The $861 million impairment charge incurred in
Fiscal 2008 reflects impaired goodwill of $602 million and
impaired trade name intangible assets of $265 million. The
$602 million of impaired goodwill consisted of the
following: (i) $426 million associated with our Global
Pet Supplies reportable segment; (ii) $160 million
associated with the Home and Garden Business; and
(iii) $16 million related to our Global
Batteries & Personal Care reportable segment. The
$265 million of impaired trade name intangible assets
consisted of the following: (i) $86 million related to
our Global Batteries & Personal Care reportable
segment; (ii) $98 million related to Global Pet
Supplies; and (iii) $81 million related to the Home
and Garden Business. Future cash expenditures will not result
from these impairment charges.
We used a discounted estimated future cash flows methodology,
third party valuations and negotiated sales prices to determine
the fair value of our reporting units (goodwill). Fair value of
indefinite-lived intangible assets, which represent trade names,
was determined using a relief from royalty methodology.
Assumptions critical to our fair value estimates were:
(i) the present value factors used in determining the fair
value of the reporting units and trade names or third party
indicated fair values for assets expected to be disposed;
(ii) royalty rates used in our trade name valuations;
(iii) projected average revenue growth rates used in the
reporting unit and trade name models; and (iv) projected
long-term growth rates used in the derivation of terminal year
values. We also tested fair value for reasonableness by
comparison to our total market capitalization, which includes
both our equity and debt securities. These and other assumptions
are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of
management and will change in the future based on period
specific facts and circumstances. In light of a sustained
decline in market capitalization coupled with the decline of the
fair value of our debt securities, we also considered these
factors in the Fiscal 2008 annual impairment testing.
In accordance with ASC 740, we establish valuation
allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more
likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We
base these estimates on projections of future income, including
tax-planning strategies, by individual tax jurisdictions.
Changes in industry and economic conditions and the competitive
environment may impact the accuracy of our projections. In
accordance with ASC 740, during each reporting period we
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, during Fiscal
2009 we recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance of
approximately $363 million. Of the $363 million total,
$314 million was recorded as a non-cash deferred income tax
benefit and $49 million as a reduction to goodwill. During
Fiscal 2008 we recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of
approximately $200 million related to increasing the
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.
The fair value of our Global Batteries & Personal
Care, Global Pet Supplies, Small Appliances and Home and Garden
Business reporting units, which are also our segments, exceeded
their carry values by 52%, 49%, 13% and 10%, respectively, as of
the date of our latest annual impairment testing.
See Note 3(h), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Property, Plant and Equipment,
Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, Note 5, Property,
Plant and Equipment,
C-39
Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Note 8, Income
Taxes, and Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for more information about these assets.
Revenue
Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk
We recognize revenue from product sales generally upon delivery
to the customer or the shipping point in situations where the
customer picks up the product or where delivery terms so
stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. We are generally
not obligated to allow for, and our general policy is not to
accept, product returns for battery sales. We do accept returns
in specific instances related to our electric shaving and
grooming, electric personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet supply products. The provision for customer
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other
relevant information. We estimate and accrue the cost of
returns, which are treated as a reduction of net sales.
We enter into various promotional arrangements, primarily with
retail customers, including arrangements entitling such
retailers to cash rebates from us based on the level of their
purchases, which require us to estimate and accrue the costs of
the promotional programs. These costs are generally treated as a
reduction of net sales.
We also enter into promotional arrangements that target the
ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as either a
reduction of net sales or an increase in cost of sales, based on
the type of promotional program. The income statement
presentation of our promotional arrangements complies with ASC
Topic 605: Revenue Recognition. Cash
consideration, or an equivalent thereto, given to a customer is
generally classified as a reduction of net sales. If we provide
a customer anything other than cash, the cost of the
consideration is classified as an expense and included in cost
of sales.
For all types of promotional arrangements and programs, we
monitor our commitments and use statistical measures and past
experience to determine the amounts to be recorded for the
estimate of the earned, but unpaid, promotional costs. The terms
of our customer-related promotional arrangements and programs
are tailored to each customer and are generally documented
through written contracts, correspondence or other
communications with the individual customers.
We also enter into various arrangements, primarily with retail
customers, which require us to make an upfront cash, or
slotting payment, to secure the right to distribute
through such customer. We capitalize slotting payments, provided
the payments are supported by a time or volume based arrangement
with the retailer, and amortize the associated payment over the
appropriate time or volume based term of the arrangement. The
amortization of slotting payments is treated as a reduction in
net sales and a corresponding asset is reported in Deferred
charges and other in our Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position included in this prospectus.
Our trade receivables subject us to credit risk which is
evaluated based on changing economic, political and specific
customer conditions. We assess these risks and make provisions
for collectibility based on our best estimate of the risks
presented and information available at the date of the financial
statements. The use of different assumptions may change our
estimate of collectibility. We extend credit to our customers
based upon an evaluation of the customers financial
condition and credit history and generally do not require
collateral. Our credit terms generally range between 30 and
90 days from invoice date, depending upon the evaluation of
the customers financial condition and history. We monitor
our customers credit and financial condition in order to
assess whether the economic conditions have changed and adjust
our credit policies with respect to any individual customer as
we determine appropriate. These adjustments may include, but are
not limited to, restricting shipments to customers, reducing
credit limits, shortening credit terms, requiring cash payments
in advance of shipment or securing credit insurance.
See Note 3(b), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Revenue Recognition, Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices Use of
Estimates and Note 3(e), Significant Accounting Policies
C-40
and Practices Concentrations of Credit Risk and
Major Customers and Employees, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information about our revenue recognition and credit policies.
Pensions
Our accounting for pension benefits is primarily based on a
discount rate, expected and actual return on plan assets and
other assumptions made by management, and is impacted by outside
factors such as equity and fixed income market performance.
Pension liability is principally the estimated present value of
future benefits, net of plan assets. In calculating the
estimated present value of future benefits, net of plan assets,
we used discount rates of 4.2 to 13.6% in Fiscal 2010 and 5.0 to
11.8% in Fiscal 2009. In adjusting the discount rates from
Fiscal 2009 to 2010, we considered the change in the general
market interest rates of debt and solicited the advice of our
actuary. We believe the discount rates used are reflective of
the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively
settled.
Pension expense is principally the sum of interest and service
cost of the plan, less the expected return on plan assets and
the amortization of the difference between our assumptions and
actual experience. The expected return on plan assets is
calculated by applying an assumed rate of return to the fair
value of plan assets. We used expected returns on plan assets of
4.5% to 7.8% in Fiscal 2010 and 4.5% to 8.0% in Fiscal 2009.
Based on the advice of our independent actuary, we believe the
expected rates of return are reflective of the long-term average
rate of earnings expected on the funds invested. If such
expected returns were overstated, it would ultimately increase
future pension expense. Similarly, an understatement of the
expected return would ultimately decrease future pension
expense. If plan assets decline due to poor performance by the
markets
and/or
interest rate declines our pension liability will increase,
ultimately increasing future pension expense.
See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for a more complete discussion of our employee benefit plans.
Restructuring
and Related Charges
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
severance costs and retention bonuses, and contract termination
costs consisting primarily of lease termination costs. Related
charges, as defined by us, include, but are not limited to,
other costs directly associated with exit and integration
activities, including impairment of property and other assets,
departmental costs of full-time incremental integration
employees, and any other items related to the exit or
integration activities. Costs for such activities are estimated
by us after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be
incurred. We present restructuring and related charges on a
combined basis.
Liabilities from restructuring and related charges are recorded
for estimated costs of facility closures, significant
organizational adjustment and measures undertaken by management
to exit certain activities. Costs for such activities are
estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of
the cost to be incurred. Such liabilities could include amounts
for items such as severance costs and related benefits
(including settlements of pension plans), impairment of property
and equipment and other current or long term assets, lease
termination payments and any other items directly related to the
exit activities. While the actions are carried out as
expeditiously as possible, restructuring and related charges are
estimates. Changes in estimates resulting in an increase to or a
reversal of a previously recorded liability may be required as
management executes a restructuring plan.
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
manufacturing and related initiatives in cost of goods sold.
Restructuring and related charges reflected in cost of goods
sold include, but are not limited to, termination and related
costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments
relating to manufacturing initiatives and other costs directly
related to the restructuring initiatives implemented.
C-41
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
administrative functions in operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the administrative functions and other costs
directly related to the initiatives implemented.
The costs of plans to (i) exit an activity of an acquired
company, (ii) involuntarily terminate employees of
an acquired company or (iii) relocate employees of an
acquired company are measured and recorded in accordance with
the provisions of the ASC 805. Under ASC 805, if
certain conditions are met, such costs are recognized as a
liability assumed as of the consummation date of the purchase
business combination and included in the allocation of the
acquisition cost. Costs related to terminated activities or
employees of the acquired company that do not meet the
conditions prescribed in ASC 805 are treated as
restructuring and related charges and expensed as incurred.
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for a more complete discussion of our restructuring
initiatives and related costs.
Loss
Contingencies
Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is
probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the
loss can be reasonably estimated. The outcome of existing
litigation, the impact of environmental matters and pending or
potential examinations by various taxing authorities are
examples of situations evaluated as loss contingencies.
Estimating the probability and magnitude of losses is often
dependent upon managements judgment of potential actions
by third parties and regulators. It is possible that changes in
estimates or an increased probability of an unfavorable outcome
could materially affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
See further discussion in Note 12, Commitments and
Contingencies, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010.
Other
Significant Accounting Policies
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with
lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed above, are also
critical to understanding the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus. The Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus contain
additional information related to our accounting policies,
including recent accounting pronouncements, and should be read
in conjunction with this discussion.
C-42
Annex D
DESCRIPTION
OF THE BUSINESS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
General
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a small appliance brand company, to form a new
combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date, as defined below. The term
Old Spectrum, refers only to Spectrum Brands, our
Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries prior to the
Effective Date.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with
the Term Loan, the Senior Credit Facilities and the
Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the
Senior Secured Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, Spectrum
Brands converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware
corporation.
Financial information included in our financial statements
prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to
financial information from prior periods. See Annex A, Risk
Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. Risks Related To Our Emergence
From Bankruptcy for more information.
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small
appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control products.
We manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of our worldwide battery, shaving and grooming,
personal care and portable lighting business (Global
Batteries & Personal Care); (ii) Global Pet
Supplies, which consists of our worldwide pet supplies business
(Global Pet Supplies); (iii) the Home and
Garden Business, which consists of our home and garden control
product offerings, including household insecticides, repellants
and herbicides (the Home and Garden Business); and
(iv) Small Appliances, which consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Small Appliances).
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design, market and distribute rechargeable
batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers
and accessories, grooming products, hair care appliances, small
household appliances and personal care products. Our
manufacturing and product development facilities are located in
the U.S., Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of
our rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving
D-1
and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care
products and portable lighting products are manufactured by
third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including
pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and
geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and
commodities; energy and fuel prices; and our general competitive
position, especially as impacted by our competitors
advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (Fiscal
2009). We believe the shutdown was consistent with what we
have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29,
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation
herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all
periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
On December 15, 2008, prior to our Bankruptcy Filing, as
defined below, Old Spectrum was advised that its common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. It was advised that the
decision to suspend its common stock was reached in view of the
fact that it had recently fallen below the NYSEs continued
listing standard regarding average global market capitalization
over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not less than
$25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on the NYSE.
Old Spectrums common stock was delisted from the NYSE
effective January 23, 2009.
On March 18, 2010, the common stock of Spectrum Brands was
listed on the NYSE. In connection with the consummation of the
Merger, on June 16, 2010 the common stock of Spectrum
Brands was delisted from the NYSE and the common stock of SB
Holdings succeeded to its listing status under the symbol
SPB.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
Chapter 11
Proceedings
On February 2, 2009, the Company did not make a
$25.8 million interest payment due February 2, 2009 on
the Companys
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes), triggering a default with respect to the notes. On
February 3, 2009, we announced that we had reached
agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the
aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of our then
outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing
that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce our
D-2
outstanding debt. As a result of its substantial leverage, the
Company determined that, absent a financial restructuring, it
would be unable to achieve future profitability or positive cash
flows on a consolidated basis solely from cash generated from
operating activities or to satisfy certain of its payment
obligations as the same may become due and be at risk of not
satisfying the leverage ratios to which it was subject under its
then existing senior secured term loan facility, which ratios
became more restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, the
Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy
Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed
plan of reorganization (the Proposed Plan) that
detailed the Debtors proposed terms for the refinancing.
The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the
Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the
12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old
Spectrums
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes), the
73/8% Notes
and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
Variable Rate Notes) (collectively, the Senior
Subordinated Notes). For a further discussion of the
12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Our
Products
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric
personal care products; home and garden control products; small
appliances and portable lighting. Our broad line of products
includes:
|
|
|
|
|
consumer batteries, including alkaline and zinc carbon
batteries, rechargeable batteries and chargers and hearing aid
batteries and other specialty batteries;
|
|
|
|
pet supplies, including aquatic equipment and supplies, dog and
cat treats, small animal foods, clean up and training aids,
health and grooming products and bedding;
|
|
|
|
home and garden control products including household insect
controls, insect repellents and herbicides;
|
|
|
|
electric shaving and grooming devices;
|
|
|
|
small appliances, including small kitchen appliances and home
product appliances;
|
|
|
|
electric personal care and styling devices; and
|
|
|
|
portable lighting.
|
D-3
Net sales of each product category sold, as a percentage of net
sales of our consolidated operations, is set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total Company
|
|
|
|
Net Sales for the Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Portable lighting
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
Batteries
We market and sell a full line of alkaline batteries (AA, AAA,
C, D and 9-volt sizes) to both retail and industrial customers.
Our alkaline batteries are marketed and sold primarily under the
Rayovac and VARTA brands. We also manufacture alkaline batteries
for third parties who sell the batteries under their own private
labels. Our zinc carbon batteries are also marketed and sold
primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands and are designed
for low- and medium-drain battery-powered devices.
We believe that we are currently the largest worldwide marketer
and distributor of hearing aid batteries. We sell our hearing
aid batteries through retail trade channels and directly to
professional audiologists under several brand names and private
labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Starkey.
We also sell Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries
and a variety of battery chargers under the Rayovac and VARTA
brands.
Our other specialty battery products include camera batteries,
lithium batteries, silver oxide batteries, keyless entry
batteries and coin cells for use in watches, cameras,
calculators, communications equipment and medical instruments.
Pet
Supplies
In the pet supplies product category we market and sell a
variety of leading branded pet supplies for fish, dogs, cats,
birds and other small domestic animals. We have a broad line of
consumer and commercial aquatics products, including integrated
aquarium kits, standalone tanks and stands, filtration systems,
heaters, pumps, and other equipment, fish food and water
treatment products. Our largest aquatics brands are Tetra,
Marineland, Whisper, Jungle and Instant Ocean. We also sell a
variety of specialty pet products, including dog and cat treats,
small animal food and treats, clean up and training aid
products, health and grooming aids, and bedding products. Our
largest specialty pet brands include 8-in-1, Dingo, Firstrax,
Natures Miracle and Wild Harvest.
Home
and Garden Control Products
In the home and garden control products category we currently
sell and market several leading home and garden care products,
including household insecticides, insect repellent, herbicides,
garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatments. We
offer a broad array of household insecticides such as spider,
roach and ant killer, flying insect killer, insect foggers, wasp
and hornet killer, flea and tick control products and roach and
ant baits. We also manufacture and market a complete line of
insect repellent products that provide protection from insects,
especially mosquitoes. These products include both personal
repellents, such as aerosols, pump sprays and wipes as well as
area repellents, such as yard sprays, citronella candles and
torches. Our largest brands in the insect control category
include Hot Shot, Cutter and Repel. Our herbicides, garden and
indoor plant foods and plant care treatment brands include
Spectracide, Real-Kill and Garden Safe. We have
D-4
positioned ourselves as the value alternative for consumers who
want products that are comparable to, but sold at lower prices
than, premium-priced brands.
Electric
Shaving and Grooming
We market and sell a broad line of electric shaving and grooming
products under the Remington brand name, including mens
rotary and foil shavers, beard and mustache trimmers, body
trimmers and nose and ear trimmers, womens shavers and
haircut kits.
Small
Appliances
In the small appliances category, we market and sell a broad
range of products in three major product categories: branded
small household appliances, pet and pest products, and personal
care products. We market a broad line of small kitchen
appliances under the George Foreman, Black &Decker,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware, Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster
brands, including grills, bread makers, sandwich makers,
kettles, toaster ovens, toasters, blenders, juicers, can
openers, coffee grinders, coffeemakers, electric knives, deep
fryers, food choppers, food processors, hand mixers, rice
cookers and steamers. We also market small home product
appliances, including hand-held irons, vacuum cleaners, air
purifiers, clothes shavers and heaters, primarily under the
Black & Decker and Russell Hobbs brands. Pet products
include cat litter boxes sold under the LitterMaid brand. The
consumable accessories including privacy tents, litter carpets,
crystal litter cartridges, charcoal filters, corn-based litter
and replaceable waste receptacles. The pest control products
include pest control and repelling devices that use ultra-sonic
sound waves to control insects and rodents, primarily in homes.
Russell Hobbs personal care products in the small
appliances category include hand-held dryers, curling irons,
straightening irons, brush irons, air brushes, hair setters,
facial brushes, skin appliances and electric toothbrushes, which
are primarily marketed under the Russell Hobbs, Carmen and
Andrew Collinge brands.
Electric
Personal Care Products
Our electric personal care products, marketed and sold under the
Remington brand name, include hair dryers, straightening irons,
styling irons and hair setters.
Portable
Lighting
We offer a broad line of battery-powered, portable lighting
products, including flashlights and lanterns for both retail and
industrial markets. We sell our portable lighting products under
the Rayovac and VARTA brand names, under other proprietary brand
names and pursuant to licensing arrangements with third parties.
Sales and
Distribution
We sell our products through a variety of trade channels,
including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs. Our sales
generally are made through the use of individual purchase
orders, consistent with industry practice. Retail sales of the
consumer products we market have been increasingly consolidated
into a small number of regional and national mass merchandisers.
This trend towards consolidation is occurring on a worldwide
basis. As a result of this consolidation, a significant
percentage of our sales are attributable to a very limited group
of retailer customers, including, Wal-Mart, The Home Depot,
Carrefour, Target, Lowes, PetSmart, Canadian Tire, PetCo
and Gigante. Our sales to Wal-Mart represented approximately 22%
of our consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010. No other customer accounted for more
than 10% of our consolidated net sales in the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010.
Segment information as to revenues, profit and total assets as
well as information concerning our revenues and long-lived
assets by geographic location for the last three fiscal years is
set forth in Annex C, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Note 11, Segment
Results, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus.
D-5
Sales and distribution practices in each of our reportable
segments are as set forth below.
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
We manage our Global Batteries & Personal Care sales
force by geographic region and product group. Our sales team is
divided into three major geographic territories, North America,
Latin America and Europe and the rest of the world
(Europe/ROW). Within each major geographic
territory, we have additional subdivisions designed to meet our
customers needs.
We manage our sales force in North America by distribution
channel. We maintain separate sales groups to service
(i) our retail sales and distribution channel,
(ii) our hearing aid professionals channel and
(iii) our industrial distributors and OEM sales and
distribution channel. In addition, we utilize a network of
independent brokers to service participants in selected
distribution channels.
We manage our sales force in Latin America by distribution
channel and geographic territory. We sell primarily to large
retailers, wholesalers, distributors, food and drug chains and
retail outlets. In countries where we do not maintain a sales
force, we sell to distributors who market our products through
all channels in the market.
The sales force serving our customers in Europe/ROW is
supplemented by an international network of distributors to
promote the sale of our products. Our sales operations
throughout Europe/ROW are organized by geographic territory and
the following sales channels: (i) food/retail, which
includes mass merchandisers, discounters and drug and food
stores; (ii) specialty trade, which includes clubs,
consumer electronics stores, department stores, photography
stores and wholesalers/distributors; and (iii) industrial,
government, hearing aid professionals and OEMs.
Global
Pet Supplies
Our Global Pet Supplies sales force is aligned by customer,
geographic region and product group. We sell pet supply products
to mass merchandisers, grocery and drug chains, pet superstores,
independent pet stores and other retailers.
Home
and Garden Business
The sales force of the Home and Garden Business is aligned by
customer. We sell primarily to home improvement centers, mass
merchandisers, hardware stores, lawn and garden distributors,
and food and drug retailers in the U.S.
Small
Appliances
In the small appliances category, Russell Hobbs products
are sold principally by internal sales staff located in North
America, Latin America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand.
Russell Hobbs also uses independent sales representatives,
primarily in Central America and the Caribbean. Russell Hobbs
distributes most of its small appliance products to retailers,
including mass merchandisers, department stores, home
improvement stores, warehouse clubs, drug chains, catalog stores
and discount and variety stores. In addition to directing its
marketing efforts toward retailers, Russell Hobbs sells certain
of its products directly to consumers through infomercials and
its Internet websites.
Manufacturing,
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing our
products zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide
powder and steel are sourced either on a global or
regional basis. The prices of these raw materials are
susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand
trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government
regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates,
price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen
circumstances. We have regularly engaged in forward purchase and
hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively
manage the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next
12 to 24 months.
D-6
Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers,
portable lighting products, hair care and other personal care
products and our electric shaving and grooming products and
small appliances are manufactured by third party suppliers that
are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region. We maintain
ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by our suppliers.
We continually evaluate our manufacturing facilities
capacity and related utilization. As a result of such analyses,
we have closed a number of manufacturing facilities during the
past five years. In general, we believe our existing facilities
are adequate for our present and foreseeable needs.
Research
and Development
Our research and development strategy is focused on new product
development and performance enhancements of our existing
products. We plan to continue to use our strong brand names,
established customer relationships and significant research and
development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer
enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved
functionality.
In our fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, we invested $31.0 million, $24.4 million and
$25.3 million, respectively, in product research and
development.
Patents
and Trademarks
We own or license from third parties a significant number of
patents and patent applications throughout the world relating to
products we sell and manufacturing equipment we use. We hold a
license that expires in March 2022 for certain alkaline battery
designs, technology and manufacturing equipment from Matsushita
Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd. (Matsushita), to
whom we pay a royalty.
We also use and maintain a number of trademarks in our business,
including DINGO, JUNGLETALK, MARINELAND, RAYOVAC, REMINGTON,
TETRA, VARTA, 8IN1, CUTTER, HOT SHOT, GARDEN SAFE, NATURES
MIRACLE, REPEL, SPECTRACIDE, SPECTRACIDE TERMINATE, GEORGE
FOREMAN, RUSSELL HOBBS and BLACK & DECKER. We seek
trademark protection in the U.S. and in foreign countries
by all available means, including registration.
As a result of the October 2002 sale by VARTA AG of
substantially all of its consumer battery business to us and
VARTA AGs subsequent sale of its automotive battery
business to Johnson Controls, Inc. (Johnson
Controls), we acquired rights to the VARTA trademark in
the consumer battery category and Johnson Controls acquired
rights to the trademark in the automotive battery category.
VARTA AG continues to have rights to use the trademark with
travel guides and industrial batteries and VARTA Microbattery
GmbH has the right to use the trade mark with micro batteries.
We are party to a Trademark and Domain Names Protection and
Delimitation Agreement that governs ownership and usage rights
and obligations of the parties relative to the VARTA trademark.
As a result of the common origins of the Remington Products,
L.L.C. (Remington Products), business we acquired in
September 2003 and the Remington Arms Company, Inc.
(Remington Arms), the REMINGTON trademark is owned
by us and by Remington Arms each with respect to its principal
products as well as associated products. Accordingly, we own the
rights to use the REMINGTON trademark for electric shavers,
shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care
products, while Remington Arms owns the rights to use the
trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for
industrial use, including industrial hand tools. In addition,
the terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products and
Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the
REMINGTON trademark on products which are not considered
principal products of interest for either company.
We retain the REMINGTON trademark for nearly all products which
we believe can benefit from the use of the brand name in our
distribution channels.
We license the Black & Decker brand in North America,
Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core
categories of household appliances: beverage products, food
preparation products, garment care products and cooking
products. Russell Hobbs has licensed the Black &
Decker brand since 1998 for use in marketing various household
small appliances. In December 2007, Russell Hobbs and The
Black & Decker Corporation (BDC) extended
the trademark license agreement for a third time through
D-7
December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014
if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product
return. Under the agreement as extended, Russell Hobbs agreed to
pay BDC royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum
annual royalty payments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2010: $14.5 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2011: $15.0 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2012: $15.0 million
|
The agreement also requires us to comply with maximum annual
return rates for products.
If BDC does not agree to renew the license agreement, we have
18 months to transition out of the brand name. No minimum
royalty payments will be due during such transition period. BDC
has agreed not to compete in the four core product categories
for a period of five years after the termination of the license
agreement. Upon request, BDC may elect to extend the license to
use the Black & Decker brand to certain additional
product categories. BDC has approved several extensions of the
license to additional categories and geographies.
Competition
In our retail markets, we compete for limited shelf space and
consumer acceptance. Factors influencing product sales include
brand name recognition, perceived quality, price, performance,
product packaging, design innovation, and consumer confidence
and preferences as well as creative marketing, promotion and
distribution strategies.
The battery product category is highly competitive. Most
consumer batteries manufactured throughout the world are sold by
one of four global companies: Spectrum Brands
(manufacturer/seller of Rayovac and VARTA brands); Energizer
Holdings, Inc. (Energizer) (manufacturer/seller of
the Energizer brand); The Procter & Gamble Company
(Procter & Gamble) (manufacturer/seller of
the Duracell brand); and Matsushita (manufacturer/seller of the
Panasonic brand). We also face competition from the private
label brands of major retailers, particularly in Europe. The
offering of private-label batteries by retailers may create
pricing pressure in the consumer battery market. Typically,
private-label brands are not supported by advertising or
promotion, and retailers sell these private label offerings at
prices below competing name-brands. The main barriers to entry
for new competitors are investment in technology research, cost
of building manufacturing capacity and the expense of building
retail distribution channels and consumer brands.
In the U.S. alkaline battery category, the Rayovac brand is
positioned as a value brand, which is typically defined as a
product that offers comparable performance at a lower price. In
Europe, the VARTA brand is competitively priced with other
premium brands. In Latin America, where zinc carbon batteries
outsell alkaline batteries, the Rayovac brand is competitively
priced.
The pet supply product category is highly fragmented with over
500 manufacturers in the U.S. alone, consisting primarily
of small companies with limited product lines. Our largest
competitors in this product category are Mars Corporation
(Mars), The Hartz Mountain Corporation
(Hartz) and Central Garden & Pet Company
(Central Garden & Pet). Both Hartz and
Central Garden & Pet sell a comprehensive line of pet
supplies and compete with a majority of the products we offer.
Mars sells primarily aquatics products.
Products we sell in the lawn and garden product category through
the Home and Garden Business face competition from The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company (Scotts Company), which markets
lawn and garden products under the Scotts, Ortho, Roundup and
Miracle-Gro brand names; Central Garden & Pet, which
markets garden products under the AMDRO and Sevin brand names;
and Bayer A.G., which markets lawn and garden products under the
Bayer Advanced brand name.
Products we sell in the household insect control product
category through the Home and Garden Business, face competition
from S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (S.C.
Johnson), which markets insecticide and repellent products
under the Raid and OFF! brands; Scotts Company, which markets
household insect control products under the Ortho brand; and
Henkel KGaA, which markets insect control products under the
Combat brand.
D-8
Our primary competitors in the electric shaving and grooming
product category are Norelco, a division of Koninklijke Philips
Electronics NV (Philips), which sells and markets
rotary shavers, and Braun, a division of Procter &
Gamble, which sells and markets foil shavers. Through our
Remington brand, we sell both foil and rotary shavers.
Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category
include Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee,
Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid,
Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips,
Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal. The key competitors of
Russell Hobbs in this market in the U.S. and Canada include
Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC,
Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc.
(Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In addition, Russell Hobbs
competes with retailers who use their own private label brands
for household appliances (for example, Wal-Mart).
Our major competitors in the electric personal care product
category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and
Helen of Troy Limited (Helen of Troy).
Our primary competitors in the portable lighting product
category are Energizer and Mag Instrument, Inc.
Some of our major competitors have greater resources and greater
overall market share than we do. They have committed significant
resources to protect their market shares or to capture market
share from us and may continue to do so in the future. In some
key product lines, our competitors may have lower production
costs and higher profit margins than we do, which may enable
them to compete more aggressively in advertising and in offering
retail discounts and other promotional incentives to retailers,
distributors, wholesalers and, ultimately, consumers.
Seasonality
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. For a more
detailed discussion of the seasonality of our product sales, see
Annex C, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. Seasonal Product Sales.
Governmental
Regulations and Environmental Matters
Due to the nature of our operations, our facilities are subject
to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign legal and
regulatory provisions relating to the environment, including
those regulating the discharge of materials into the
environment, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination
associated with the releases of hazardous substances at our
facilities. We believe that compliance with the federal, state,
local and foreign laws and regulations to which we are subject
will not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures,
financial condition, earnings or competitive position.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect
of historic activities on the environmental condition of our
properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all
facilities to identify all potential environmental liability
risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our
operations, it is possible that material liabilities may arise
in the future in connection with our current or former
facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property
underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is
discovered, we could incur material unforeseen expenses, which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position.
Although we are currently engaged in investigative or remedial
projects at some of our facilities, we do not expect that such
projects, taking into
D-9
account established accruals, will cause us to incur
expenditures that are material to our business, financial
condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that
our future liability could be material.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to proceedings
related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at
off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other
parties for which we are held responsible as a result of our
relationships with such other parties. In the U.S., these
proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA) or similar state laws that hold persons who
arranged for the disposal or treatment of such
substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to
the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from
such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the
original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and
several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all
costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at
a site. As a practical matter, liability at CERCLA sites is
shared by all of the viable responsible parties. We occasionally
are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as
being a potentially responsible party for response actions
contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites
where we have been notified of our status as a potentially
responsible party, it is either premature to determine whether
our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not
believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be
named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar
state laws for other sites not currently known to us, and the
costs and liabilities associated with these sites may be
material.
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential
financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for
environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future
capital expenditures for environmental control equipment.
Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we
believe that our ultimate liability arising from such
environmental matters, taking into account established accruals
of $9.6 million for estimated liabilities at
September 30, 2010 should not be material to our business
or financial condition.
Electronic and electrical products that we sell in Europe,
particularly products sold under the Remington brand name, VARTA
battery chargers, certain portable lighting and all of our
batteries, are subject to regulation in European Union
(EU) markets under three key EU directives. The
first directive is the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) which took effect in EU member states
beginning July 1, 2006. RoHS prohibits companies from
selling products which contain certain specified hazardous
materials in EU member states. We believe that compliance with
RoHS will not have a material effect on our capital
expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive
position. The second directive is entitled the Waste of
Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). WEEE
makes producers or importers of particular classes of electrical
goods financially responsible for specified collection,
recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered
products. WEEE assigns levels of responsibility to companies
doing business in EU markets based on their relative market
share. WEEE calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. To comply with WEEE
requirements, we have partnered with other companies to create a
comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling
program. As EU member states pass enabling legislation we
currently expect our compliance system to be sufficient to meet
such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with
compliance with WEEE are not significant based on our current
market share. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of the
WEEE legislation as EU member states implement guidance and as
our market share changes, and, as a result, actual costs to our
company could differ from our current estimates and may be
material to our business, financial condition or results of
operations. The third directive is the Directive on Batteries
and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, which was adopted in
September 2006 and went into effect in September 2008 (the
Battery Directive). The Battery Directive bans heavy
metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of those
heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of
batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems.
The Battery Directive places the costs of such waste management
systems on producers and importers of batteries. The Battery
Directive calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. We currently believe
that compliance with the Battery Directive will not have a
material effect on our capital expenditures, financial
condition, earnings or competitive position. However, until such
time as the EU member states adopt enabling legislation, a full
evaluation of these costs cannot be completed. We will continue
to evaluate the impact of the Battery Directive and its enabling
legislation as EU member states implement guidance.
D-10
Certain of our products and facilities in each of our business
segments are regulated by the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (the EPA) and the United States
Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) or other
federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are
subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by
similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and
regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing
pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases,
similar state and foreign agencies before they can be
manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain or the
cancellation of any registration could have an adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. The
severity of the effect would depend on which products were
involved, whether another product could be substituted and
whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to
anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations
of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients.
We may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products continue
to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is
possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient
registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products
will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the
outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPAs
continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our
products.
Certain of our products and packaging materials are subject to
regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA
enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and
adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing
procedures for certain products, establishes standards of
identity for certain products, determines the safety of products
and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In
addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing
federal and state standards of identity for selected products,
grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing
their own labeling requirements.
Employees
We had approximately 6,100 full-time employees worldwide as
of September 30, 2010. Approximately 20% of our total labor
force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There is
one collective bargaining agreement that will expire during our
fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, which covers
approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining
agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor force. We
believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.
Legal
Proceedings
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against Spectrum Brands, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Spectrum Brands
is reviewing the claims and intends to vigorously defend this
matter but, as of the date hereof cannot estimate any possible
losses.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against Spectrum Brands claiming that
Spectrum Brands had falsely marked patents on certain of its
products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of
the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on
each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc. (Applica), a
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, is a defendant in NACCO
Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al.,
Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware in November 2006.
The original complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among
other things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of
tort claims against certain entities affiliated the Harbinger
Parties. The claims against
D-11
Applica related to the alleged breach of the merger agreement
between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc. (NACCO)
and one of its affiliates, which agreement was terminated
following Applicas receipt of a superior merger offer from
the Harbinger Parties. On October 22, 2007, the plaintiffs
filed an amended complaint asserting claims against Applica for,
among other things, breach of contract and breach of the implied
covenant of good faith relating to the termination of the NACCO
merger agreement and asserting various tort claims against
Applica and the Harbinger Parties. The original complaint was
filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily to enjoin the
Harbinger Parties acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the Harbinger Parties
in January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), Spectrum Brands believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. Spectrum
Brands intends to vigorously defend the action, but may be
unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without incurring
significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell Hobbs and
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the
Harbinger Master Fund) have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which the Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the SB/RH Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs,
its subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3 million incurred with respect to
this litigation and any future litigation or legal action
against the indemnified parties arising out of or relating to
the matters which form the basis of this litigation.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. Spectrum Brands believes that these actions
are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action,
but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without
incurring significant expenses. As of the date hereof, Spectrum
Brands cannot estimate possible losses. At this time, Spectrum
Brands does not believe it has coverage under its insurance
policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various matters of litigation
generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.
Available
Information
Our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a)
and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), are made available free of
charge on or through our website at www.spectrumbrands.com
as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are
filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy
any materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains our
reports, proxy statements and other information at
www.sec.gov . In addition, copies of our
(i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for
the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the
Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are
available at our Internet site at www.spectrumbrands.com
under Investor Relations Corporate
Governance. Copies will also be provided to any
stockholder upon written request to the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications, Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 or
via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com
, or by contacting the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications by telephone at
(608) 275-3340.
D-12
Annex
E
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SPECTRUM BRANDS, INC.
Review,
Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related
Persons
The policies and procedures of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
(SB Holdings) and Spectrum Brands, Inc.
(Spectrum Brands and, together with SB Holdings, the
Company) for review and approval of related-person
transactions appear in the Code of Ethics for the Principal
Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and the Spectrum
Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of which is
posted on the Companys website.
All of the Companys executive officers, directors and
employees are required to disclose to the Companys General
Counsel all transactions which involve any actual, potential or
suspected activity or personal interest that creates or appears
to create a conflict between the interests of the Company and
the interests of their executive officers, directors or
employees. In cases involving executive officers, directors or
senior-level management, the Companys General Counsel will
investigate the proposed transaction for potential conflicts of
interest and then refer the matter to the Companys Audit
Committee to make a full review and determination. In cases
involving other employees, the Companys General Counsel,
in conjunction with the employees regional supervisor and
the Companys Vice President of Internal Audit, will review
the proposed transaction. If they determine that no conflict of
interest will result from engaging in the proposed transaction,
then they will refer the matter to the Companys Chief
Executive Officer for final approval.
The Companys Audit Committee is required to consider all
questions of possible conflicts of interest involving executive
officers, directors and senior-level management and to review
and approve certain transactions, including all
(i) transactions in which a director, executive officer or
an immediate family member of a director or executive officer
has an interest, (ii) proposed business relationships
between the Company and a director, executive officer or other
member of senior management, (iii) investments by an
executive officer in a company that competes with the Company or
an interest in a company that does business with the Company,
and (iv) situations where a director or executive officer
proposes to be a customer of the Company, be employed by, serve
as a director of or otherwise represent a customer of the
Company.
The Companys legal department and financial accounting
department monitor transactions for an evaluation and
determination of potential related person transactions that
would need to be disclosed in the Companys periodic
reports or proxy materials under generally accepted accounting
principles and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
Transactions
with Related Persons
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. (SB Holdings) completed a
business combination transaction pursuant to the Agreement and
Plan of Merger (the Mergers), dated as of
February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1, 2010,
March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among SB
Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs),
Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), Battery
Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum
and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Russell
Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties),
E-1
in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to
vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired
before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers
and against any alternative proposal that would impede the
Mergers.
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. On January 7,
2011, pursuant to the terms of a Contribution and Exchange
Agreement (the Exchange Agreement), by and between
the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger Group Inc.
(HRG), the Harbinger Parties contributed
27,756,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock to HRG and
received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of
119,909,829 shares of HRG common stock (the Share
Exchange). Immediately following the consummation of the
Share Exchange, (i) HRG owned 27,756,905 shares of SB
Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties owned
6,500,000 shares of SB Holdings common stock, approximately
54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common
stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger Parties
owned 129,859,890 shares of HRG common stock, or
approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HRG became a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to all
of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth therein, certain demand and so-called piggy
back registration rights with respect to their shares of
SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the
Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which,
effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG
became a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a
holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the
E-2
Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C.
(D.E. Shaw), pursuant to which the Harbinger
Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw have, among other
things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, certain demand and so-called piggy back
registration rights with respect to their Spectrum Brands
12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement is $50 million less any amounts
paid by Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to indemnify
Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3 million in the aggregate that
become payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that
relate to the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs
business combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
Certain of the Avenue Parties were lenders under Spectrum
Brands senior credit facility, dated March 30, 2007,
originally loaning $75,000,000 as part of Spectrum Brands
$1 billion U.S. Dollar Term B Loan facility (the
US Dollar Term B Loan) and 15,000,000 as
part of Spectrum Brands 262 million Term Loan
facility (the Euro Facility). Subsequently, Avenue
Special Situations Fund V, L.P., along with several other
Avenue Parties, increased their participation in the
US Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility. During the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, those Avenue Parties
received payments of interest on the same terms as the other
lenders. In connection with the Mergers, on June 16, 2010,
Spectrum Brands repaid all of its outstanding indebtedness under
the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility.
E-3
Harbinger Group Inc.
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representation other than those contained in this
prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell
or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than
the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any
circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under
this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in the affairs of
Harbinger Group Inc. since the date of this prospectus.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 20.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
|
Certificate
of Incorporation
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the DGCL) provides that a corporation may
indemnify directors and officers, as well as employees and
agents, against expenses (including attorneys fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, that are
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with various
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation, known as a derivative action, if
they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the
case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only
extends to expenses (including attorneys fees) actually
and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or
settlement of such actions, and the statute requires court
approval before there can be any indemnification if the person
seeking indemnification has been found liable to the
corporation. The statute provides that it is not excluding other
indemnification that may be granted by a corporations
bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement
or otherwise.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the personal
liability of the directors of HGI is eliminated to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation,
paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102
thereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented. If the DGCL
is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of HGI shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
The Certificate of Incorporation also contains an
indemnification provision that provides that HGI shall have the
power, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of
the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to
indemnify any person by reason of the fact that the person is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of HGI, or is or was
serving at the request of HGI as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise from and against any and all of the
expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered
by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
action in his or her official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.
The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that neither any
amendment nor repeal of the indemnification or the exculpation
provision thereof, nor the adoption of any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the
indemnification or the exculpation provision thereof, whether by
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger,
reorganization, recapitalization or other corporate transaction
having the effect of amending the Certificate of Incorporation,
shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the indemnification or
the exculpation provision in respect of any matter occurring, or
any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for
the indemnification or the exculpation provision, would accrue
or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent provision.
Bylaws
The Bylaws provide that each person who is or was a director of
HGI shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by HGI to the
fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL as it
existed on the date of the adoption of the Bylaws or as it may
thereafter be amended (but, if permitted by applicable law, in
the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits HGI to provide broader indemnification rights
than said law permitted HGI to provide prior to such amendment)
or any other applicable laws as
II-1
presently or hereafter in effect. HGI may, by action of its
board of directors, provide indemnification and advance expenses
to officers, employees and agents (other than directors) of HGI,
to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary, and
to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at
the request of HGI (each of the foregoing, a Covered
Person), with the same scope and effect as the foregoing
indemnification of directors of HGI. HGI shall be required to
indemnify any person seeking indemnification in connection with
a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if
such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by HGIs
board of directors or is a proceeding to enforce such
persons claim to indemnification pursuant to the rights
granted by the Bylaws or otherwise by HGI. Without limiting the
generality or the effect of the foregoing, HGI may enter into
one or more agreements with any person which provide for
indemnification or advancement of expenses greater or different
than that provided in the Bylaws.
The Bylaws also contain a provision that provides that any right
to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered
Person arising pursuant to the Bylaws shall not be eliminated or
impaired by an amendment to or repeal of the Bylaws after the
occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses
is sought.
To the extent and in the manner permitted by law, HGI also has
the right to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other
than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate
corporate action.
Indemnification
Agreements
HGI enters into indemnification agreements with its directors
and officers which may, in certain cases, be broader than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in its Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws. The indemnification agreements may
require HGI, among other things, to indemnify such officers and
directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason
of their status or service as directors, officers or employees
of HGI and to advance the expenses incurred by such parties as a
result of any threatened claims or proceedings brought against
them as to which they could be indemnified.
Liability
Insurance
In addition, HGI maintains liability insurance for its directors
and officers. This insurance provides for coverage, subject to
certain exceptions, against loss from claims made against
directors and officers in their capacity as such, including
claims under the federal securities laws.
|
|
ITEM 21.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009,
by and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a
Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to
Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16,
2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7,
2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by
amendment to this Registration Statement).
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1,
1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 3, 2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3
to Zap.Coms Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7,
2008 (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and
among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement
by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the
Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r)
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13,
2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22,
2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 28, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed March 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of
lock-up
letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger
Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named
therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1,
2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 10, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.,
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International
Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special
Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V,
L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to
this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of
January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 7, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Part II).
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1
Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange
Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been
omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no
more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration
statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered
which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply
by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired
involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the registration statement when it became effective.
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrants in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of New York, State of New York, on January 28, 2011.
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
|
Name: Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose
signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Francis
T. McCarron or Peter A. Jenson or either of them his or her true
and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign
and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this
registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits
thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto,
(ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments,
agreements and other documents as may be necessary or
appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file
any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration
statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration
statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and
all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection
therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act
and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents,
proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the following capacities and on this 28th day of
January, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Philip
A. Falcone
Philip
A. Falcone
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
Francis
T. McCarron
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
H. Hagerup
Richard
H. Hagerup
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lap
Wai Chan
Lap
Wai Chan
|
|
Director
|
II-6
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lawrence
M. Clark, Jr.
Lawrence
M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Keith
M. Hladek
Keith
M. Hladek
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas
Hudgins
Thomas
Hudgins
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
A. Jenson
Peter
A. Jenson
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
V. Leffler, Jr.
Robert
V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009,
by and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a
Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to
Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16,
2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7,
2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by
amendment to this Registration Statement).
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1,
1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 3, 2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3
to Zap.Coms Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7,
2008 (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and
among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement
by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the
Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r)
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13,
2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22,
2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 28, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed March 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of
lock-up
letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger
Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named
therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1,
2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 10, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.,
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International
Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special
Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V,
L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to
this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of
January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 7, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Part II).
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1
Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange
Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been
omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |